Document 7RpqkGZ4Y58z8e8vyk86QBVYo

FEDERAL REGISTER VOLUME 36 NUMBER 75 Saturday, April 17, 1971 Washington, D.C. PART II DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Bureau of Labor Standards Safety and Health Regulations for Construction 7:M() RULES AND REGULATIONS Title 23--LABOR Chapter XIII--Bureau of Labor Standards, Department of Labor Subpart B--General Interpretations Sec. 1518.10 16-18.11 Scope of subpart. Coverage under section 103 of tho act distinguished. Subpart I--Tools--Hand and Power 1518.300 1518.301 1518.302 General requirements. Hand tools. Power operated hand tools. PART 1518--SAFETY AND HEALTH 1518.12 Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1518.303 Abrasive wheels and tools. 1950. 1518.304 Woodworking tools. REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION By notice of proposed rule making pub lished on February 2,1971 (36 F.R. 1802). 1518.13 1518.14 Interpretations of statutory terms. Federal contracts for "mixed'' types of performance. 1518.305 Jacks--lever and ratchet, and hydraulic. Subpart J--Welding and Cutting the Secretary of Labor invited the sub mission of written views, data, and argu ments concerning proposed regulations to implement section 107 of the Contract 1518.15 1518.16 Relationship to the Service Con tract Act; Walsh-Hcaley Public Contracts Act. Rules of construction. 1518.350 1518.351 1518.352 1518.353 Gas welding and cutting. Arc welding and cutting. Fire prevention. Ventilation and protection lit Work Hours and Safety Standards Act <86 Slat. 96; 40 U.S.C. 327), commonly known ns the Construction Safety Act. Six informal regional hearings were held for the purpose of receiving oral and written comments on the proposed rules. At the hearings, numerous persons pre sented oral and written comments con cerning the desirability and efficacy of the proposed rules. In addition, some comments were received from persons who did not attend the hearings. All comments have been reviewed by Subpart C--General Safely and Health Provisions 1518.20 151(1.21 1518.22 1518.23 1518.24 1618.25 1518.26 1518.27 1518.28 1518.29 1518.30 General safety and health pro visions. Safety training and education. Recording and reporting of In. Juries. |Reserved j First aid and modlcal attention. Fire protection and prevention. Housekeeping. Illumination. Sanitation. Personal protective equipment. Acceptable certification. Shipbuilding and ship repairing. 1518.354 welding, cutting, and heating. Welding, cutting and heating In way of preservative coatings. Subparl K--Electrical , 1518.400 1518.401 1518.402 1518.403 1518 404 1518.405 General requirements. Grounding and bonding. Equipment Installation and main tenance. Battery rooms and battery charg ing. Hazardous locations. Definitions applicable to this sub part. the Advisory Committee on Construction 1518.31 Safety and Health, which has trans 1518.32 Incorporation by reference. Definitions. Subpart L--Ladders and Scaffolding mitted its recommendations to the Secre tary of Labor. After careful consideration of all com ments and the recommendations of the Advisory Committee, the following rules are issued pursuant to section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Stand ards Act. Subparl D--Occupational Health and Environmental Controls J518.50 1518.51 1518.52 1518.53 1518.54 1518.55 Medical services and first aid. Sanitation. Occupational noise exposure. Ionizing radiation. Nonionizing radiation. Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and 1518.450 1518.451 1518.452 Ladders. Scaffolding. Definitions applicable to this sub- part. Subparl M- -Floors and Walt Openings, and Slairways 1518.500 Guardrails, handrails, and covers. 1518.501 Stairways. Except to the extent that notice and public participation in this rulemaking proceeding are required by section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 333), the pro 1518.56 1518.57 1518.53 mists. Illumination. 1518 502 Definitions applicable to this sub parl. Ventilation. Definitions applicable to this Subpart N---Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, subpnrt. and Conveyors ceeding is considered within the exemp Subporl ll--- Personal Protective and Life Saving 1518.550 Cranes and derricks. tions to 5 U.S.C. 553 for matters relating to public loans, benefits, and contracts. Nevertheless, good cause is hereby found for having these rules, to the extent that they are substantive, effective witliin a period of less than 30 days following pub lS Hi. 100 1618.101 1518.102 1518.103 1518.104 Equipment Hoad protection. Hearing protection. F.yc and taco protection. Respiratory protection. Snfcty .belts, lifelines, and lan- 1518.551 1518.552 1518.563 1518.554 1518.555 Helicopters. Material hoists and personnel hoists and elevators. Bose-mounted drum hoists. OverlicnU hoists. Conveyors. lication except where longer periods are specifically provided. The rules are ap plied only to new construction contracts which arc advertised on or after the seventh day following publication of this 1518.105 1518.106 1518.107 yards. Subparl O--Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Saretyncts. Equipment', and Marine Operations Working over or near water. Definitions applicable to this 1518.600 Equipment. subpart. 1518.601 Motor vehicles. 1518.602 Materlalhandllng equipment. document in the Federal Register. In the case of negotiated construction con tracts, the rules shall be effective as to new contracts of this nature for which negotiations are commenced on or after 10 days following publication' of this Subpart F--Fire Protection and Prevention 1518.150 1518.151 1518.152 1518.153 Fire protection. Fire prevention. Flammable and combustible liq uids.. Liquefied petroleum gas (LP- 1518.603 1518.604 1518.605 1518.606 Pile driving equipment. Site clearing. Marine operations and equip ment. Definitions applicable to this sub part. document in thejFEDERAL Register; The time lag "in the' procurement process, together with the time periods specified, are considered sufficient to afford affected persons reasonable time to take such action as'-may be necessary to complywith the rules. As adopted. Fart 1518 reads asset forth below: . --. Gas). 1518.154 Temporary heating devices. 1518.155. Definitions applicable to subpart. - this -Subpart'G-^-Signs, Signals, end Barricades 1518.200 1518.201 1518.202 Accident prevention tags. Signaling. Barricades. signs and Subpart P--Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring 1518.650 General requirements. 1518.651 Specific excavation requirements. 1518.652 Specific trenching requirements. 1518.653 - Definitions applicable to this sub- part. Subpart Q--Concrete Forms and Shoring . 1618.700 General provisions. See. Subpart A--General __ 1518.203 -Definitions' applicable to this 1518.701 Forms and shoring. ' -subpart. * 1518.702 Definitions applicable to this sub 1618.1 " Purpose-and scope. -- part. min 2 Variations from safety and health Subpart _H--Malejrials' Handling, Storage, Use, standards. _ . ' and Disposal Subpart It--Sleel Erection lSIR S 1618.4 Inspections--right of entry." Rules of- practice forjidmlntstra- tlve adjudications for enforce ment of safety and health standards. --- 1518.250. "General requirements for storage. 1518.251 Rigging equipment, for material - - handling. 1518.252 -- Disposal oT waste materials. 1518.750 1518.751 1518.752 Flooring requirements. Structural steel assembly. Bolting, riveting, fltttng-up, and plumblng-up. EGS 17798 RULES AND REGULATIONS T'< 11 Subpart S--Tunnels and Shafts, Caissons, variation from any of the safety and similar to those provided for under the Cofferdams, and Compressed Air health standards published in Subpart C Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act un See. 1518.800 11518.801 11518.802 1618.803 1518.804 Tunnels and shafts. Caissons. Cofferdams. Compressed air. Definitions applicable to this sub part. 1518.850 1518.851 1518.852 1518.853 1518.854 1518.855 1518.85G 1518.857 1518.858 1518.850 1518.8C0 Subpart T--Demolition Preparatory operations. Stairs, passageways, and ladders. Chutes. Removal of materials through floor holes. Removal of wails, masonry sec tions. and chimneys. Manual removal of floors. Removal of wails, floors, and material with equipment. Storage. Removal of steel construction. Mechanical demolition. Selective demolition by explosives. Subpart U--Blasting and Use of "Explosives 1618.900 1518.901 1518.002 1518.903 1518.904 1518.905 1518.906 1518.007 Ocncral provisions. Blaster qualifications, Surttuso transportation of explo sives. Underground transportation of explosives. Storage of explosives and blasting agents. leading of explosives or blasting , agents. Initiation of explosive charges. Use of safety fuse. of this part and following subparts. (b) Any contractor or subcontractor desiring a variation shall file with the Director of the Bureau of Labor Stand ards a written application in triplicate containing the following: (1) The name and address of the applicant: (2) A reference to the applicable standard, including the applicable pro visions of this part; (3) A full description of the proposed variation from the standard: (4) A statement of how the variation would provide for protecting the sur roundings or working conditions of the laborers or mechanics sought to be pro tected by the standard: and (5) A statement of the substantial engineering or other practical difficulties which are asserted. (c) The Director may require the ap plicant to furnish additional information. (d) If the Director finds that the variation will not prejudice the safety or health of the laborers or mechanics Sought to be protected by the standard, he shall grant the variation with such modifications, restrictions, or qualifica tions as he may consider to be necessary or appropriate. (e) The terms and conditions of the variation may be modified at the dis der 41 CFR Part 50-205. 1518.4 Rule* of practice for minimi.-- trative adjudication* for cnforccmejii of safety and health standards. (a) The rules of practice for adminis trative adjudications for the enforce ment of the safety and health standards contained in Subpart C of this part and the following subparts shall be the same as those published in Part 6 of this title with respect to safety and health violations of the Service Contract Act of 1965 (69 Stat. 1035), except as pro vided in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) In the case of debarment, the find ings required by section 107(d) of the Act shall be made by the hearing exam iner or the Director, as the case may be. Whenever, as provided in section 107(d) (2), a contractor requests termination of debarment before the end of the 3year period prescribed in that section, the request shall be filed In writing with the Director who shall publish a notice in the Federal Register that the request has been received and afford interested persons an opportunity to be heard up on the request, and thereafter the pro visions of Fart 6 of this title shall apply with respect to prehearing conferences, hearings and related matters, and deci sions and orders. 1618.008 1518.909 1518.910 1518.911 1518.912 1518.913 Use of detonating cord. Firing the blast. Inspection after.blostlng. Misfires. Underwater blasting. Blasting In excavations compressed air. under cretion of the Director or upon appli cation of the contractor or subcontrac tor or other interested person. (f) The Director may cancel the vari ation for cause. (g) Notice of the granting or cancella Subpart B--General Interpretations 1518.10 Scope of subpart. (a) Tills subpart contains the general rules of the Secretary of Labor inter preting and applying the construction 1518.014 Definitions. tion of a variation shall be published in safety and health provisions of section. Subpart V--Power Distribution and Transmission Lines 1618.950 [Reserved) the Federal Register. (h) In considering any request for a variation, the Director shall provide pro cedural safeguards equivalent to those 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (83 Stat. 96). Sec tion 107 requires as a condition of each contract which is entered into under Subpart W--Recording and Reporting WorR Infury prescribed In section 6(d) of the Occupa legislation subject to Reorganization Frequency and Severity Oafa and Accident Costs tional Safety and Health Act of 1970 (84 Plan Numbered 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1518.1000 (Reserved) Stat. 1596). Pending the adoption of 1267), and which is for construction, rules-of procedure applying the afore alteration, and/or repair, including Subpart X--Effective Dates mentioned section 6(d), the applicable painting and decorating, that no con 1518.1050 Effective dates (general). rules of procedure shall be specified In tractor or subcontractor contracting for 1518.1051 Effective dates (specific), the notice of any hearing which may be any part of the contract work shall re ArmiooiTT: The' provisions of this Part provided. 1518 Issued under sec. 1, 83 Slat. 90. 97. add 1518.3 Inspections--right of entry. ing sec. 107 to Public Law 87-581, 76 Stat. 357; 40 U.S.C. 333. (a) It shall be a condition of each con quire any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazard Subpart A--General tract which is subject to section 107 of ous, or dangerous to his health or safety, the Contract Work Hours and Safety as determined under construction safety 1518.1 Purpose and scope. (a) This part sets forth the safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under section 107 of the Contract Work Hours" and Safety Standards Act. The standards are pub lished in Subpart C of .this part arid fol- lowingsubparts. - - Standards Act that the Secretary of Labor or any authorized representative shall have a right of entry to any site of contract performance'for the following purposes: (1) To Inspect or investigate the mat ter of compliance with the safety and health standards contained in Subpart C of this part and following subparts; and health standards promulgated by the Secretary by regulation. 1518.11 Covcrnge under section 103 of die nrt distinguished. (a) Coverage under section 103. It is important to note that the coverage of section 107 differs from that for the over time requirements of the Contract Work '(b) Subpart B of this part' contains and Hours and Safety Standards Act. The statements of general- policy and in (2) To carry out the duties of the application of the overtime requirements ' terpretations of section 107 "of the Con Secretary under section 107(b) of the is governed by section 103, which, sub tract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. ject to specific exemptions, includes (1). Act having general applicability. (b) For the purpose of carrying out his Federal contracts requiring or involving 1518.2 Variation* front safety and hcnltU.slnndards., _ ' fa) In case of.substantial engineering or other practical difficulties, a con- investigative duties under the Act, the Secretary of Labor may, by agreement, use with or without reimbursement the services, personnel, and facilities of any State or Federal agency. Any agreements the employment of laborers or mechanics (thus including, but not limited to. con tracts for construction), and (2) con tracts assisted in whole or in part bj Federal loans, grants, or guarantees iractor-br subcontractor may request a. with States under this section shall be under any statute "providing wage FEDERAL REGISTER,. VOL, 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY. APRIL 17. T97J EGS 17799 7:! 12 RULES AND REGULATIONS .standards for such work." The statutes (i) Rental Housing--Section 1713 pro thorized for certain State or locally aided "providing wage standards for such vides mortgage and Insurance on rental projects. work" include statutes for construction housing of eight or more units and on (xvii) Condominium Housing--Sec ^^hich require the payment of minimum mobile-home courts. tion 1715y(d) provides mortgage insur ^^xges in accordance with prevailing (ii) Section 1715a--Repealed. ance on property purchased for the de ^Page findings by the Secretary of Labor (ill) Cooperative Housing--Section velopment of building sites. This includes in accordance with the Davis-Bacon Act. 1715e authorizes mortgage insurance on waterlines and water supply installations, A provision to section 103 excludes from cooperative housing of five or more units sewer lines and sewage disposal installa the overtime requirements work where as well as supplementary loans for tions, steam, gas, and electrical lines and the Federal assistance is only in the form improvement of repair or resale of installations, roads, streets, curbs, gut of a loan guarantee or insurance. memberships. ters, sidewalks, storm drainage facilities, <b) Coverage under section 107. To be (iv) Urban Renewal Housing--Section and other installation or work. covered by section 107 of the Contract 1715k provides mortgage insurance on (xvili) Group Medical Practice Facili Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. single family or multifamily housing in ties--Subchapter LX-B authorizes mort a contract must be one which (1) is en approved urban renewal areas. gage insurance for the financing of tered into under a statute that is subject (v) Low or Moderate Income Hous construction and equipment, of facilities to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 ing--Section 1715L(d) (3) and (4) in for group practice of medicine, optome (G4 Stat. 1267); and (2) is for "construc sures mortgages on low-cost single family try, or dentistry. tion, alteration, and/or repair, including or multifamlly housing. (xix) Nonprofit Hospitals--1715Z-7 painting and decorating." fvi) Housing for Elderly--Section authorizes mortgage insurance to cover $5 1.7lit. 12 Reorganization l'lmi No. 14 of I MO. (a.) General provisions. Reorganiza I715v provides mortgage insurance on rental housing for elderly or handi capped persons. (vil) Nursing Homes--Section 17l5w new and rehabilitated hospitals, includ ing initial equipment. (4) Hospital Survey and Construction Act, a3 amended by the Hospital and tion Plan No. 14 of 1950 relates to the prescribing by the Secretary of Labor of "appropriate standards, regulations, and procedures" with respect to the enforce ment of labor standards under Federal and federally assisted contracts which are subject to various statutes subject to the Plan. The rules of the Secretary of Labor implementing the Plan are pub lished in Part 5 of this title. Briefly, the statutes subject to the Plan include the Davis-Bacon Act, including its extension to Federal-aid highway legislation sub ject to 23 U.S.C. 113, and other statutes subject to the Plan by its original terms, statutes by which the Plan is expressly ^P1plied, such as the Contract Work urs Standards Act by virtue of sec- bn 104(d) thereof. Cb > The Plan. (1) The statutes subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 are cited and briefly described in the remain ing subparagraphs of this paragraph. These descriptions are general in nature and not intended to convey the full scope of the work to be performed under each statute. The individual statutes should be resorted to for a more detailed scope of the work. (2) Federal-Aid Highway Acts. The provisions codified in 23 U.S.C. 113 apply to the initial construction, reconstruc tion, or improvement work performed by contractors or subcontractors on high way projects on the Federal-aid systems, the primary and secondary, as well as their extensions in urban areas, and the Interstate System, authorized under the highway laws providing for the expendi ture of Federal funds upon the Federalaid system. As cited in 41 Op. A.G. 488, 496. the Attorney General ruled that the Federal-Aid Highway Acts are subject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950. (3') National Housing Act (.12 U.S.C. 1713, 1715a. 1715c. 1715k, 17151(d) (3) andJ4 >. 1715v, 1715w, 171SX, 1743, 1747, 1748. 1748h-2. 1750a. 17151(h)(1). 1715z 171SZ-1. l7iSy(d), Subchaptcr lx-A and Ix-B, 171SZ-7). This act covers construction- which is financed with authorizes mortgage insurance on nurs Medical Facilities Amendments of 1964 ing home facilities and major equipment. (42 U.S.C. 291c). The provisions of this (vlti) Experimental Housing--Section Act'cover construction contracts made 1715x provides mortgage insurance on by State or local authorities or private single family or multifamily housing with institutions under Federal grant-in-aid experimental design of materials. programs for the construction of hospi (lx) War Housing Insurance--Section tals and other medical facilities. 1743 not active. (5) Federal Airport Act (49- U.S.C. (x) Yield Insurance--Section 1747 in 1114(b)). The act provides grant-in-aid sures Investment returns on multifamily funds for airport construction limited housing. to general site preparation runways, taxi- (xi) Armed Services Housing--Section ways, aprons, lighting appurtenant 1743b to assist in relieving acute short thereto, and fire, rescue, and mainte age and urgent need for family housing nance buildings. The act excludes con at or in areas adjacent to military instal lations. struction intended for use as a public parking facility for passenger automo (xii) Defense Housing for Impacted biles and the cost of construction of any Areas--Section 1748h-2 provides mort part of an airport building except such gage insurance on single family or multi of those buildings or parts of buildings family housing for sale or rent primarily to military or civilian personnel of the Armed Services, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, or Atomic Energy Commission. (xiii) Defense Rental Housing--Sec tion 1750g provides for mortgage insur ance in critical defense housing areas. (xlv) Rehabilitation--Section 1715L (h) (I) provides mortgage Insurance for nonprofit organizations to finance the purchase and rehabilitation of deterio rating or substandard housing for sub sequent resale to low-income home pur chasers. There must be located on the property five or more single family dwell ings of detached, semidetached, or row construction. to house facilities or activities directly related to the safety of persons at the airport. (6) Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1459). Construction contracts awarded by local authorities financed with the as sistance of loans and grants from the Federal Government. The construction programs are for slum clearance and urban renewal which includes rehabilita tion grants, neighborhood development programs, neighborhood renewal plans, community renewal, demolition projects, and assistance for blighted areas. See the Housing Act of 1964, No. 21 below, concerning financial assistance for lowrent housing for domestic farm labor. (7) School Survey and Construction Act of 1950 (20 U.S.C. 636). This act pro (xv) Homeowner Assistance--Section vides for a Federal grant-in-aid program 1715Z(j) (1) authorizes mortgage insur to assist in the construction of schools ance to nonprofit organizations or pub in federally affected areas. lic bodies or agencies executed to finance (8) Defense Housing & Community sale of individual dwellings to lower in Facilities & Services Act of 1951 (42 come individuals or .families. Also in U.S.C. 1592i). Inactive Program. cludes the rehabilitation of such housing if it is deteriorating or substandard for subsequent resale to lower income home purchasers. (9) United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1416). This statute covers the construction of low-rent public housing' and slum clearance projects awarded by (xvi) Rental Housing Assistance-- local authorities. These projects are fi Section 1715Z-1 authorizes mortgage in nanced with the assistance of loans and surance and interest reduction payments grants from the Federal Government. assistance by the Federal Government on behalf of owners of rental housing' The slum clearance is the demolition and through programs of loan and mortgage projects designed for occupancy by lower removal of buildings from any slum area iMirance for the following purposes: income families. Payments are also au to be used for a low-rent housing project FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17800 States and their political subdivisions in various Slates for the construction oi luuiiiciiii assistance `.o ... Hie field of civil defense which includes public libraries. construction projects designed for the re procurement, construction, leasing, or (10) Urban Mass Transportation Act search and development of the com renovating of materials and facilities. of 1954 (49 U.S.C. 1609). This act pro mercial fisheries resources of the Nation. (11) Delaware River Basin Compact vides lor grants and loans to assist States (23) The Nurse Training Act of 1964 (see. 15.1, 75 Stat. 714). This joint res and local public -bodies and agencies (42 U.S.C. 296a(b) (5)). This act provides olution creates, by intergovernmental thereof in financing the acquisition, con for grants to assist in the construction compact between the United States. struction, reconstruction, and improve of new facilities for collegiate, associate fcelaware, New Jersey, New York, and ment of facilities and equipment for use, degree, and diploma schools of nursing, Pennsylvania, a regional agency for plan by operation or lease or otherwise, in or replacement or rehabilitation of exist ning, conservation, utilization, develop mass transportation service in urban ing facilities of such schools. ment, management and control of the area and in coordinating such service (24) Elementary and Secondary Edu water and related sources of the Dela with highway and other transportation cation Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 241i, 848). ware River. in such areas. The purpose of the act is to provide fi (12) Cooperative Research Act (20 (20) Economic Opportunity Act of nancial assistance to local educational U.S.C. 332a(o)). This act provides Fed 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2947). This act covers agencies serving areas with concentra eral grants to a university, college, or construction which is financed with as tions of children from low income fam other appropriate public, or' nonprofit sistance of the Federal Government for ilies for construction in connection with private agency or institution for part or the following purposes: the expansion or improvement of their all of the cost of constructing a facility (i) Authorizes Federal assistance for educational programs. for research or for research and related construction of projects, buildings and (25) Federal Water Pollution Control purposes. Research and related purposes works which will provide young men and Act, as amended by the Water Quality means research, research training, sur women in rural and urban residential Act of 1965 (3 U.S.C. 466e(g)). Provides veys, or demonstrations in the field of centers with education, vocational train for financial assistance to States or education, or the dissemination of infor ing. and useful work experience (Title I). municipalities for construction of facili mation derived therefrom, or all of such (11) Authorizes -flnancTdl assistance ties in connection with the prevention activities, Including (but without limita for construction work planned and car and control of water pollution. This in tion) experimental schools, except that ried out at the community level for anti- cludes projects that will control thd dis such term does not include research, re poverty programs (TitleII) : charge into any waters of untreated or search training, surveys, or demonstra (a) Authorizes loans to low income inadequately treated sewage. tions in the field of sectarian instruction rural families by assisting them to ac (26) Appalachian Regional Develop or the dissemination of information de quire or improve real estate or reduce en ment Act of 1965 (40 U.S.C. App. 402), rived therefrom. Construction includes new buildings, and the acquisition, ex pansion, remodeling, replacement, and alteration of existing buildings and the cumbrances or erect improvements thereon, and to participate in coopera tive associations and/or to finance non- ngrlculturnl enterprises which will en Authorizes Federal assistance in the con struction of an Appalachian development highway system; construction of multi county demonstration health facilities, equipping of new buildings and existing able such families to supplement their hospitals, regional health, diagnostic and buildings. income (Title III); treatment centers, and other facilities for (13) Health Professions Educational (b) Authorizes loans to local coopera health; seal and fill voids in abandoned Assistance Act of 1003 (42 U.S.C. 202d tive associations furnishing essential mines and to rehabilitate strip mine (c)(4), 293a(c)(5>). The provisions of processing, purchasing, or marketing areas; construction of school facilities this act provide for grants to assist pub services, supplies, or facilities predomi for vocational education; and to assist lic and nonprofit medical, dental, and nantly to low-income rural families in construction of sewage treatment similar schools for the construction, exmansion, or renovation of teaching facilities. ' (14) Mental Retardation Facilities Construction Act (42 U.S.C. 205(a)(2) (D), 2562(5), 2675(a) (5)). This act au thorizes Federal financial assistance in the construction of centers for research on mental retardation and related as pects of human development, of univer sity-affiliated facilities for the mentally retarded and of facilities for the mentally (Title III): works. (c) Authorizes financial assistance to (27) National Technical Institute for States, political subdivisions of States, the Deaf Act (20 U.S.C. 684(b) (5)). Pro public and nonprofit agencies, institu vides for financial assistance for institu tions, organizations, farm associations, tions of higher education for the or individuals in establishing housing, establishment, construction, including sanitation, education, and child day-care equipment and operation, of a National programs for immigrants and other sea sonally employed agricultural employees, Institution for the .Deaf. (28) Housing Act of 1959 (12 U.S.C. and their families (Title III). (iii) Authorizes loans or guarantees 1701(g) <c) (3)). This act authorizes loans to nonprofit corporations to be used loans to small businesses for construc for the construction of housing and retarded. tion work (Title IV). related facilities for elderly families. Also, (15) Community Mental Health Cen (iv) Authorizes the payment of the the provisions of the act provide for ters Act (42 U.S.C. 2635(a) (5)). This act cost of experimental, pilot, or demon rehabilitation, alteration, conversion or authorizes Federal grants for the con stration projects to foster State pro improvement of existing structures struction of public and other nonprofit grams providing construction work expe which are otherwise inadequate for pro community mental health centers. rience. or training for unemployed posed dwellings used by such families. (16) Higher Education Facilities Act fathers and needy people (Title V). (29) College Housing Act of 1950. as of 1963 (20 U.S.C. 753). This act author (21) Housing Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. amended (12 U.S.C. 1749a(f).). This act izes the grant or loan of Federal funds 1486(f); 42 U.S.C. 1452b(e)). Provides provides for Federal loans to assist edu to assist public and other nonprofit in financial assistance for low-rent housing cational institutions in providing hous stitutions of higher education in financ for domestic farm labor. The Act fur ing and other educational facilities for ing the construction, rehabilitation, or ther provides for loans, through public students and faculties. improvement of academic and related or private agencies, where feasible, to (30) Housing and Urban Development facilities in undergraduate and graduate schools. (17) Vocational Educational Act of 1963 (20 U.S.C. 35/). This act provides for Federal grants to the various States owners or tenants of property in urban renewal areas to finance rehabilitation required to conform the property to ap plicable code requirements or carry out Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 1500C-3, 3107). This act provides for Federal assistance for the following purposes: (i) Grants to States and local public bodies to assist in any construction work for construction of area vocational edu the objectives of the urban renewal plan to be carried out under the open-space cation school facilities. for the area. land and urban beautification provisions FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17801 r:wi RULES AND REGULATIONS onlained therein. It provides for parks associations thereof to assist In construc 1416). ThLs act provides for Federal as recreation Ureas, conservation of tion and equipment of facilities in con sistance for the following purposes: and other natural resources, and nection with research, training, demon (1) Grants to assist in the construc rical and scenic purposes. stration of patient care, diagnostic and tion, rehabilitation, alteration, or repair (ii) Grants to local public bodies and treatment related to heart disease, can of residential property only if such resi gcncies to finance specific project for cer, stroke, and other major diseases. dential property is designed for residen asic public water facilities (including (35) Mental Retardation Facilities and tial use for eight or more families to .'orks for the storage, treatment, purifi- Community Mental Health Centers Con enable city demonstration agencies to ation, and distribution of water), and struction Act Amendments of 1965 (20 carry out comprehensive city demonstra or basic public sewer facilities (other U.S.C. 61S(g)). These provisions provide tion programs (42 U.S.C. 3310). han "treatment works" as defined in for grants to institutions of higher edu (ii) Amends the National Housing Act )c Federal Water Pollution Control cation for construction of facilities for (12 U.S.C. 1715c) and the Housing Act ,ct). research or for research and related pur-, of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1416). See these acts (iii) Grants to any local public body poses relating to education for mentally for coverage. r agency to assist in financing neigh- retarded, hard of hearing, deaf, speech (45) Air Quality Act of 1967 (42 U.S.C. orhood facilities. These facilities must impaired, visually handicapped, seriously 18574-3). This act provides for Federal e necessary for carrying out a program emotionally disturbed, crippled, or other assistance to public or nonprofit agen f health, recreational, social, or similar health impaired children who by reason cies, institutions, and organizations and immunity service and located so as to thereof require special education. to individuals, and contracts with public c available for the use of the area's low (36) Vocational Rehabilitation Act or private agencies, institutions, or per-, r moderate income residents. Amendments of 1965 (29 U.S.C. sons for construction of research and de (31i National Foundation on the. Arts 4ia(b>(4)). This act authorizes grants velopment facilities and demonstration nd the Humanities Act ol 1065 (20 to assist in meeting the costs of con plants relating to the application of pre '.S.C. 954(k)). The act establishes the struction of. public or other nonprofit venting or controlling discharges into the National Foundation on the Arts and workshops and rehabilitation facilities. air of various types of pollutants. ic Humanities" which may provide (37) Clean Air and Solid V/aste Dis (46) Elementary and Secondary Edu latching grants to groups (nonprofit posal Acts (42 U.S.C. 3256), This act cation Amendments of 1967 (Title VII-- rganizations and SLate and other public provides for financial assistance to pub Bilingual Education Act) (20 U.S.C. rganizations) and to individuals en- lic (Federal, State, interstate, or local) 880b-6). This act provides for Federal aged in creative and performing arts for authorities, agencies, and institutions, assistance to local educational agencies \e entire range of artistic activity, private agencies and institutions, and or to an institution of higher education lcluding construction of necessary individuals in the construction of facili applying jointly with a local educational -.cilities. ties for solid-waste disposal. The term agency for minor remodeling projects in (32) Public Works and Economic Dc- construction includes the Installation of connection with bilingual education pro 'lopmcnt Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3222). initial equipment. grams to meet the special needs of chil his act provides for Federal assistance (38) Medical Library Assislajice Act dren with limited English-speaking abil )r the following purposes: of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 280b-3(b) (3)). This ity in the United States. Grants for the acquisition or act provides for grants to'public or pri (47) Vocational Rehabilitation Amend ^^kopment of land or improvements vate non-profit agencies or institutions ments of 1967 (29 U.S.C. 42a(c)(3)). iMpublic works or development facility for the cost of construction of medical This act authorizes Federal assistance to sage in redevelopment areas. It author- library facility. any public or nonprofit private agency , :es loans to assist in financing the pur- (39) Veterans Nursing Home Care Act or organization for-the construction of a 1 lase or development of land for public (38 U.S.C. 5035(a) (8) ).The construction center for vocational rehabilitation of orks which will assist in the creation industry health and safety standards do handicapped individuals who are both f long-term employment opportunities not apply to this act since it is not sub deaf and blind which shall be known as i the area. ject to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of the National Center for Deaf-Blind i ii> Loans for tire purchase or develop- 1950. Youths and Adults. Construction in ent of land and facilities (including (40) National Capital Transportation cludes new buildings and expansion, re .achincry and equipment) for industrial Act of 1965 (40 U.S.C. 682(b)(4)). This modeling, alteration and renovation of commercial usage within redevelop- act provides for Federal assistance to the existing buildings, and Initial equipment .ent areas; guarantee of loans for work- National Capital Transportation Agency of such new, newly acquired, expanded, -.g capital made to private borrowers by for construction of a rail rapid transit remodeled, altered, or renovated rivate lending institutions in connection system and related facilities for the buildings. ith direct loan projects; and to contract Nation's Capital, (48) National Visitor Center Facilities > pay to. or on behalf of, business enti- (41) Alaska Centennial--1967 (80 Act of 1968 (40 UB.C. 808). Tliis act au es locating in redevelopment areas, a Stat. 82). The program under tills legis thorizes agreements and leases with'the ortion of the interest costs which they lation has expired. owner of property In the District of Co cur in financing their expansions from (42) Model Secondary School for the lumbia known as Union Station for the rivate sources. Deaf Act (80 Stat. 1028). This act pro use of all or a part of such property for (iii) Loans and grants to create eco- vides for funds to establish and operate, a national visitor center to be known as omic development centers within desig- including construction and initial equip the National Visitor Center. The agree ated county economic development ment of new buildings, expansion, re ments and leases shall provide for such istriels. modeling, and alteration of existing alterations of the Union Station Build (331 High-Speed Ground Transporta- buildings and equipment thereof, a model ing ns necessary to provide adequate fa on Study (.40 U.S.C. 1636(b) >. This act secondary school for the deaf to serve the cilities for visitors. They also provide for rovides Tor financial assistance for con- residents of the District of Columbia and the construction of a parking facility, in ruction activities in connection with nearby- States. cluding necessary approaches and ramps. .'search and development of different (43) Allied Health Professions Per (49) Juvenile Delinquency Prevention )rms of high-speed ground transporta- sonnel Training Act of 1966 (42 UJS.C. and Control Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3843)r on and demonstration projects relating 295h(b) (2) (E)). This act provides for This act provides for Federal grants to ) intercity rail passenger service. grants to assist in the construction of State, county, municipal, or other public (341 Heart Disease. Cancer and Stroke mendments of 1965 (42 U.S.C. .09ib'1 itn. This act provides for grants ^wublic or nonprofit private universlmedical schools, research lnstitu- ^Ws. hospitals, and other public and new facilities for training centers for allied health professions, or replacement or rehabilitation of existing facilities for such centers. (44) Demonstration Cities and Metro politan Development Act of 1966 (42 agency or combination thereof for the construction of facilities to be used in connection with rehabilitation servicesfor the diagnosis, treatment, and rehabil itation of delinquent youths and youths ouprotit agencies and institutions, or U.S.C. 3310; 12 U.S.C. 1715c; 42 U.S.C. in danger of becoming delinquent. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17802 RULES AND REGULATIONS T.'j-Lo (50; Housing and Urban Development (57) Developmental Disabilities Serv contract for construction, alteration or Act of 1968 (.including New Communities ices and Facilities Construction Amend repair. Cf. MacEvoy Co. v. United States, Act of 1968) (42 U.S.C. 3909). This act ments of 1970 (Public Law 91517, section 322 U.S. 102, 108-9 (1944). A person who provides for Federal assistance for the 135(a) (5)). Tills Act authorizes grants undertakes to perform a portion of a following purposes: to States for construction of facilities for contract involving the furnishing of (1) Guarantees, and commitments to the provision of services to persons with supplies or materials will be considered guarantee, the bonds, debentures, notes, developmental disabilities who are un a "subcontractor" under this part and and other obligations issued by new com able to pay for such services. section 107 if the work in question is to munity developers to help finance new (58) Rail Passenger Service Act of be performed: (1) Directly on or adja community development projects. 1970 (Public Law 91-518, section 405(d)). cent to the construction site, or (2) by (ii) Amends section 212(a) of the Na This statute provides that the National the employer for the specific project on tional Housing Act, adding section 236 Railroad Passenger Corporation may a customized basis. Thus, a supplier of for "Rental Housing for Lower Income construct physical facilities necessary to materials which will become an integral Families" and section 242 "Mortgage In intercity rail passenger operations within part of the construction is a "subcon surance for Nonprofit Hospitals" thereto. the basic nntional rail passenger sys tractor" if the supplier fabricates the (51) Public Health Service Act Amend tem designated by the Secretary of goods or materials in question specifically ment (Alcoholic and Narcotic Addict Re Transportation. for the construction project. If the goods habilitation Amendments of 1968) (42 (c) VA and FHA housing. In the or materials in question are ordinarily U.S.C. 2681. cl scq.) . This act provides course of the legislative development of sold to other customers from regular for grants to a public and nonprofit pri section 107, it was recognized that sec inventory, the supplier Is not a "subcon vate agency or organization for construc tion 107 would not apply to housing con tractor". An example of material sup tion projects consisting of any facilities struction for which insurance was issued plied "for the specific project on a cus (including post-hospitalization treat by the Federal Housing Authority and tomized basis" as that phrase is used in ment facilities for the prevention and Veterans' Administration for individual this section would be ventilating ducts, treatment of alcoholism or treatment) of home ownership. Concerning construc fabricated in a shop away from the con narcotic addicts. tion under the National Housing Act, struction jobsite and specifically cut for (52) Vocational Education Amend Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 ap the project according to design specifica ments of 1968 (20 U.S.C. 1246). Tills act plies to construction which is subject to tions. On the other hand, a supplier fur provides for grants to States for the con the minimum wage requirements of sec nishing steel beams would not be a "sub struction of area vocational education tion 212(a) thereof (12 U.S.C. 1715c). contractor" if the beams are of a size school facilities. The act further pro vides grants to public educational agen cies, organizations, or institutions for construction of residential schools to provide vocational education for the pur pose of demonstrating the feasibility and desirability of such schools. The act still 1318.13 Interpretation of Mnlntory terms. (a) The terms "construction," "alter ation," and "repair" used in section 107 of the Act are also used in section 1 of the Davis-Bacott Act (40 U.S.C. 276a), and type manufactured for general con struction use and not specifically made for the particular construction contract. Orninarily, a contract for the supplying of construction equipment to a contrac tor would not, in and of itself, be con sidered a "subcontractor" for purposes further provides grants to State boards, to colleges and universities, to public educational agencies, organizations or institutions to reduce the cost of borrow providing minimum wage protection on Federal construction contracts, and sec tion 1 of the Miller Act (40 U.S.C. 270a), providing performance and payment of this part. 1518.14 Federal contract for "mixed" typos of performance. ing funds for the construction of resi- bond protection on Federal construction (a) It Is the intent of the Congress Idential schools and dormitories. contracts. Similarly, the terms "contrac to provide safety and health protection " (53) Postal Reorganization Act (39 tor" and "subcontractor" are used in of Federal, federally financed, or fed U.S.C. 410(d) (2)). This Act provides for those statutes, as well as in Copeland erally assisted construction. See, for ex construction, modification, alteration, (Anti-Kickback) Act (40 U.S.C. 2760 ample, H. Report. No. 91-241, 91st Cong., repair, and other improvements of postal and the Contract Work Hours and Safety first session, p. 1 (1969). Thus, It is clear facilities located in leased buildings. Standards Act Itself, which apply con that when a Federal contract calls for (54) Airport and Airway Development currently with the Miller Act and the mixed types of performance, such as A.ct of 1970 (Public Law 91-258, section Davis-Bacon Act on Federal construction both manufacturing and construction, 52(b) (7)). Tliis Act provides for Federal contracts and also apply to most fed section 107 would apply to the construc financial assistance to States and locali erally assisted construction contracts. tion. By its express terms, section 107 ties for the construction, improvement, The use of the same or identical terms in applies to a contract which is "for con or repair of public airports. these statutes which apply concurrently struction, alteration, and/or repair." (55) (i) Public Law 91-230. Tills Act with section 107 of the Act have consid Such a contract Is not required to be provides for federal financial assistance erable precedential value in ascertaining exclusively for such services. The appli to institutions of higher learning for the the coverage of section 107. cation of the section is not limited to construction of a National Center on (b) It should be noted that section 1 contracts which permit an overall char Educational Media and Materials for the of the Davis-Bacon Act limits minimum acterization as "construction contracts." Handicapped. The program under this wage protection to laborers and me The text of section 107 is not so limited. statute expires on July 1, 1971. Public chanics "employed directly" upon the (b) When the mixed types of per Law 91-230, section 662(1). "site of the work." There is no compa formances include both construction and (ii) Education of the Handicapped rable limitation in section 107 of the Act. manufacturing, see also 1518.15(b) Act (20 U.S.C. 12326, 1404(a)). This Act Section 107 expressly requires as a self concerning the relationship between the provides for financial assistance to States executing condition of each covered con Walsh-Healey Public Contracts Act and for construction, expansion, remodeling, tract that no contractor or subcontractor section 107. or alteration of facilities for the educa tion of handicapped children at the pre school, elementary school, and secondary school levels. (56) Housing and Urban Development Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-609, section 707(b)). This Act provides for grants to States and local public agendas to help finance the development of open-space or other land in urban areas for open- space uses. This Act becomes effective on shall require "any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the con tract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsani tary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety" as these health and safety standards are applied in the rules of the Secretary of Labor. (c) The term "subcontractor" under section 107 is considered to mean a per son who agrees to perform any part of . 1518.15 Relationship to the Semico - - Contract Act; WaUh-Hcalcy. Public- Contract* Act. (a) A-contract for "construction"' is one for nonpersonal_service. See,, e.g., 41 CFR 1-1.208. Section 2(e) of-the Service Contract-Act of 1965 requires as a con dition of every Federal contract (and bid specification therefor) .exceeding $2,500, the "principal purpose" of which. July 1.1971. the labor or material requirements of a is to fumish services to-the United States. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, ARRIl 17, T971 EGS 17803 7.M RULES AND REGULATIONS through the use of "service employees," of the Act, the prime contractor assumes safety and health training programs the thnt certain safety and health standards all obligations prescribed as employer Director provides. be met. See 29 CFR Part 1516, which obligations under the standards con (2) The employer shall instruct each contains the Department rules concern tained in this part, whether or not he employee in the recognition and avoid ing these standards. Section 7 of the subcontracts any part of the work. ance of unsafe conditions and the regu Service Contract Act provides that the (c) To the extent that a subcontractor lations applicable to his work environ Act shall not apply to "any contract of of any tier agrees to perform any part of ment to control or eliminate any hazards the United States or District of Colum the contract, he also assumes responsi or other exposure to illness or injury. bia for construction, alteration, and/or bility for complying with the standards (3) Employees required to handle or repair, including painting and decorating in this part with respect to that part. use poisons, caustics, and other harmful of public buildings or public works." It Thus, the prime contractor assumes the substances shall be instructed regarding is clear from the legislative history of section 107 that no gaps In coverage between the two statutes arc intended. ib' The Walsh-Hcaley Public Con tracts Act requires that contracts en tered into by any Federal agency for the manufacture or furnishing of materials, supplies, articles, and equipment in any amount exceeding $10,000 must contain, among other provisions, a requirement that "no part of such contract will be performed nor will any of the mate rials, supplies, articles or equipment to be manufactured or furnished under said entire responsibility under the contract and the subcontractor assumes responsi bility with respect to his portion of the work. With respect to subcontracted work, the prime contractor and any sub contractor or subcontractors shall be deemed to have joint responsibility. (d) Where Joint responsibility exists, both the prime contractor, and his sub contractor or subcontractors, regardless of tier, shall be considered subject to the enforcement provisions of the Act. Subpart C--General Safety and the safe handling and use, and be made aware of the potential hazards, personal hygiene, and personal protective meas ures required. (4) In job site areas where harmful plants or animals nre present, employees who may be exposed shall be instructed regarding the potential hazards, and how to avoid injury, and the first aid proce dures to be used in the event of injury. (5) Employees required to handle or use flammable liquids, gases, or toxic materials shall be instructed in the safe handling and use of these materials and contract be manufactured or fabricated Health Provisions made aware of the .specific requirements in any 'plants, factories, buildings, or surroundings or under working condi tions which are unsanitary or hazardous or dangerous to the health and safety of employees engaged in the perform ance of said contract.'' The rules of the Secretary concerning these stand ards are published in 41 CFR Part 50204, and express the Secretary of Labor's interpretation and application of section 1(e) of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act to certain particular working conditions. None of the described work ing conditions are intended to deal with construction activities, although such activities may conceivably be a part of a contract which is subject to the WalshHealey Public Contracts Act. Neverthe less, such activities remain subject to the general statutory duty prescribed by sec tion 1(e). Section 103(b) of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act provides, among other things, that the Act shall not apply to any work required to be done in accordance with the pro visions of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act. 15J8.1(> Rules of construction. (a) The prime contractor and any subcontractors may make their own arrangements with respect to obligations which might be more appropriately treated on a jobsite basis rather than individually. Thus, for example, the prime contractor and his subcontractors may wish to make an express agreement that the prime contractor or one of the subcontractors will provide all required first-aid or toilet facilities, thus relieving the subcontractors from the ac.tual, but not any legal, responsibility (or, as the case may be, relieving the other subcon tractors from this responsibility). In no case shall the prime contractor be re lieved of overall responsibility for com pliance with the requirements of this part for all work to be performed under the contract. contained in Subparts D, F, and other 1518.20 General safety and provision*. health applicable subparts of this part. (6) All employees required to enter (a) Contractor requirements. (1) Sec into confined or enclosed spaces shall be tion 107 of the Act requires that it shall instructed as to the nature of the haz be a condition of each contract which is ards involved, the necessary precautions entered into under legislation subject to to be taken, and In the use of protective Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 and emergency equipment required. The (64 Stat. 1267), as defined in 1518.12, employer shall comply with any specific and is for construction, alteration, and/ regulations that apply to work in or repair. Including painting and deco dangerous or potentially dangerous areas. rating, that no contractor or subcontrac tor for any part of the contract work shall require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the con tract to work in surroundings or under 1518.22 Recording and rcporling of injuries. I Reserved] 1518.23 First aid and medical at tention. working conditions which are unsanitary, First aid services and provisions for hazardous, or dangerous to his health or medical care shall be made available by safety. . the employer for every employee covered (b) Accident prevention responsibili by these regulations. Regulations pre ties. (1) It shall be the responsibility of scribing specific requirements for first the employer to initiate and maintain aid, medical attention, and emergency such programs as may be necessary, to facilities are contained in Subpart D of comply with this part. this part. (2) Such programs shall provide for frequent and regular Inspections of the job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by competent persons desig nated by the employers. (3) The use of unsafe machinery, tools, materials, or equipment is pro hibited. Unsafe tools, materials, or equip ment shall be identified as unsafe by tagging or by locking the controls to render them inoperable, or they shall be removed from service. 1518.24 Fire protection and preven tion. The employer shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an effective fire protection and prevention program at the job site throughout all phases of the construction, repair, altera tion, or demolition work. The employer shall ensure the availability of the fire protection and suppression equipment required-by Subpart F of this part. (4) The employer shall permit only 1518.25 Housekeeping. those employees qualified by training or (a) During the course of construction, experience' to operate equipment and alteration, or repairs, .form and scrap machinery. lumber-with protruding nails, and all 1518.21 Safely (raining and education. other-debris, shall be kept cleared from (a) General requirements. The Direc tor shall, pursuant to section 107(f) of work areas,-passageways, and stairs, in and around buildings or other structures. (b) Combustible scrap and debris shall the Act, establish and supervise programs for the education and training of em ployers and employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of-unsafe con ditions in employments ^covered, by. the- be removed at regular intervals during the- course of construction. Safe means shall be provided .to facilitate, such removal.- -- .- <c) 'Containers shall' be provided for act. _ ~ the coUecUqn and_separation of waste, <b) By contracting for full perform (b) Employer responsibility. (1) The trash, oily and used'rags, and other ref ance of a contract subject to section 107 employer should avail himself of the use! Containers'used* for-garbage' and FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, AF>RIL 17, 1971 EGS -17804 .' RULES AND REGULATIONS l-fit other oily, flammable, or hazardous extent they arc legally IncoVporaled by erally speaking, "laborer and mechanic" wastes, such as caustics, acids, harmful reference in this part, have the same means any person employed on a con dusts, etc. shall be equipped with covers. force and effect as other standards In struction site. "Laborer" generally Garbage and other waste shall be dis this- part. The locations where these means one who performs manual labor posed of at frequent and regular specifications, standards, and codes may or who labors at an occupation requir Intervals. be examined are as follows: ing physical strength; "mechanic" gen 1518.26 Illumination. (1) Offices of the Bureau of Labor erally means a worker skilled with tools. Standards, TJJ3. Department of Labor, See 18 Comp. Gen. 341. Construction areas, aisles, stairs, Railway Labor Building, Washington, (j) "Employer" means contractor or ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, DC 20210. subcontractor within the meaning of the and storage areas where work Is In prog (2) The Regional and Field Offices of Act and of this part. ress shall be lighted with either natural . the Bureau of Labor Standards which (k) "Hazardous substance" means a or artificial illumination. The minimum are listed In the XJ.S. Government Man substance which, by reason of being ex illumination requirements for work areas ual 1970-71, at page 324. plosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, are contained in Subpart B of this part. (b) Any changes In the specifications, oxidizing, irritating, or otherwise harm 1518.27 Sanitation. Health and sanitation requirements for drinking water are contained in standards and codes Incorporated by reference In this part and an official his toric file of such changes are available at the offices referred to In paragraph ful, is likely to cause death or Injury. (l) "Qualified" means one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certif icate, or professional standing, or who Subpart D of this part. (a) of this section. All questions as to the by extensive knowledge, training, and 1518.28 Personal ment. protective equip applicability of such changes should also be referred to these offices. experience, has successfully demon strated his ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, (a) The employor is responsible for 1518.32 Definition!*. the work, or the project. requiring the wearing of appropriate The following definitions shall apply (m) "Safety factor" means the ratio personal protective equipment in all in the application of the regulations in of the ultimate breaking strength of a operations where there is an exposure this part: member or piece of material or equip to hazardous conditions and where this (a) "Act" means section 107 of the ment to the actual working stress or safe part indicates the need for using such equipment to reduce the hazards to the employees. (b) Regulations governing the use, selection, and maintenance of personal protective and lifesaving equipment are described under Subpart E of this part. Contract Work Hours and Safety Stand ards Act, commonly known as the Con struction Safety Act (86 Stat. 96; 40 U.S.C. 333). (b) "ANSI" means American National Standards Institute. Cc> "Approved" means sanctioned, en load when in use. (n) "Secretary" means the Secretary of Labor. (o) "SAE" means Society of Auto motive Engineers. (p) "Shall" means mandatory. (q) "Should" means recommended. 1518.29 Acceptable certification*). dorsed, accredited, certified, or accepted (r) "Suitable" means that which fits, si (a) Pressure vessels. Current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority shall be deemed as acceptable evidence of safe installation, inspection, testing of pressure vessels (provided by the employer. <b) Boilers. Boilers provided by the employer shall be deemed to be in com pliance with the requirements of this part when evidence of current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority attesting to the safe installation, inspection, and testing is presented. (c) Other reouirements. Regulations prescribing specific requirements for other types of pressure vessels and simi lar equipment are contained in Subparts F and O of this part. 1518.30 Shipbuilding and ship re pairing. (a) General. Shipbuilding, ship re pairing. alterations, - and maintenance performed on ships under Government contract, except naval ship, construction, is work subject to the Act. (b) Applicable safety and health standards. For the purpose of work car ried out under this section, the" safety and health regulations promulgated by the Secretary-of Labor shall apply: Part 1501 of this title. Safety, and Health Regulations for Ship Repairing, and Part 1502 of this title. Safety and Health Regulations for Shipbuilding. 1518.31 Incorporation by reference. as satisfactory by a duly constituted and and has the qualities or qualifications to nationally recognized authority or meet a given purpose, occasion, condi agency. tion, function, or circumstance. (d) "Authorized person" means a per son approved or assigned by the employer to perform a specific type of duty or Subparl D--Occupational Health and Environmental Controls duties or to be at a specific location or 1518.50 Medical services and first aid. locations at the jobsite. (e) "Bureau" means the Bureau of Labor Standards. (f) "Competent person" means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards In the surround ings or working conditions which arc un sanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to em ployees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. (g) "Defect" means any characteristic or condition which tends to weaken or reduce the strength of the tool, object, or structure of which It is a part. (h) "Designated person" means "au thorized person" as defined in { 1518.40 (c). (1) "Employee" means every laborer or mechanic under the Act regardless of the contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the laborer and mechanic and the contractor or sub contractor who engaged him. "Laborer and mechanic" are not defined in the Act, but the identicalterms are used in the Davis-Bacon Act" (40 -XJ.S.C. 276a), which provides for minimum wage pro tection on Federal and federally-assisted construction contracts. The use of the same term In a statute which often ap (a) The employer shall ensure the availability of medical personnel for ad vice and consultation on matters of oc cupational health. (b) In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, or hospital in proximity to the worksite which is available for the treat ment of injured employees, a person or persons who have a valid certificate in first aid training from the XJ.S. Bureau of Mines or the American Red Cross shall be available to render first aid. (c) (1) First aid supplies recom mended by the consulting physician shall be easily accessible when required. (2) The first aid kit shall consist of materials recommended by the consult ing physician in a weatherproof con tainer with individual sealed packages for each type of item. The contents of the first aid kit shall be checked by the employer before being sent out on each job and at least weekly on each job to ensure that the expended items are replaced. (d) Provisions shall be made prior to commencement of the project for prompt medical attention In case of serious injury. (e) Proper equipment for prompt (a) The specifications, standards and codes of agencies of the U.S.* Govern plies concurrently with section 107 of the transportation of the Injured person Act has considerable precedential value to a physician or hospital, or a commu ment and organizations which-are not in ascertaining the-meaning of- "laborer nication system for contacting necessary agencies of the XJ.S. Government, to the "and mechanic" as used in the-Act'. Gen ambulance service, shall be provided. No. 75--Pi. II------2 FEDERAL REGISTER, -VOL. 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, .APR.lt 17, 1971 EGS 17805 73-iS RULES AND REGULATIONS (X i The telephone numbers of yic doc provided, they shall be heated, ventilated, (b) Any activity which involves the tors, hospital and ambulances shall be and lighted. use of radioactive material or X-ray, conspicuously posted. (f) Washing facilities. The employer whether or not under license from the (g) There shall be at least one person, shall provide adequate washing facilities Atomic Energy Commission, shall be per with a valid certificate in first aid train for employees engaged in the application formed by competent persons specially ing from the tr.S. Bureau of Mines or of paints, coating, herbicides, or Insecti trained in the proper and safe operation the American Red Cross, to administer cides, or in other operations where con of suqh equipment. In tire case of ma emergency first aid at any isolated loca taminants can, by Ingestion or absorp terials used under Commission license, tion, or area of difficult access, and where tion, be detrimental to the health of the only persons actually licensed, of compe medical treatment is not available. employees. tent persons under direction and super 1518.51 Sanitation. (g) Waste disposal shall not cause vision of the licensee, shall perform such ground contamination and shall comply work. (a) Potable water. (1) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided in all places of employment. with local sanitary health laws. 1518.52 Occupational noise exposure. 1518.53 Ionizing radiation. (a) In construction and related ac (21 Portable containers used to dis (a) Protection against the effects of tivities involving the use of sources of pense drinking water shall be capable noise exposure shall be provided when ionizing radiation, the applicable provi of being tightly closed, and equipped the sound levels exceed those shown in sions of the Atomic Energy Commission's with a tap. Water shall not be dipped Table D-2 of this section when meas Standards for Protection Against Radia from containers. ured on the A-scale of a standard sound tion (10 CFR Part 20), relating to pro (3) Any container used to distribute level meter at slow response. tection against occupational radiation drinking water shall be clearly marked (b) When employees are subjected to exposure, shall apply. as to the nature of its contents and not sound levels exceeding those listed In (b) Any activity which involves the used for any other purpose. Table D-2 of this section, feasible ad use of radioactive material or X-ray. (4) The common drinking cup is pro ministrative or engineering controls whether or not under license from the hibited. shall be utilized. If such controls fail to Atomic Energy Commission, shall be per (5) Where single service cups (to be reduce sound levels within the levels of formed by competent persons specially used but once) are supplied, both a sani the table, personal protective .equipment trained In the proper and safe operation tary container for the unused cups and as required in Subpart E, shall be pro of such equipment. In the case of ma a receptacle for disposing of the used vided and used to reduce sound levels terials used under Commission license, cups shall be provided. within the levels of the table. only persons actually licensed, or com (b) Nonpotablc water. (1) Outlets for (c) If the variations in noise level in petent persons under direction and nonpotablc water, such as water for in volve maxima at intervals of 1 second supervision of the licensee, shall perform dustrial or firefighting purposes only, or less, it is to be considered continuous. such work. shall be identified by signs meeting the requirements of Subpart G of this part, (d) (1) In all cases where the sound levels exceed the values shown herein, a 1518.54 Nonionizing radiation. to indicate clearly that the water is continuing, effective hearing conserva (a) Only qualified and trained em unsafe and is not to be used for drink tion program shall be administered. ployees shall be assigned to install, ad ing, washing, or cooking purposes. (2) There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system fur Table D-2--Permissible Noise Exposures Sound level just, and operate laser equipment. (b) Proof of qualification of the laser equipment operator shall be available nishing potable water and a system fur- dBA slow and in possession of operator at all times. pishing nonpotable water. Duration per day, hours: Response (c) Employees, when working in areas (c) toilets at construction job sites. (!) Toilets shall be provided for em ployees according to the following table: Table D-l Minimum number of facilities 20 or less 1. 20 or more1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 40 workers. 200 or more1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 50 workers. (2) Under temporary field conditions, provisions shall be made to assure not less than one toilet facility is available. (3) Job sites, not provided with a san itary sewer, shall be provided with one 8 6.......................-...............-.......... -............ 4 ________________ 3.......... 2.................... ........................ -................................--........................ V/z ________________________ 1........... >/s ............................-..................... !4 or less 115 90 93 95 97 100 102 105 no (2) When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their Com bined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: Cl , C2 , Crt Tl+T2........... + Tn` exceeds unity, then the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the limit value, Cn indicates the total time of ex in which a potential exposure to direct or reflected laser light greater than 0.005 watts (5 milliwatts) exists, shall be pro vided with antilaser eye protection de vices as specified in Subpart E of this part. (d) Areas in which lasers are used shall be posted with standard laser warning placards. (e) Beam shutters or caps shall be utilized, or the laser turned off, when laser transmission is not actually re quired. When the laser is left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during lunch hour, overnight, or at change of shifts, the laser shall be turned off. (f) Only mechanical or electronic means shall be used as a detector for guiding the internal alignment of the of the following toilet facilities unless posure at a specified noise level, and Tn laser. prohibited by local codes: indicates the total time of exposure per (g) The laser beam shall not be di . (i) Privies (where their use will' not mitted at that level. contaminate ground or surface water); (e) Exposure to impulsive or impact (ii) Chemical toilets; _ " (iii) Recirculating toilets;-' _ "noise should not exceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level. rected at employees. (h) When it Is raining or snowing, or when there is dust or fog in the air, the operation of laser systems shall be pro hibited where practicable; in any event, (iv) Combustion toilets---. 1518.53 Ionizing radiation. employees shall be kept out of range of (d) Food-handling. All employees' food (a) In construction and related ac service facilities and operations shall tivities involving the use of sources of meet the applicable laws, ordinances, and ionizing radiation, the pertinent provi regulations of the jurisdictions in which "they are located. - ," sions of the Atomic Energy Commis sion's Standards for Protection Against 'Radiation (10 CFR Part 20), relating tor (e) ~ Temporary sleeping - quarters.' protection against occupational radia the area of source and target during such weather conditions. (i) Laser equipment shall bear a label to indicate maximum output. (J) Employees shall not be exposed to light intensities above: (1) Direct staring: 1 micro-watt per When temporary sicc'ping-quar-tccs arc tion exposure, shall apply. square centimeter: . FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17806 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7349 (2) Incidental observing: 1 milliwatt harmful exposure of employees, and pre tact with any material or substance per square centimeter; vention or elimination of such hazards is which may have immediate or latent (3) Diffused reflected light: watts not practicable, such hazards shall be harmful effects on health. per square centimeter. controlled by the application of general (d) "Ionizing radiation" means radi ik) Laser unit in operation should be ventilation, local exhaust ventilation, or ant energy emitted by way of radioactive set up above the heads of the employees, other effective mechanical means. materials or X-ray devices. when possible. (b) Local exhaust ventilation. Local (e) "Nonionizing radiation" means an ill Employees shall not be exposed to microwave power densities in excess of 10 milliwatts per square centimeter. 15 18.f>i Cases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. exhaust ventilation when used as de scribed in (a) shall be designed to pre vent dispersion into the air of dusts, fumes, .mists, vapors, and gases in con centrations causing harmful exposure. Such exhaust systems shall be so de amplification of light through ultra violet and infrared rays by means of instruments such as the laser. Nonioniz ing radiation includes microwave fre quencies beginning at approximately 100 megahertz (10s) and extending to 100 (a) Exposure of employees to inhala signed that dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, gigahertz'(10") and the infrared and tion, ingestion, skin absorption, or con or gases are not drawn through the work ultraviolet and visable light frequencies tact with any material or substance at a area of employees. as may be utilized in microwave, maser, concentration above those specified in (c) Design and operation. Exhaust and laser equipment. the "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne fans, jets, ducts, hoods, separators, and (f) "Potable" means suitable for Contaminants for 1970" of the American all necessary appurtenances, including drinking. Conference of Governmental Industrial refuse receptacles, shall be so designed, (g) "Radiation" means the process of Hygienists, shall be avoided. constructed, maintained and operated as emitting radiant energy `in the form of (b) When engineering or administra tive controls cannot be employed to reduce or eliminate the exposure, protec tive-equipment, as required in Subpart E of this part, shall be used. 1518.56 Illumination. (a) General. Construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storage areas shall be lighted to not less than the minimum illumination in tensities listed in Table D-3 while any work is in progress; to ensure the required protection by maintaining a volume and velocity of ex haust air sufficient to gather dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases from said equip ment or process, and to convey them to suitable points of safe disposal, thereby preventing their dispersion in harmful quantities into the atmosphere where employees work. Cd) Duration of operations. (1) The exhaust system shall be in operation con tinually during all operations which it is designed to serve. If the employee re waves or particles. (h) "Toxic" means poisonous. Subparf E--Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment 1518.100 Head protection. (a) Employees working in areas where there is a danger of head injury from impact, or from falling of flying ob jects, or from electrical shock and burns, shall be protected by protective helmets. (b) Helmets for the protection of em Table D-3--Minimum Illumination Intensities in Foot-Canbles mains in the contaminated zone, the sys ployees against impact and penetration tem shall continue to operate after the of falling and flying objects shall meet cessation of said operations, the length the specifications contained in American Foot-candles: Area or operation of time to depend upon the individual National Standards Institute, Z89.1- 5 General construction area circumstances and effectiveness of the 1969, Safety Requirements for Industrial lighting. 3 General construction areas, concrete placement, excava tion and waste areas, accessways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, general ventilation system. (21 Since dust capable of causing dis ability is, according to the best medical opinion, of microscopic size, tending to remain for hours in suspension in still Head Protection. (c) Helmets for the head protection of employees exposed to high voltage elec trical shock and burns shall meet the specifications contained in American Na and field maintenance areas. air, it is essential that the exhaust sys tional Standards Institute, Z89.2-1970. 5Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways, and cxitways. tem be continued in operation for a time after the work process or equipment 1518.101 nenring protection. 5Tunnels, shafts, and general underground work areas: (Exception: minimum of 10 foot-candles Is required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling, mucking, served by the same shall have' ceased, in order to ensure the removal of the harm ful elements to the required extent. For the same reason, employees wearing res piratory equipment should.not remove (a) Wherever it is not feasible to re duce the noise levels or duration of expo sures to those specified in Table D-2, Permissible Noise Exposures, in 5 1518.52, ear protective devices shall be provided and scaling. Bureau of Mines same immediately until the atmosphere and used. approved cap lights shall he acceptable for use In the tunnel heading.) 10------------- General construction plant and shops (e.g., batch plants, screening plants, mechanical and electrical equipment rooms; carpenter shops, rig seems clear. (e) Disposal of exhaust materials. The air outlet from every dust separator, and the dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases collected by an exhaust or ventilating system shall discharge to the outside at mosphere. Collecting systems which re tb) Ear protective devices inserted in the car shall be fitted or determined in dividually by competent persons. (c) Plain cotton is not an acceptable protective device. 1518.102 Eve mid face protection. ging lofts and active store rooms, barracks or living quarters, locker or dressing rooms, mess halls, and In door toilets and workrooms). 30-------------First aid stations. Infirmaries, and offices. <b) Other areas. For areas or oper ations not covered above, refer to the American National Standard A11.1-1965, R1970, Practice for Industrial Lighting, for recommended values of illumination. 1518.57 Ventilation. - turn air to work area may be used if concentrations which accumulate in the work area air do not result in harmful exposure to employees. Dust and refuse discharged from an exhaust system shall be disposed of in such a manner that it will not result in harmful exposure to employees. 1518.58 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (a) "dBA" means decibels of sound measured on an A-scale. (b) "Decibel" means a unit for meas (a) General. (1) Employees shall be provided with eye and face protection equipment when machines or operations present potential eye or face injury from physical, chemical, or radiation agents. (2) Eye and face protection equipment required by this Part shall meet the re quirements specified in American Na tional Standards Institute, Z87.1-1968, Practice for Occupational and Educa tional Eye and Face Protection. (3) Employees whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses in spectacles, faf General. Whenever harmful dusts, uring the relative loudness of sounds. when required by this regulation to wear fumes, mists, vapors, or gases exist, or (c) "Exposed", as applied to toxic eye protection, shall be protected by gog arc produced in the .course of construc contaminants, means contact by inhala gles or spectacles of one of the following tion-work, in quantities giving rise to tion, Ingestion, skin absorption, or con types: FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17807 7350 9 y. 29 --o o CJ v? '< *X Z1 w *^*73 < C-9 -- _ ^ss&a lo^ot-oo V* --2 -- J. y S9 -jS Svf ii 9 X i: ?0 T9 9=> -- RULES AND REGULATIONS FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75-- SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17808 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7.351 Table E-4. Selection or Respirators--Continued shall be inspected for defects which Hazard Respirator (See Note) would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shall not be used. (c) Ring .buoys with at least 90 feet of Ors and vapor contaminants inmcdkilely Self-contained breathing apparatus. IToso mask with blower. Alr- dangerous to life and health. purlfylng, full facepiece respirator with chemical canister (gas mnslt). Self-rescuo inouthploco respirator (for escape only). Com bination alr-llne respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an nlr-storage receiver with alurm. Not Immediately dangerous tollfcand health. Alr-llne respirator. Rose mask without blower. Alr-purlfying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge. Particulate contaminants Immediately dan Self-contained breathing apparatus. gerous to life and health. Rose mask with blower. Alr-purlfying. full facepiece respirator with appropriate filter. Self-rescuo mouthpiece respirator (for escape only). Combination ulr-llno respirator with auxiliary self-contained air supply or an air-storage receiver with alarm. line shall be provided and readily avail able for emergency rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not exceed 200 feet. (d) At least one lifesaving skiff shall be immediately available at locations where employees are working over or adjacent to water. 1518.107 Definitions applicable to ibis subpart. Not immediately dangemus to life and health. Alr-purlfying, half-mask or mouthpiece respirator with filter pod or cartridge. Alr-llne. respirator. Alr-llne abrasive-blasting respirator. Jfosc-nmsk without blower. Combination gas, vapor, and particulate ScU-cont&lhcd breathing apparatus, contaminants Immediately dangerous to lloso mask wllh blower. life and health. Alr-purlfying, lull lacepleco respirator with chemical canister anil appropriate filter (gas mask with filler). S__e_lt_-_re_s_c_u_o__m__o_u_thhpnl'ecc respirator (for esenpn only). Combination nlr-llno respirator wllh auxiliary seif-contained air supply or nn alr-storagc receiver wllh alarm. Not Immediately dangerous to llfeand health. Alr-Jlno respirator. Roso mask without blower. Alr-purl(ylng, hall-mask or mouthpiece respirator with chemical cartridge and appropriate filter. (a) "Contaminant" means any mate rial which by reason of its action upon, within, or to a person is likely to cause physical harm. (b) "Lanyard" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person*. One end is fastened to a safety belt or harness and the other end is secured to a substantial object or a safety line. (c) "Lifeline" means a rope, suitable for supporting one person, to which a lanyard or safety belt (or harness) is Note: For tho purpose of this part, "Immediately dangerous to life and health" Is defined as a condition that either poses an lmmcuiato threat to life and health or an Immediate threat of severe exposuro to contaminants, such ns radioactive materials, which aro likely to have adverse delayed offcels on health. attached. (d) "O.D." means optical density and refers to the light refractive characteris (c) Selection, issuance, use and care of respirators. (1) Employees required to use respiratory protective equipment approved for use in atmospheres immedi ately dangerous to life shall te thorough ly trained in its use. Employees required to use other types of respiratory protec tive equipment shall be instructed in the use and limitations of such equipment. for a fall of no greater than 6 feet. The rope shall have a nominal breaking strength of 5,400 pounds. (e) All safety belt and lanyard hard ware shall be drop forged or pressed steel, cadmium plated in accordance with type 1, Class B plating specified in Fed eral Specification QQ-P-416. Surface shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. tics of a lens. (e) "Radiant energy" means energy that travels outward in all directions from its sources. (f) "Safety belt" means a device, usually worn around the waist which, by reasdn of its attachment to a lanyard and lifeline or a structure, will prevent a worker from falling. (2) Respiratory protective equipment (f) All safety belt and lanyard hard shall be inspected regularly and main ware, except rivets, shall be capable of tained in good condition. Gas mask withstanding a tensile loading of 4,000 Subpari F--Fire Protection and Prevention canisters and chemical cartridges shall be replaced as necessary so as to provide complete protection. Mechanical filters shall be cleaned or replaced as necessary so as to avoid undue resistance to breathing. (3) Respiratory protective equipment which has been previously used shall be cleaned and disinfected before It is Issued by the employer to another employee. Emergency rescue equipment shall be cleaned and disinfected immediately after each use. lol8.104- .Safely belts, lifelines, uxul lanyards. pounds without cracking, breaking, or taking a permanent deformation. 1518.105 Safety nets. (a) Safety nets shall be provided when workplaces are more than 25 feet above the ground or water surface, or other surfaces where the use of ladders, scaffolds, catch platforms, temporary floors, safety lines, or safety belts are Impractical. (b) Where safety net protection is re quired by this part, operations shall not be undertaken until the net Is In place and has been tested. (c) Nets shall extend 8 feet beyond 1518.150 Fire protection. (a) General requirements. (1) The employer shall be responsible for the de velopment of a fire protection program to be followed throughout all phases of the construction and lemolition work, and he shall provide for the firefighting equipment as specified in this'subpart. As fire hazards occur, there shall be no delay In providing the necessary equip ment. (2) Access to all available firefighting equipment shall be maintained at all times. (3) A11 firefighting equipment, pro (a) Lifelines, safety belts, and lan the edge of the work surface where vided by the employer, shall be con yards shall be used only for employee employees are exposed. spicuously located. safeguarding. Should any of these items be subjected to actual loading or load testing, they shall be immediately re moved from service and destroyed. (b) Lifelines shall be secured above the point of operation to an anchorage or structural member capable of supporting a minimum dead weight of 5,400 pounds. Cc) Lifelines used on rock-scaling operations, or In areas where the lifeline may be subjected to cutting or abrasion, shall be a minimum of %-inch wire core manila rope. For all othe. lifeline appli cations. a minimum of %-inch manila or equivalent, with a minimum breaking Mrcngth of 5,400 pounds, shall be used. rd> Safety belt lanyard shall be a (d) The maximum mesh size of nets shall be 6 Inches by 6 Inches of %-inch diameter, No. 1 grade, pure manila, %inch nylon, or `Hr,-inch polypropylene rope. (e) Forged steel safety hooks or shackles shall be used to fasten the net to Its supports. (f) Connections between net panels shall develop the full strength of the net. 1518.106 Working over or near water. (a) Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with U.S. Coast Guard-approved life jacket or buoyant work vests. (4) All firefighting equipment shall be periodically Inspected and maintained in operating condition. Defective equip ment shall be immediately replaced.. (5) As warranted by the' project, the employer shall provide a trained and equipped firefighting organization (Fire Brigade) to assure adequate protection to life. (b) Water supply. (1) A temporary or permanent water supply, of sufficient volume, duration, and pressure, required to properly operate the firefighting equipment shall be made available, as soon as combustible materials accumulate. minimum of Vi-lnch nylon, or equiva (b) Prior to and after each use, the (2) Where underground water mains lent, with a maximum length to provide buoyant work vests or life preservers are to be provided, they shall .x: in- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17809 7.1H2 RULES AND REGULATIONS stalled, completed, and made available for use as soon as practicable. <c) Portable firefighting equipment-- (1) Fire extinguishers, (i) A Are extin guisher, rated not less than 2A, shall be provided for each 3,000 square feet of the protected building area, or major fraction thereof. Travel distance from any point of the protected area to the nearest fire extinguisher shall not exceed 100 feet. < ii) One 55-gallon open drum of water with two fire pails may be substituted for a fire extinguisher having a 2A rating. (iii) One or more fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be provided on each floor. In multist-ory buildings, at least one fire extinguisher shall be lo cated adjacent to stairway. (iv) Extinguishers and water drums, subject to freezing, shall be protected from freezing. (v) Where more than 5 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids or 5 pounds of flammable gas are being used, a fire extinguisher, rated not less than 10B, shall be provided within 50 feet, unless required otherwise. (vi> Carbon tetrachloride and other toxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers are prohibited. (vii) Portable fire extinguishers shall be inspected periodically and maintained in accordance with Maintenance and Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, NFPA No. I0A-1970. (viii) Fire extinguishers, which have been listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, shall be used to meet the requirements of this subpart. (lx) Table F-l may be used as a guide for selecting the appropriate portable fire extinguishers. Table F-l FIRE EXTINGUISHERS DATA (2) Fire iiosc and connections. (i) One hundred feet, or less, of 114-inch hose, with a nozzle capable of discharg ing water at 25 gallons or more per minute, may be substituted for a fire extinguisher rated not more than 2A in the designated area provided that the hose line can reach all points in the area. <ii> If fire hose connections are not compatible with locai firefighting.equip ment, the contractor shall provide adap ters. or equivalent, to permit connections. <iii.' During demolition involving com bustible materials, charged hose lines, supplied by hydrants, water tank trucks with pumps, or equivalent, shall be made available. <d> Fixed firefighting equipment-- (1> Sprinkler protection. C\) If automatic sprinkler protection is to be provided, the installation shall closely follow the con struction and be placed in service before or immediately following completion of each story. 'ii> During demolition or alterations, existing automatic sprinkler installations shall lie retained in service as long as reasonable. The operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by property authorized persons. Modifica tion of sprinkler systems to permit alter ations or additional demolition should be expedited so that the automatic protec tion may be returned to service as quickly as possible. Sprinkler control valves shall be checked daily at close of work to ascer tain that the protection is in service. (2) Standpipes. <i) In all structures in which standpipes arc required, or where existing in structures being altered or demolished, they shall be brought up or maintained as construction progresses in such a manner that they arc always ready for fire protection use. The standpipes should be provided with Siamese fire department connections on the out side of the structure, at the street level, conspicuously marked and have at least one standard hose outlet at each floor. (e) Fire alarm devices. (1) An alarm system, e.g., telephone system, siren, etc., shall be established by tire employer whereby employees on the site and the local fire department con be alerted for an emergency. (2) The alarm code and reporting in structions shall be conspicuously posted at phones and at employee entrances. (f) Fire cutoffs. (I) Fire walls and exit stairways, required for the com pleted buildings, shall be given construc tion priority. Fire doors, with automatic closing devices, shall be hung on openings as soon as practicable. (2) Fire cutoffs shall be retained in buildings undergoing alterations or dem olition until operations necessitate their removal. 15.18.151 Fire prevention. (a) Ignition hazards. (1) Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat, or power purposes shall be installed in com pliance with the requirements of the Na tional Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70- 1970, and the requirements of Subpart K of this part. (2) Internal combustion engine pow ered equipment shall be so located that the exhausts are well away from com bustible materials. When the exhausts are piped to outside the building under construction, a clearance of at least 6 inches shall be maintained between such piping and combustible material. (3) Smoking shall be prohibited at or in the vicinity of operations which con stitute a fire hazard, and shall be con spicuously posted: "No Smoking or Open Flame." (4) Portable battery powered lighting equipment, used in connection with tire storage, handling, or use of flammable gases or liquids, shall be of the type ap proved for tlie hazardous locations. (5) The nozzle of air, inert gas, and steam lines or hoses, when used in the cleaning or ventilation of tanks and vessels that contain hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors, shall be bonded to the tank or vessel shell. Bonding devices shall not be at tached or detached in hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors. (b) Temporary buildings. 11) No tem porary building shall be erected where it will adversely affect any means of exit. (2) Temporary buildings, when located within another building or structure, shall be of cither noncombuslible con struction or of combustible construction having a fire resistance of not less than 1 hour. (3) Temporary buildings, located other than inside another building and not used for the storage, handling, or use of flammable or combustible liquids, flam mable gases, explosives, or blasting agents, or similar hazardous occupancies, shall be located at a distance of not Jess than 10 feet from another building or structure. Groups "of * temporary build ings,' not .exceeding 2,000 square feet in aggregate, shall, for thc purposcs-of lliis- part, be considered a singleTtcmporary building. T (c) ' Open yard storage. (I). Combusti-- blc materials shall be piled with due re gard to the stability of piles and in no case higher than 20'feet. (2) Driveways .between and around combustible storage piles shall be at least 15 feet wid.67.ahd_ maintained free from FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 - EGS 17810' RULES AND REGULATIONS 7/o><r>>) accumulation of rubbish, equipment, or other articles or materials. Driveways shall be so spaced that a maximum grid system unit of 50 feet by 150 feet is produced. (3) The entire storage site shall be kept free from accumulation of unnec essary combustible materials. Weeds and grass shall be kept down and a regular procedure provided for the periodic cleanup of the entire area. (4) When there is a danger of an un derground fire, that land shall not be used for combustible or flammable storage. (5) Method of piling shall be solid wherever possible and in orderly and regular piles. No combustible material shall be stored outdoors within 10 feet of a building or structure. (6) Portable fire extinguishing equip ment, suitable for the fire hazard in volved, shall be provided at convenient, conspicuously accessible locations in the yard area. Portable fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be placed so that maximum travel distance to the nearest unit shall not exceed 100 feet. (d) Indoor storage. (1) Storage shall not obstruct, or adversely affect, means of exit. (2) All materials shall be stored, han dled, and piled with due regard to their fire characteristics. (3) Noncompatible materials, which may create a fire hazard, shall be segre gated by a barrier having a fire resist ance of at least 1 hour. (4) Material shall be piled to minimize the spread of fire internally and to per mit convenient access for firefighting. Stable piling shall be maintained at all times. Aisle space shall be maintained to safely accommodate the widest ve hicle that may be used within the build ing for firefighting purposes. (5) Clearance of at least 36 inches shall be maintained between the top level of the stored material and the sprinkler deflectors. (6) Clearance shall be maintained around lights and heating-units to pre vent ignition of combustible materials. (7) A clearance of 24 inches shall be maintained around the path of travel of fire doors unless a barricade is pro vided. in which case no clearance is needed. Material shall not be stored within 3G inches of a.fire door opening. "1518.132 Fhiimunliie and combustible liquids. fa) General requirements.. (1) Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Ap proved metal safety cans shall be used for the handling and use of flammable liquids in quantities greater than one gal lon, except that this shall not apply to those flammable liquid materials which arc highly viscid (extremely hard to pour), which may be used and handled in original shipping containers. For quantities of one gallon or less, only the original container or approved metal safety cans shall be used for storage, use, and handling of flammable liquids. (2) Flammable or combustible liquids be stored in the same room with flam shall not be stored in areas used for mable or combustible liquids. exits, stairways, or normally used for the safe passage of people. (b) Indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids. (1) No more than (lv> Storage in inside storage rooms shall comply with Table F-2 following: T.uii.e i-'-i 15 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in a room outside of an approved storage cabinet. (2) Quantities of flammable and com bustible liquid in excess of 15 gallons Fire prolerltnn Fire provide*! reski:ui<v Tot ill iillowuhlo 'jijnutJJSj'/ R'lJs'.A-q. U.l floor area shall be stored in an acceptable or ap proved cabinet meeting the following requirements : (i) Acceptable wooden -storage cabi Yi-s.................... 2 hr*.......... .710 sq. ft___ No...................... 2 hr*.......... aw mi. n___ Yes.................... l hr........... isn mi. n___ No...................... 1 hr............ I7i vij. f:, .. 10 -l J nets shall be constructed in the following manner, or equivalent: The bottom, sides, and top shall be constructed of an exterior grade of plywood at least 1 inch in thickness, which shall not break down or delaminate under standard fire test conditions. All Joints shall be rabbeted and-shall be fastened in two directions with flathead wood screws. When more than one door is used, there shall be a rabbeted overlap of not less than 1 inch. Steel hinges shall be mounted in such a manner as to not lose their holding ca pacity due to loosening or burning out of the screws when subjected to fire. Such cabinets shall be painted inside and out with fire retardant paint. (ii) Approved metal storage cabinets will be acceptable. (iii) Cabinets shall be labeled in con spicuous lettering, "Flammable--Keep Fire Away." (3) Not more than 60 gallons of flam mable or 120 gallons of combustible liquids shall be stored in any one storage cabinet. Not more than three such cabi nets may be located in a single storage area. Quantities' in excess of this shall be stored in an inside storage room. (4) (i) Inside storage rooms shall be constructed to meet the required fireresistive rating for their use. Such con struction shall comply with the test specifications set forth in Standard Methods of Fire Test of Building Con struction and Materia], NFPA 251-19G9. Note: Fire protection system shall bo sprinkler, water spray, carbon dioxide or other system approved by a nationally recog nized testing laboratory lor this purpose. (v) Electrical wiring and equipment located in inside storage rooms shall be approved for Class 1, Division 1, Haz ardous Locations. For definition of Class 1, Division 1, Hazardous Locations, see 5 1518.404. (vi) Every- inside storage room shall be provided with either a gravity or a mechanical exhausting system. Such sys tem shall commence not more than 12 inches above the floor and be designed to provide for a complete change of air within the room at least ?> times per hour. If a mechanical exhausting system is used, it shall be controlled by a switch located outside of the door. The venti lating equipment and any lighting fix tures shall be operated by the same switch. An electric pilot light shall be installed adjacent to the switch if flam mable liquids are dispensed within the room. Where gravity ventilation is pro vided, the fresh air intake, as well as the exhausting outlet from the room, shall be on the exterior of the building in which the room is located. (vii) In every inside storage room there shall be maintained one clear aisle at least 3 feet wide. Containers over 30 gallons capacity shall not be stacked one upon the other. (viii) Flammable and combustible liq (ii) Where an automatic extinguish uids in excess of that permitted in in ing system is provided, the system shall side storage rooms shall be stored outside be designed and installed in an approved of buildings in accordance witii para manner. Openings to other rooms or graph (c) of this section. buildings shall bo provided with non- (c) Storage outside buildings. (1) combustible liquid-tight raised sills or Storage of containers (not more than ramps at least 4 inches in-height, or the 60 gallons each) shall not exceed 1,100 floor in the storage area shall be at least gallons in any one pile or area. Piles or 4 inches below the surrounding floor. groups of containers shall be separated Openings shall be provided with ap by a 5-foot clearance. Piles or groups of proved self-closing fire doors. The room containers shall not be nearer than 20 shall be liquid-tight where the walls join feet to a building. the floor. A permissible alternate to the (2) - Within 200 feet of each pile of sill or ramp is an open-grated trench, containers, there-shall be a 12-foot-wide inside of the room, which drains to.a safe access way. to permit .approach of fire location. Where' other portions of the control apparatus. - building or other buildings are exposed," (3) The storage area shall be graded windows shall be protected as set forth. in a -manner to divert possible spills in the Standard for Fire Doors and Win away from buildings or other exposures, dows. NFPA No. 80-1970, for Class E or F or shall be surrounded by a curb or earth openings. Wood of at least 1-inch nomi dike at least 12 inches high. When curbs nal thickness may be used for shelving, or dikes-are used, provisions shall be racks, dunnage, scuffboards, floor over made for draining, off accumulations of lay, and similar-installations. ground "or rain-water,"or spills of flam (iii) Materials which will react with] mable" .or combustible liquids. Drains water and create a fire hazard shall not' shall' terminate at a safe .location and FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APML_T7, T971 - . EGS 17811 ~ 735-i RULES AND REGULATIONS shall be accessible to operation under fire conditions. (4) Outdoor portable tank storage: ,0 Portable tanks shall not be nearer an 20 feet from any building. Two or ore portable tanks, grouped together, having a combined capacity in excess of 2,200 gullons, shall be separated by a 5-foot-clear area. Individual portable tanks exceeding 1.100 gallons shall be separated by a 5-foot-clcar area. (ii) Within 200 feet of each portable tank, there shall be a 12-foot-wide access way to permit approach of fire control apparatus. (5) Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris, and other combustible material not necessary to the storage. (6) Portable tanks, not exceeding 660 gallons, shall be provided with emergency venting and other devices, as required by chapters TO and IV of NPPA 30-1969, The Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code. (7) Portable tanks, in excess of 660 gallons, shall have emergency venting and other devices, as required by chap ters n and III of The Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NFPA 30- 1969. (d) Fire control for flammable or combustible liquid storage. (1) At least one portable fire extinguisher, having a rating of not less than 20-B units, shall be located outside of, but not more than 10 feet from, the door opening into any room used for storage of more than 60 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids. (2) At least one portable fire extin guisher having a rating of not less than 20-B units shall be located not less than 25 feet, nor more than 75 feet, from any flammable liquid storage area located outside. (3) When sprinklers are provided, they shall be installed in accordance with the Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, NFPA 13-1969. (4) At least one portable fire extin guisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C units shall be provided on all tank trucks or other vehicles used for transporting and/or dispensing flam mable or combustible liquids. (e) Dispensing liquids. (11 Areas In which flammable or combustile liquids are transferred at one time, in quantities greater than 5 gallons from one tank or container to another tank or container, shall be separated from other operations by 25-feet distance or by construction having a fire resistance of at least 1 hour. Drainage or other means shall be pro vided to control spills. Adequate natural or mechanical ventilation shall be pro vided to maintain the concentration of flammable vapor at or below 10 percent of the lower flammable limit. (2) Transfer flammable liquids from one container to another shall be done only when containers arc electrically interconnected (bonded). (3) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be drawn from or' transferred into vessels, containers, or tanks within a building or outside only through-a closed piping system, from safety cans, by pump, dispenser, underground fill pipe means of a device drawing through the opening, and lubrication or service area. top, or from a container, or portable tanks, by gravity or pump, through an approved self-closing valve. Transferring by means of air pressure on the con tainer or portable tanks is prohibited. (4) The dispensing units shall be pro tected against collision damage. (5) Dispensing devices and nozzles for flammable liquids shall be of an approved type. (f) Handling liquids at point of final use. (1) Flammable liquids shall be kept in closed containers when not actually in use. .12) Leakage or spillage of flammable or combustible liquids shall bo disposed of promptly and safely. (3) Flammable liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or other sources of ignition within 50 feet of the operation, unless conditions war rant greater clearance. (g) Service and refueling areas. (1) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be stored in approved closed containers, in tanks located underground, or in aboveground portable tanks. (2) The tank trucks shall comply -1518.154 Liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gaa). (a) Approval of equipment and sys tems. (1), Each system shall have con tainers, valves, connectors, manifold valve assemblies, and regulators of an approved type. (2) All cylinders shall meet the De partment of Transportation specifica tion identification requirements pub lished in 49 CFR Part 178, Shipping Container Specifications. (b) Welding on LP-Cas containers. Welding Is prohibitedon containers. (c) Container valves and container accessories. (1) Valves, fittings, and ac cessories connected directly to the con tainer, including primary shut off valves, shall have a rated working pressure of at least 250 ps.l.g. and shall be of mate rial and design suitable for LPvGas service. (2) Connections to containers, except safety relief connections, liquid level gauging devices, and plugged openings, shall have shutoff valves located as close to the container as practicable. with the requirements covered in the Standard for Tank Vehicles for Flam mable and Combustible Liquids, NFPA No. 385-1966. (3) The dispensing hose shall be an approved type. (4) The dispensing nozzle shall be an approved automatic-closing type with out a latch-open device. (5) Underground tanks shall not be (d) Safety devices. (1) Every con tainer and every vaporizer shall be pro vided with one or more approved safety relief valves or devices. These valves shall be arranged to afford free vent to the outer air with discharge not less than 5 feet horizontally away from any open ing into a building which is below such discharge. (2) Shutoff valves shall not be in abandoned. stalled between the safety relief device (6) Clearly identified and easily acces and the container, or the equipment or sible switch (es) shall be provided at a piping to which the safety relief device is location remote from dispensing devices connected, except that a shutoff valve to shut off the power to all dispensing de may be used where the arrangement of vices in the event of an emergency. this valve is such that full required ca (7) (i) Heating equipment of an ap pacity flow through the safety relief de proved type may be installed in the lubri vice is always afforded. cation or service area where there is no (3) Container safety relief devices and dispensing or transferring of flammable regulator relief vents shall be located not liquids, provided the bottom of the heat less than 5 feet In any direction from air ing unit is at least 18 inches above the openings into sealed combustion system floor and is protected from physical dam appliances or mechanical ventilation air age. intakes. (ii) Heating equipment installed in (e) Dispensing. (1) Filling of fuel con lubrication or service areas, where flam mable liquids are dispensed, shall be of an approved type for garages, and shall be installed at least 8 feet above the floor. (8) There shall be no smoking or open tainers for trucks or motor vehicles from bulk storage containers shall be per formed not less than 10 feet from the nearest masonry-walled building, or not less than 25 feet from the nearest build ing or other construction and, in any flames in the areas used for fueling, serv event, not less than 25 feet from any icing fuel systems for Internal combus building opening. tion engines, receiving, or dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids. (2) Filling of portable containers or containers mounted on skids from stor age containers shall be performed not (9) ' Conspicuous anddegible signs pro less than 50 feet from the nearest hibiting smoking shall be posted.' * building. (10) /=The. motors of -all equipment (f) Requirements for appliances, (l) being fueled shall be shut off during the LP-Gas consuming appliances shall be fueling operation.- . - approved types. (11) Each service or fueling area shall (2) Any appliance that was originally be provided with at least one fire ex manufactured for operation with a gas tinguisher havLag a rating of not less eous fuel other than LP-Gas, and is in than 20.BC located so/ that- an extin good condition, may be used with LP-Gas guisher will beiwithTn 75 feet.of each only after It Is properly converted. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOC 36, NO.--7S--SATURDAY,' APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17812 RULES AND REGULATIONS adapted, and tested for performance with LP-Gas before the appliance is placed in use. (p) Containers and regulating equip ment installed outside of buildings or structures. Containers shall be upright upon firm foundations or otherwise firmly secured. The possible effect on the shall npt be used as structural supports for heaters. (10) Containers, regulating equip ment, manifolds, pipe, tubing, and hose shall be located to minimize exposure to high temperatures or physical damage. (11) Containers having a water ca pacity greater than 2 xfz pounds (nominal from the nearest building or group of buildings, in accordance with the following: Table F-3 Distcnre Quantity of LP-Gas stored: (feet) 500 lbs. or less o 601 to 0,000 lbs.............................................. 10 0,001 to 10.000 lbs.......................................... 20 outlet piping of settling shall be guarded 1 pound LP-Gas capacity) connected for Over 10,000 lbs 25 against by a flexible connection or spe cial fitting. (h' Containers and equipment used inside of buildings or structures. (1) When operational requirements make portable use of containers necessary, and their location outside of buildings or structures is impracticable, containers and equipment shall be permitted to be use shall stand on a firm and substan tially level surface and, when necessary, shall be secured In an upright position. (12) The maximum water capacity of individual containers shall be 245 pounds (nominal 100 pounds LP-Gas capacity). (13) For temporary heating, heaters (other than integral heater-container units) shall be located at least 6 feet (2) Containers shall be in a suitable ventilated enclosure or otherwise pro tected against tampering. (1) Fire protection. Storage locations shall be provided with at least one ap proved portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C. 1518.154 Temporary heating dovirrs. used inside of buildings or structures in accordance with subparagraphs (2) through (11) of this paragraph. (2) "Containers in use" means con nected for use. (3) Systems utilizing containers hav ing a water capacity greater than 2Vi pounds (nominal 1 pound LP-Gas capac ity) shall be equipped with excess flow valves. Such excess flow valves shall be either integral with the container valves or in the connections to the container valve outlets. (4) Regulators shall be either directly connected to the container valves or to manifolds connected to the container valves. The regulator shall be suitable for use with LP-Gas. Manifolds and fittings connecting containers to pres sure regulator Inlets shall be designed for at least 250 p.s.i.g. service pressure. (5) Valves on containers having water capacity greater than 50 pounds (nomi nal 20 pounds LP-Gas capacity) shall be from any LP-Gas container. This shall not prohibit the use of heaters specifi cally designed for attachment to the container or to a supporting standard, provided they are designed and installed so as to prevent direct or radiant heat application from the heater onto the con tainers. Blower and radiant type heaters shall not be directed toward any LP-Gas container within 20 feet. (14) If two or more heater-container units, of either the integral or nonin tegral type, are located In an unparti tioned area on the same floor, the container or containers of each unit shall be separated from the container or containers of any other unit by at least 20 feet. (15) When heaters are connected to containers for use in an unpartitioned area on the same floor, the total water capacity of containers, manifolded to gether for connection to a heater or heaters, shall not be greater than 735 (a) Ventilation. (1) Fresh air shall be supplied in sufficient quantities to maintain the health and safety of work men. Where natural means* of fresh air supply is inadequate, mechanical ventila tion shall be provided. (2) When heaters are used in confined spaces, special care shall be taken to provide sufficient ventilation in order to ensure proper combustion, maintain the health and safety of workmen, and limit temperature rise in the area. (b) Clearance and mounting. (1) Temporary heating devices shall be in stalled to provide clearance to combusti ble material not less than the amount shown in Tabic F-4. (2) Temporary heating devices, which are listed for installation with lesser clearances than specified in Table F-4, may be Installed in accordance with their approval. TAB I E I-1 protected from damage while in use or storage. (6) Aluminum piping or tubing shall not be used. (7) Hose shall be designed for a work pounds (nominal 300 pounds LP-Gas capacity). Such manifolds shall be separated by at least 20 feet. (16) Storage of containers awaiting use shall be in accordance with para Hailing nppliiinors Minimum clearance. (inches) Chimney Sides Rear connec tor ing pressure of at least 250 p.s.i.g. Design, graphs (j) and (k) of this section. construction,'and performance of hose, (1) Container valves and accessories. Room heater, circulating and hose connections shall have their suitability determined by listing by a (1) Valves in the assembly of multiple container systems shall be arranged so type............................ ............ Room heater, radiant type... 12 3D 12' 3C 1* 18 nationally recognized testing agency. The hose length shall be as short as practica ble. Hoses shall be long enough to permit compliance with spacing provisions of that replacement of containers can be made without shutting off the flow of gas in the system. This provision is not to be construed as requiring an automatic (3) Heaters not suitable for use on wood floors shall not be set directly upon them or other combustible materials. subparagraphs (1)-(13) of this para changeover device. When such heaters are used, they shall graph, without kinking or straining, or causing hose to be so close to a burner as to be damaged by heat. (8) Portable heaters, including sala manders, shall be equipped with an approved automatic device to shut oil (2) Heaters shall be equipped with an approved regulator in the supply lino between the fuel cylinder and the heater unit. Cylinder connectors shall be pro vided with an excess flow valve to mini mize the flow of gas in the event the rest on suitable heat insulating material or at least 1-inch concrete, or equivalent. The insulating material shall extend beyond the heater 2 feet or more In all directions. the flow of gas to the main burner, and fuel line becomes ruptured. (4) Heaters used in the vicinity of pilot if used, in the. event of flame failure. Such heaters, having inputs above 50,000B.t.u. per hour, shall be equipped with either ajSilot, which must bcTighted'and (3) Regulators and low-pressure re lief devices shall be rigidly attached to the cylinder valves, cylinders, supporting proved before-the main-burner can be standards, the building walls, or other combustible tarpaulins, canvas, or simi lar coverings shall be located at least 10 feet from the coverings. The cover ings shall be securely fastened to pre turned on, or an electrical ignition sys wise rigidly secured, and shall be so vent Ignition or upsetting of the heater tem. Note: The provisions of this installed or protected from the elements. due to wind action on the. covering or subparagraph do not aply to portable heaters under 7,50 B.t.u. per hour input when used with containers having a maximum water capacity-of 2 Vi. pounds.- (j) Storage of LPG containers. Stor age of LPG within buildings Is prohibited. (k) Storage outside of buildings. (1) (3) -Container valves,- connectors;* reg Storage outside* of buildings, for con other material. (c) Stability. Heaters, when In use, shall be set horizontally level, unless otherwise permitted by the manufac ulators; magifolds'.-Jpiplng, and tubing tainers awaiting use, shall be located turer's markings. No. 75--Pt. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 77, 7977 EGS 17813 7:)5i; RULES AND REGULATIONS id) Solid fuel healers. Solid fuel heat and having a vajjor pressure not exceed (c) Caulion signs. (1) Caution signs ers and oil-fired salamanders arc pro hibited in buildings and on scaffolds. Co) Oil-fired heaters. (1) Flammable liquid-fired heaters shall be equipped with a primary safety control to stop ing 40 pounds per square inch (absolute) at 100 F. U) "Flash point" of tire liquid means tire temperature at which it gives oil vapor sufficient to form an isuitable mix (see Figure G-2) shall be used only to warn against potential hazards or to caution against unsafe practices. (2) Caution signs shall have yellow as the predominating color; black upper the flow of fuel in the event of flame ture with the air near the surface of the panel and borders; yellow lettering of failure. Barometric or gravity oil feed liquid or within the vessel used as deter "caution" on the black panel; and the shall not be considered a primary safety mined by appropriate test procedure and lower yellow panel for additional sign control. apparatus as specified below. wording. Black lettering shall be used for (2) Heaters designed for barometric (1) The flash point of liquids having additional wording. or gravity oil feed shall be used only a viscosity less than 45 Saybolt Universal with the integral tanks. Sccond(s) at 100 F. (37.8 C.) and a Figure G-T (3) Heaters which are not designed flash point below 175 H (79.4 C.) shall for flue connection shall be equipped bo determined in accordance with the with integral tanks having capacity of Standard Method of Test for Flash WHITE not more than 2 gallons. Point by the Tag Closed Tester, ASTM 14) Healers specifically designed and D-5G-G9. approved for use with separate supply (2) The flash point of liquids having a tanks may be directly connected for viscosity of 45 Saybolt Universal Sec gravity feed, or an automatic pump, ond's) or more at 175 F. (79.4 C.) or from a supply tank. higher shall be determined in accord Figure G-2 ance with the Standard Method of Test 151 ft. 155 Definitions applicable to this Mibpari, for Flash Point by the Pensky Martens Closed Tester. ASTM D-93-69. BOCK- CAUTION in) "Approved", for the purpose of (j) "Liquefied petroleum gases," YELLOW this subpnrt, means equipment that has "LPG" and "LP Gas" mean and Include been listed or approved by a nationally any material which is composed pre recognized testing laboratory such as dominantly of any of the following hy Factory Mutual Engineering Corp., or drocarbons, or mixtures of them, such (d) Exit signs. Exit signs, when re Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or as propane, propylene, butane (normal quired, shall be lettered in legible red Federal agencies such as Bureau of butane or iso-butane), and butylenes. letters, not less than 6 inches high, on a Mines, or U.S. Coast Guard, which issue (k) (`Portable tank" means a closed white field and the principal stroke of approvals for such equipment. container having a liquid capacity more the letters shall be at least three-fourths (b) "Closed container" means a con than 60 U.S. gallons, and not intended Inch in width. tainer so sealed by means of a lid or for fixed installation. (e) Safely instruction signs. Safety other device that neither liquid nor vapor will escape from it at ordinary temperatures. (c) "Combustible liquids" mean any liquid having a flash point at or above 140 F. <60 C.), and below 200 F. (93.4 C.). <d) "Combustion" means any chem ical process that involves oxidation suffi cient to produce light or heat. (c) "Fire brigade" means an orga nized group of employees that are knowl edgeable, trained, and skilled in the safe evacuation of employees during emer gency situations and in assisting in fire fighting operations. (f) "Fire resistance" means so re sistant to fire that, for specified time and under conditions of a standard heat intensity, it will not fail structurally and will not permit the side away from the fire to become hotter than a specified (l) "Safety can" means an approved closed container, of not more than 5 gal lons capacity, having a flash-arresting screen, spring-closing lid and spout cover and so designed that it will safely relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure. (m) "Vapor pressure" means the pres sure, measured in pounds per square inch (absolute), exerted by a volatile liquid as determined by the "Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Reid Method) (ASTM D-323-58). Subpart G--Signs, Signals, and Barricade; 1510.200 Accident prevention signs nnd tags. (a) General. Signs and symbols re quired by this subpart shall be visible at instruction signs, when used, shall be white with green upper panel with white letters to convey 1-*' principal message. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (f) Directional signs. Directional signs, other than automotive traffic signs specified in paragraph (g) of this section, shall be white with a black panel and ' a white directional symbol. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. (g) Traffic signs. (X) Construction areas shall be posted with legible traffic signs at points of hazard. (2) All traffic control signs or devices used for protection of construction work men shall conform to American National Standards Institute D6.1-1961. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (h) Accident prevention tags. (1) Acci temperature. For purposes of this part, all times when work is being performed, dent prevention tags shall be used as a fire resistance shall be determined by and shall be removed or covered promptly temporary means of warning employees the Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials, NFPA 251-1969. (g) `-`Flammable" means capable of .being easily ignited, burning intensely, or having, a rapid rate of flame spread. _<h> "Flammable liquids" means any when the hazards no longer exist. (b) Danger signs. (1) Danger signs (see Figure G-l) shall be used only where an immediate hazard exists. (2) Danger signs shall have red as the predominating color for the upper panel: black outline on. the borders; and a white of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not be used in place of, or as a substitute for, accident prevention signs. (2) Specifications for accident preven tion tags similar to those In Table G-l liquid having a flash point below 140 F. lower panel for additional sign wording. shall apply. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17814 Table C-1 CAUTION OUT CF OUTER DO NOT USB Write tag - 'White letters on red square White tag- Yellow tag - White letters on Yellow letters red oval with a on a black back- black square ground White tag White letters on black back ground Basic Stock (Background) Safety Colors (Ink) Copy Specification (letters) White Bed. Do Hot Operate White Black, and Hod Danger Yellow Black Caution White Black Out of Order Do Not Use (1) Additional rules. American Na tional Standards Institute (ANSI) Z35.11968, Specifications for Accident Preven tion Signs, and Z35.2-1968, Specifications for Accident Prevention Tags, contain rules which arc additional to the rules prescribed in this section. The employer shall comply with ANSI Z35.1-1968 and Z35.3-19G3 with respect to rules not specifically prescribed in this subpart. 1518.201 .Signaling. (a) Flagmen. (1) When operations are such that signs, signals, and barricades do not provide the necessary protection on or adjacent to a highway or street, flagmen or other appropriate traffic controls shall be provided. (2) Signaling directions by flagmen shall .conform to American. National Standards Institute D6.1-19Gi, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. (3) Hand signaling by flagmen shall be by use of red flags at least 18 inches square or sign paddles, and in periods of darkness, red lights. (4) Flagmen shall be provided with and shall wear a red or orange warning garment while flagging. Warning gar ments worn at night shall be of rcflectorized material. (b) Crane and hoist signals. Regula tions for crane and hoist signaling will be found in applicable American Na tional Standards Institute standards. 1518.202 Barricades. Barricades for protection of employees shall conform to the portions of the American National Standards Institute D6.1-1961, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and High ways, relating to barricades. 1518.203 Definition.*, applicable to this Subpurt. (a) "Barricade" means an obstruction to deter the passage of persons or vehicles. (b) "Signs" are the warnings of hazard, temporarily or permanently affixed or placed, at locations where hazards exist. (c) "Signals" are moving signs, pro vided by workers, such as flagmen, or by devices, such as flashing lights, to warn of possible or existing hazards. (d) "Tags" are temporary signs, usually attached to a piece of equipment or part of a structure, to warn of existing or immediate hazards. Subpart H--Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal 1518.250 Cenernl rrqiiircmfnls for storage. (a) General. (1) All materials stored in tiers shall be stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked, or otherwise secured to pre vent sliding, falling or collapse. (2) Maximum safe load limits of floors within buildings and structures, in pounds per square foot, shall be con spicuously posted in all storage areas, except for floor or slab on grade. Maximum safe loads shall not be exceeded. (3) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equip ment or employees. Such areas shall be kept in good repair. (4) When a difference in road or work ing levels exist, means such as ramps, blocking, or grading shall be used to en sure the safe movement of vehicles be tween the two levels. (b) Material storage. (1) Material stored inside buildings under construc tion shall not be placed within 6 feet of any hoistway or inside floor openings, nor within 10 feet of an exterior wall which docs not extend above the top of the materia! stored. (2) Employees required to work on stored material in silos, hoppers, tanks, and similar storage areas shall be equip ped with lifelines and safety belts meet ing the requirements o Subpart E of this part. (3) Noncompatiblc materials shall be segregated In storage. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, T971 EGS 17815 7358 RULES AND REGULATIONS (4) Bagged materials shall be stacked working loads of various sizes and clas inches beyond the last full tuck. In ap by stepping back the layers and cross- sifications of improved plow steel wire plications where the projecting tails may key!ng the bags at least every 10 bags rope and wire rope slings with various be objectionable, the tails shall be ta high. types of terminals. For sizes, classifica pered and spliced into the body of the (5) Materials shall not be stored on tions, and grades not Included in these rope using at least two additional tucks scaffolds or runways In excess of supplies tables, the safe working load recom (which will require a tail length of ap needed for Immediate operations. mended by the manufacturer for spe proximately six rope diameters beyond (6) Brick stacks shall not be more than cific, identifiable products shall be fol the last full tuck). 7 feet in height. When a loose brick lowed, provided that a safety factor of (iv) For all eye splices, the eye shall stack reaches a height of 4 feet, it shall not less than 5 is maintained. be sufficiently large to provide an in be tapered back 2 inches in every foot (2) Protruding ends of strands in cluded angle of not greater than 60* at of height above the 4-foot level. splices on slings and bridles shall be cov the splice when the eye is placed over the (7) When masonry blocks are stacked ered or blunted. load or support. higher than 6 feet, the stack shall be (3) Wire rope shall not be secured by (v) Knots shall not be used in lieu of tapered back one-half block per tier knots, except on haul back lines on splices. above the 6-foot level. scrapers. (e) Synthetic webbing (nylon, poly (8) Lumber: (4) The following limitations shall ester, and polypropylene). (1) The em (1) Used lumber shall have all nails apply to the use of wire rope: ployer shall have each synthetic web withdrawn before stacking. <i) An eye splice made in any wire sling marked or coded to show: (ii) Lumber shall be stacked on level rope shall have not less than three full (1) Name or trademark of manufac and solidly supported sills. tucks. However, this requirement shall turer. (iii) Lumber shall be so stacked as to not operate to preclude the use of an (ii) Rated capacities for the* type of be stable and self-supporting. other form of splice or connection wliich hitch, (iv) Lumber piles shall not exceed 20 can be shown to be as efficient and wliich (iii) Type of material. feet in height provided that lumber to is not otherwise prohibited. (2) Rated capacity shall not be ex be handled manually shall not be stacked (il) Except for eye splices in the ends ceeded. more than 16 feet high. of wires and for endless-rope slings, each (f) Shackles' and hooks, (l) Table (9) Structural steel, poles, pipe, bar wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, H-l9 shall be used to determine the safe stock, and other cylindrical materials, or in pulling loads, shall consist of one working loads of various sizes of shack unless racked, shall be stacked and continuous piece without knot or splice. les. except that higher safe working loads blocked so as to prevent spreading or (ill) Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings, are permissible when recommended by tilting. or bull wires shall not be formed by wire the manufacturer for specific, identifia 1518.251 Higging equipment for ma terial handling. (a) General. (1) Rigging equipment for material handling shall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as nec essary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging equipment shall be removed from service. (2) Rigging equipment shall not be loaded in excess of its recommended safe working load, as prescribed in Tables H-l through H-20 in this subpart: (Fol lowing- 1518.252(e> 1 for the specific equipment. (3) Rigging equipment, when not in use, shall be removed from the imme diate work area so as not to present a hazard to employees. (b) Alloy steel chains. (1 i Welded al loy steel chain slings shall have perma nently affixed durable identification stat ing size, grade, rated capacity, and sling manufacturer. <21 Hooks, rings, oblong links, pearshaped links, welded or mechanical cou pling links, or other attachments, when used with alloy steel chains, shall have a rated capacity at least equal to that of the chain. (3) Job or shop hooks and links, or makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, rods, etc., or other such attachments, shall not be used. (4) Rated capacity (working load limit) for alloy steel chain slings shall conform to the values shown in Table H-l. (5) Whenever wear at any point of any chain link exceeds that shown in rope clips or knots. (iv) Wire rope shall not be used if, in any length of eight diameters, the total number of visible broken wires exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires, or if tlie rope shows other signs of ex cessive wear, corrosion, or defect. (5) When U-bolt wire rope clips are used to form eyes. Table H-20 shall be used to determine the number and spac ing of clips. (1) When used for eye splices, the U-bolt shall be applied so that the "u" section is in contact with the dead end of the rope. (d) Natural rope, and synthetic fiber-- (1) General, When using natural or syn thetic fiber rope slings, Tables H-15, 16, 17, and 18 shall apply. (2) All splices in rope slings provided by the employer shall be made in accord ance with fiber rope manufacturers' recommendations, (i) In mnnila rope, eye splices shall contain at least three full tucks, and short splices shall contain at least six full tucks (three on each side of the center line of the splice). (ii) In Iayed synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall contain at least four full tucks, and. short splices shall contain at least eight full tucks (four on each side of the centerline of the splice). (iii) Strand end tails shall not be trimmed short (flush with the surface of the rope) immediately adjacent to the full tucks. This precaution applies to both eye and short splices and all types of fiber rope. For fiber ropes under 1-inch ble products, provided that a safety fac tor of not less than 5 is maintained. (2) The manufacturer's recommenda tions shall be followed in determining the safe working loads of the various sizes and types of specific and identifiable hooks. All hooks for which no applicable manufacturer's recommendations are available shall be tested to twice the in tended safe working load before they are initially put into use. The employer shall maintain a record of the dates and re sults of such tests. 1518.252 Disposal of waste materials. (a) Whenever materials are dropped to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the building, an enclosed chute of wood, or equivalent material, shall be used. (b) When debris is dropped through holes in the floor without the use of chutes, the area onto which the material is dropped shall be completely enclosed with barricades not less than 42 inches high and not less than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. (c) All scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish shall be removed from the immediate work area as the work progresses. (d) Disposal of waste material or de bris by burning shall comply with local fire regulations. Tabic H-2, the assembly shall be removed diameter, the tails shall project at least (e) All solvent waste, oily rags, and from service. six rope diameters beyond the last full flammable liquids shall be kept in fire <c> Wire rope. <1) Tables H-3 through tuck. For fiber ropes 1-inch diameter and resistant covered containers until re 11-14 shall bo used to determine the safe larger, the tails shall project at least 6 moved from worksite. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SAWKDAY, ARRIL 17, J97I EGS 17816 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-l RATED CAPACITY (WORKING LOAD LIMIT), FOR ALLOY STEEL CHAIM SLIHCS* RATED CAPACITY (WORKIHG LOAD LIMIT), POUNDS Chain Six*, Inch** 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1-1/8 1-1/4 1.3/8 1-1/2 1-3/4 SIngl* Branch Sting -- 90 d*gr*o Loading 3.250 6,600 11,250 16,500 23,000 2B.7S0 38.7S0 44.500 57,500 67,000 80.000 loo.ooo Douklo Sling VortJcol Anglo (1) 30 d*gro 45 dagroo 60 4*gr** Horizontal Angto (2) 60 dgr* 45 d*gr** 30 dgroo 5,560 11,400 19,500 28,500 39,800 49,800 67,tOO 77.000 99.500 116.000 138,000 172,000 4,550 9.300 15,900 23,300 32,500 40,600 54.800 63.000 81.000 94.000 112.500 140.000 3,250 6,600 11,250 16,500 23,000 26.7S0 38,750 44,500 57.S00 67,000 80,000 100,000 Trlpla an4 Quadruple Sting Vortical Anglo (1) 30 dagroo 45 dogroa 60 dogroo Herftofttol Anglo (2) 60 4*gr*o 65 dogroo 30 dogroo 8,400 17,000 29.000 43,000 59,500 74,500 301,000 . 115,500 149,000 174,000 207,000 258,000 6,800 14,000 24,000 35,000 48,500 61.000 82,000 94.500 121,500 t4i,000 169.000 210,000 4,900 9,900 17,000 24,500 34.500 43,000 58,000 66,500 $6,000 100.500 119,500 150,000 (l) Rating of multllcg slings adjusted for angle of loading measured as the Included ane12b,0'n"/mXB.ClW^or angle of loading between the Inclined leg nn^OthcrgnidIcs!'of proof tested steel chain Include Proof Coll, BBB Coll and HI-Test Chain. These grades are not recommended for overhead lifting and therefore are not covered by this code. Table j-i-2--Maximum Allowable Weak at any Point op Link Ch ain size (inches) V*.......... 'h- Maximum allowable wear (inch) .............. !Y;< %*'u Chain size (inches) 1______ l'/-........... IV*......... 1%......... 154......... 1%------- Maximum allowable wear (inch) ......................... ".In 'A 95-i Table H-3 RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLIHCS j X 19 AND 6 x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE WITH FIBER CORE (FC) __________ __ Rofo ,, . Ceo.lr (Inch**), 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 J-l/S 6 x 19 X 19 6x19 6 X 19 6 X 19 66Xx 19 19 6 X 19 6 x 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 M/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1*5/8 1*3/4 2 6 x 37 6 X 37 6x37 6X37 6 X 37 6 X 37 HT 0.49 0.76 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.9 5.1 6.7 8.4 9.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 25.0 Vertical .US 0.S1 0.79 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.1 4.4 S.9 7.7 9.5 11.0 13.0 16.0 18.0 21.0 28.0 0.SS 0.85 1.2 1.6 2.1 2.7 3.3 4.8 ` 6.4 6.4 10.0 12.0 15.0 17.0 21.0 24.0 31.0 Ratud Coogcltloa, Toftt (2 000 Ik) ----------- Cbioo'k*f Vr orficoi Boak*t* HT- MS HT US 0.37 0.57 0.80 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.1 2.9 3.9 5.0 6.3 7.4 8.9 10.0 12.0 14.0 tt.O 0.38 0.59 0.65 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.3 3.3 4.5 5.8 7.1 8.3 10.0 12.0 X4.0 16.0 21.0 0.41 0.64 0.91 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.5 3.6 4.8 6.3 7.9 9.2 11.0 13.0 15.0 18.0 23.0 0.99 1.5 2.1 2.9 3.7 4.6 5.6 7.8 10.0 13.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 26.0 33.0 38.0 49.0 1.0 1.6 2.2 3.0 3.9 5.0 6.2 8.8 12.0 15.0 19.0 22.0 27.0 32.0 37.0 4535..00 1.1 1.7 2.4 3.3 4.3 5.4, 6.7 9.5 13.0 17.0 21.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 41.0 48.0 62.0 HT - Tuck.4 Spile* 4 HU** Tuck (file* r-w hi44#A tuck. *pHc* (tVXC) 5*M T coo*M* US U*cH*nfc*I Spite* S * |wf**d *r Zinc P*ur*4 8ek*t *Th** vetu*# only tplT 4*a h* D/d film It Ht U 1# V o4 l*t US *<W 8 HAS* | JS *r greatar *rh*r| D > Dl**l*r of curvtur or*wt4 w*k (he b*4p e( the Hi'S U fcant. 7339 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1*71 EGS 17817 Tal>U- II- RATED CAPACITIES FOR SIHGLE LEG SLINGS 6x19 AMD 6 X 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVEO PLOW STEEL CRADE ROPE H.ndTuek.dspiic* j,_3 vaiuos j.n HT column. yr hlJd*n tu<V aptlce flwWC) * TM* * v'-* US ' Mrhanlft SpHer. y <twa(*d or Tine Socket. ,|,, fo, |(T aline* I* 111 or fr.al.r, and for US and S Sllnta la JO o( >.al.r wlirr.; Tht** v>Ium only *PP*r hen O/d O ftUnirtrl ,( rurvaluTf rowM which the bodr of the alloc It bent* d * llUmeter of rope* Tabic H-5 RATED CAPACITIES FOB SINGLE LEG SLINGS CABLE LAID ROPE - MECHANICAL SPLICE ONLY 7x77xx67x1I?7xIW7RxC1C?OCNOSTNRSUTRCUTICOTNIOIMNSPRGOAVLEVDANPILZOEWD SATIRECERLAGFRTAGDREARDOEPREOPE 1/4 3/8 1/2 S/R 3/4 S/8 3/4 7/8 1 l.J/8 14/df 3,4 7/8 1 1.1/8 1.1/4 T.5/16 1J/8 1.1/2 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x19 7x7x19 7x7x19 7x7x19 7x7x19 7x7x19 7x6x19IWRC 7x6x19IWRC 7x6x19IWRC 7x6x19IWRC 7x6x19IWRC 7x6x19IWRC 7x6x19IWRC 7x6x19IWRC V.rtieol 0,50 1.1 i!s 2.8 3.8 20 4.1 54 6^9 8.2 0o 3.8 5.0 6.4 7.7 92 10.0 11.0 13.0 Tkaaa ratuaa amir apply Ik* 0/4 folio I* of ral*f **oro! D c P|(Ml|*r of t*fVWF* RFBUttf *kl<h lh Wf of ft* I* ^***' 4 = Dliali of top*. Choleor 0.38 0.81 i-* 2-1 2-9 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.1 6.2 7.4 2.8 3.* 6.8 5.8 6.9 7.S 8.2 9.6 ' Vorllcol Bork.t l* 2.2 I-7 S.S ?-6 5.8 8.1 11.0 H.O 16.0 20.0 7.6 t0- l3- 15.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 26.0 Tabic H-6 RATED CAPACITIES FOR SINGLE LEG SLINCS 8.PART AND 6.PART BRAIDED ROPE 6 x 7 AND y 1? CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE Tliaa* Yaluaa only apply taken (ho D/d rail* U 20 or froalar wlaar** paa Dlantotof of curvalairo around xhlpb tk< body of Iho Olio* la boat. M * Diameter of component top*. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 _ % $ ft \ RULES AND REGULATIONS Tabic H-7 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2.LEG A 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS 6 x 19 AHD 6 x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE WITH FIBER CORE <FC) Rep* | ! Rel#d Copaciti'** Too. (3,000 It,) 2-L*o Bfidl* Sling* 3*L*a Bfidl* SI inn c Dia (Inch**! Conlf V*rr 30 d*gr* Hen 60 dear** HT MS 45 d*gr* And* HT MS V*rt 60 d*gr* v*rt 30 d*gr* 45 d*g<** Horx 30 d*or** Horx 60 d*gr* Angl* HT . MS HT MS HT MS V*ft 60 d*gr* Hof i 30 d*gf * hT MS 1/4 6 x 19 5/16 6x19 3/8 6x 19 7/16 6 x 19 1/2 6 x 19 9/16 6 x 19 S/8 6x 19 3/4 6 x 19 7/8 6x 19 1 6x19 1.1/3 6x19 0.85 1.3 1.8 2.S 3.2 4.0 4.8 6.8 8.9 11.0 14.0 0.88 1.4 1.9 2.6 3.4 4.3 5.3 7.6 10.0 13.0 16.0 0.70 l.l 1.5 2.0 2.6 3.2 4.0 S.S 7.3 9.4 12.0 6.72 l.l 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.4 6.2 8.4 11.0 13.0 0.49 0.76 1.1 1.4 t.8 2.3 2.8 3.9 S.l 6.7 8.4 0.51 0.79 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.1 4.4 S.9 7.7 9.5 1.3 2.0 2.8 3.7 4.8 6.0 7.3 10.0 13.0 17.0 22.0 1.3 2.0 2.9 4.0 S.l 6.5 8.0 11.0 1S.0 20.0 24.0 1.0 M.6 2.3 3.0 3.9 4.9 S.9 8.3 11.0 14.0 18.0 1.1 1.7 2.4 3.2 "4.2 5.3 6.S 9.3 13.0 16.0 20.0 0.74 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.4 4.2 5.8 7.7 10.0 13.0 0.7 1.2 1.7 2.3 3.0 3.7 4.6 6.6 8.9 11.0 14.0 1-1/4 10/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 10/4 2 6 x 37 6x 37 6x37 6x37 6x37 6x37 17.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 33.0 43.0 19,0 23.0 27.0 32.0 37.0 48.0 14.0 17.0 20.0 23.0 27.0 35.0 16.0 19.0 22.0 26.0 30.0 39.0 9.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 25.0 11.0 13.0 16.0 18.0 21.0 28.0 2S.0 31.0 36.0 43.0 49.0 64.0 29.0 35.0 41.0 48.0 S6.0 72.0 21.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 S2.0 23.0 28.0 33.0 39.0 45.0 S9i0 15.0 18.0 21.0 2S.0 28.0 37.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 41.0 >rr = Hand Tuck'd Spile*. MS = U'ch.nic.l Spile* 7361 Table H-8 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2.LEG & 3-LEG BRIDLE SLINGS 6 x 19 ond 6 x 37 CLASSIFICATION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE WITH INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE (IWRC) R*p* Ref*d Copoclti** Ton* (2,000 1b) 3-L*a Brldl* Sling Did [Inch**} Contlr Vert 30 d*gr* 4i d*fr*v Horx 60 dear** Anal* ""HT Ms ~HT UJ V*rl 60 degree V*r 30 4*gr** Hors 30 d*gr* Horx 60 d*or** HT Ms HT . MS' 45 d*gr* V*rt 60 d*gr* Anel* Herx 30 d*0f** HT MS ' HT MS 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 S/8 3/4 7/8 1 1.1/8 6 x 19 6x19 6x 19 6x19 6x19 6x19 6 x 19 6x19 6x 19 6x19 fix 19 0.92 1.4 2.0 2.7 3.4 4.3 5.2 7.3 9.6 12.0 16.0 0.97 1.5 2.1 2.9 3.8 4.8 5.9 8.4 11.0 15.0 18.0 0.75 l.t 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.2 S.9 7.8 10.0 13.0 0.79 1.2 1.8 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.6 6.9 9.3 12.0 15.0 0.53 1.81 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.2 5.S 7.2 9.0 0.56 0.87 1.2 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.4 4.9 6.6 8.5 10.0 1.42.1 3.0 4.0 5.1 6.4 7.8 11.0 14.0 19.0 23.0 1.4 2.3 3.2 4.4 5.7 7.1 8.8 13.0 17.0 22.0 27.0 l.l 1.7 2.4 3.3 4.2 5.2 6.4 8.9 12.0 15.0 19.0 1.2 1.8 2.6 3.6 4.6 S.B 7.2 10.0 14.0 18.0 22.0 0.79 0.84 1.2 1.3 1.7 1.9* 2.3 2.5 3.0 3.3 3.7 4.1 4.5 5.1 6.3 . 7.3 8.3 9.9 11.0 13.0 13.0 16.0 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 2 6 X 37 6x 37 6 x 37 6 X 37 6x37 6x37 18.0 22.0 26.0 31.0 35.0 46.0 21.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 41.0 53.0 15.0 18.0 21.0 25.0 29.0 37.0 17.0 21.0 25.13 29.0 33.0 43.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 18.0 20.0 26.0 * 12.0 15.0 17.0 20.0 24.0 30.0 27,0 33.0 39.0 46.0 53.0 68.0 32.0 38.0 45.0 53.0 61.0 79.0 22.0 27.0 32.0 38.0 43.0 56.0 26.0 31.0 37.0 43.0 50.0 65.0 16.0 <19.0 23.0 27.0 31.0 *40.0 18.0 22.0 26.0 31.0 3S.0 46.0 HT - If.nd Tuek*d Spile* Ml M*ehnlc*l tptle* Table H-9 RATED CAPACITIES POR 2-LEO & 3-LEG BRIDLE SUNOS CABLE LAIO ROPE - MECHANICAL SPLICE ONLY 7x7x7 AND 7x7x19 CONSTRUCTIONS CALVANIZEO AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE' 7x6x19 IWRC CONSTRUCTION IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE Rop* Roud CopocTtWs, Tons (2,000 lb) -----------------TZ*e Brldl* Sling 3L*g bndl* Sling Dla Contlr V.t) 30 i!.f 45 d*gr** V*rt 60 d*g V*rt 30 d*g 45 d*gr* V*rl 60 J*g Horx 60 4*0 Angl* Hors 30 d*g Horx 60 d*0 Angl* Korx 30 d*g 1/4 3/8 1/2' 5/8 3/* 7X7X7 0.87 7x7x7 1.9 7 x 7 x 7_ 3.2 ~7x7x7 -- 4.8 7X7X7 6.6 __ ~0.71 1.5 -2.6 3.9 5.4 o.so * 1.3 1.1 2.8 - 1.8 _ 4.8 2.8. * * 712 m 3.8 ~9.9 l.t 2.3 3.9 S.9- 8.1 0.75 1.6 -- 3.7 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 l.i/i 7X7X19 7'X 7 x 19 7 X 7 X 19 7 X 7 X 19 7 x 7 X 19 7 x 7 X 19 5.0 7.0 9.3__- 12.0 14.0 17.0 4:1 5.7 7.6 9.7 12-0 14.0 2.9 - -'7.5 4.1 10.0 5.4 ' - t- 14.0 6.9" . 18.0 ~ 8.2 21.0 9.9 26.0 6.1 8.6 11.0 14.0 17.6 21.0 4.J 6,1 8.1 - 10-0 12.0 1S.0 3/4 7/ 1 3-1/8 1-1/4 ~ 1-5/16 1-3/8 M/2 7x6x19 IWRC 6.6 7x6x19 IWRC 8.7 75Xl9 IWRC ' -11.0 7x8x19 IWRC - 13-0 7X6X19 IWRC 16.0 7X6X19 IWRC 17.0 7x6x19 IWRC 19.0 7x6x19 IWRC 22.0 -- 5.4 7.1 9.0 11.0. _ 13.0 --14.0 1S.0 ~ 18.0 3.8 9.9 5.0 13.0 6.4 - 17.0 -7.7 -20.0-- 9.2 " 24.0 10:0 > 26.0 " ii.o-- _ 28.0. 13.0 - " 33:0 8.0 1S.0 13.0 ifi.Osi 20.0 . 21.0 23.0 27.0 5.7 9.611-0 14.0 15.0 16,0 19.0 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOf 36, NO.-75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, T?71 EGS 17819 7362 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-10 RATED CAPACITIES FOR 2-LEG AW) 3-LEG BRIDLE SUHCS t-PART AND t-PART BRAIDED ROPE 4 x 7 AND 4x19 CONSTRUCTION IHPROVeO PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7X7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE Com Rated C aoacitiee. Tone <2.000 IS) R 2- Leg Bridle Slinc 3*Lep Bridle Sling* Vert 30 degree Cone fr Here 60 degree 8*Port 6*Port 45 c egree Vert 60 degree Vert 30 degree An ole Hart 30 degree Hart 60 degree BPort 6.Part 8*Pert 6-Potr 8Part 6*Part 45 degree Vert 60 degree An 8*Part v6-*P_._rt_ Hors 30 degree B-rerf o*roft 3/32 1/8 3/16 * 3/32 1/8 3/16 6X7 6X7 6x7 7X7 7x7 7x7 0.74 1.3 2.9 0.89 1.6 3.6 O.SS 0.98 2.2 0.67 1.2 2.7 0.60 1.1 2.4 0.72 1.3 2.9 0.45 0.80 1.8 0.55 1.0 2.2 0.42 0.76 1.7 0.51 0.9S 2.1 0.32 0.S7 1.3 0.39 0.71 1.5 I.l 2.0 4.4 1.3 2.5 S.4 0.83 l.S 3.3 1.0 1.8 4.0 0.90 1.6 3.6 1.1 2.0 4.4 0.68 1.2 2.7 0.82 l.S 3.3 0.64 1.1 2.5 0.77 1.4 3.1 0.48 0.85 1.9 0.58 I.l 2.3 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/B 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 6 x 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 6x 19 6 X 19 6 X 19 fix 19 6 X 19 3.0 5.3 8.3 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.032.0 46.0 62.0 81.0 2.2 4.0 6.2 8.9 12.0 15.0 20.0 24.0 35.0 47.0 61.0 2.4 4.3 6.7 9.7 13.0 17.0 21.0 26.0 38.0 51.0 66.0 1.8 3.2 5.0 7.2 9.5 13.0 16.0 20.0 28.0 38.0 50.0 1.7 3.1 4.8 6.8 9.3 12.0 15.0 19.0 27.0 36.0 47.0 1.3 2.3 3.6 5.1 6.9 9.0 n.o 14.0 20.0 27.0 35.0 4.5 8.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 31.0 39.0 48.0 69.0 94.0 22.0 3.4 6.0 9.3 13.0 18.0 23.0 29.0 36.0 52.0 70.0 91.0 3.7 6.5 10.0 14.0 20.0 25.0 32.0 40.0 S6.0 76.0 99.0 2.8 4,9 7.6 11.0 15.0 19.0 24.0 30.0 42.0 57.0 74.0 2.6 4.6 7.1 10.0 14.0 18.0 23.0 28.0 40.0 54.0 70.0 1.9 3.4 5.4 7.7 10.0 S3.0 17.0 21.0 30.0 40.-0 53.0 Table H-ll RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAID GROMMET - HAND TUCKED IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BOOY RATED CAPACITIES, TONS (7.000 lb) Dig (Incite*) Conttr 0 1/4 S/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 - 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 l-l/S 1-1/4 1*3/8 1-1/2 7 x 19 7 x 19 7 X 19 7 X 19 7 x 19 7 X 19 7 X 19 7 x 19 7 X 19 7 X 19 7 X 19 7 X 37 7 X 37 7 X 37 Vertical 1 0.85 1.3 ! 1.9 i1 2*6 3.3 4.2 I 5.2 7.4 10.0 ! 13.0 16.0 18.0 22.0 26.0 * There veluee only apply when the D/d retie I S *r where D * Dimter of curvature around which rep* I* (rent. 4 Otam?ter t tope tody. 6 Choicer 0.64 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.5 3.1 3.9 5.6 7.5 9.7 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 0 Vertical Battel* 1.7 2.6 3.8 S.2 6.7 8.4 10.00 15.0 20.0 26.0 32.0 37.0 44.0 52.0 Table H-12 RATED CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID CROMMET - HAND TUCKED 7x4x7 ANO 7 x4 x 19 CONSTRUCTIONS IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE 7x7x7 CONSTRUCTION GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE CABLE BOOT RATED CAPACITIES, TONS (2,000 lb) Dio (lncL.) 00 . Vertlul ChcVor 3/8 9/16 S/8 7X6X-7 7_X 6x7 7x6x7 1*3 2*8 3*8 0.95 2.1 2.8 3/8 9/16 S/8 7x7x7 7 x7 x7 7x7x7 1.6 3.5 4.5 1*2 2*6 3.4 5/8 3/4- 15/16 T-l/8 1-5/16 ' 1-1/2 1-11/16 1-7/8 -- 2*1/4 " 2.5/8 7x6x19 "7 X.6-X19. -7_x6 x 19 _7*x 6 x 19 7 x:6*X 19 _~ 7-x 6 X 19- '-7 X 6'XJ9 7 x6x 19 7 x 6 x 19 7*x-*-V19 3S..9l **7.9 11.0 15*0 19.0 .24.0 30.0 42.0 56.0 3.0 3.8" 5.9 8.4 11.0 14.0 18.0 22.0 31*0 42.0 Thee# telur* *nly apply whervthe O/d tntie Id'S *f where! s W Diameter eT cwretw* ertewd which C#W My l Ml. 4 * etTehU'Vedy^. Verticil 8*lcet* 2.5 5*6 7.6 3.2 6*9 9.0 7.9 10.0 16*0 22.0 30.0 39.0 49.0 60.0 84*0 112*0 EGS 17820 < RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-13 RATED CAPACITIES FOR STRAND LAID ENDLESS SLINOS-HECHAHICAL JOINT IMPROVED PLOW STEEL GRADE ROPE ROPE BODY RATEO CAPACITIES, TONS (2,000 tb) Dio (Inch**) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/d 7/8 1 i-t/a m/4 J-3/8 1*1/2 Conlr 6 X 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC 6 x 19 IWRC 6 X 19 IWRC 6 x 19 IWRC 6 x 19 IWRC 6 y 19 IWRC 6x19 IWRC 6 x 37 IWRC 6 x 37 IWRC fi X37 IWRC 0 Vertical 0.92 2.0 3.6 5.6 8.0 lt.0 14.0 ts.o 21.0 25.0 29.0 6 Choker 0.69 1.5 2.7 4.2 6.0 8.1 10.0 13.0 15.0 (9.0 22.0 0 ' Vertlcol Bostcel* 2.8 4,1 7.2 1 (.0 tfi.O 21.0 28.0 35.0 41.0 50.0 59.0 * T'.re vaftrea tv apply when the D/d nllo It S or greater where; i> DUmttir of curvature around which rapt It hent. U* q( np* body. Table H-14 RATEO CAPACITIES FOR CABLE LAID ENDLESS SLINCS-MECHANICAL JOINT 7x7x7 AND 7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTIONS GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT GRADE ROPE 7 x 6 X 19 1WRC CONSTRUCTION 1MPROVEO PLOW STEEL GRAOE ROP.E CABLE BODY RATED CAPACITIES, TONS (2,000 lb) Did (Inches) 1/4 :t/a 1/3 5/8 3/4 s/a .1/4 7/8 1 M/8 1-1/4 .1/4 .7/8 2 M/H 1-1/4 1-3/ft 1-1/2 Const* 7x7x7 7x7 x 7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7x7x7 7 X 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 X 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 x 7 x 19 7 X 6 X 19 IWRC 7 X 6 X 19 IWRC 7 XO X 19 IWRC 7 X 6 x 19 IWRC 7 X 0 x 19 IWRC 7 X ft x 19 IWRC 7 x 6 x 19 IWRC 0 Verllcgi 0.83 1.8 3.0 4.5 6.3 4.7 6.7 8.9 11.0 14.0 17.0 6.2 8.3 10.0 13.0 t6.0 18.0 22.0 6 Choker 0.62 1.3 2.3 3.4 4.7 3.5 5.0 6.6 H.5 10.0 12.0 4.7 6.2 7.9 9.7 12.0 14.0 16.0 0 Yerhcol Baiket* 1.6 3.S 6.2 9.1 12.0 9.5 13.0 18.0 22.0 28.0 33.0 12.0 16.0 21.0 26.0 31.0 37.0 43.0 * Tln'Sf value* only apply when ihr D/d value li 5 or (reefer where! D " Diameter of Curvature around which cable body It bent. J ** Diameter of table body. 73G3 7r, rtru- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17821 7364 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table H-15 MANILA ROPE.SLINGS ROPE DIA METER Nominal In Inchat Hominol Weight Per 100 ft In Pound* Minimum Brooking Strength In Pound* V E R T IC A L HITCH CHOKER HITCH RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Sqf.ly Factor = 5) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING VERTICAL HITCH CHOKER H IT C K 8ASKET HUTCH BASKET HITCH Ang e of Rope to Horizontal Angl # of Rope to Hori zor lot 90 d*g 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angle of Rop to Vertical .Angle of Rop e to Vertical 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 1 1 1/2 7.S 2,650 550 250 1,100 900 750 sso 950 9/16 10.4 3,450 700 350 1,400 1,200 1,000 700 1,200 S/8 13.3 4,400 900 450 1,800 1,500 1,200 900 1,600 3/4 .16.7 S.400 1,100 550 2,200 1,900 1,500 1,100 2.000 500 1,900 1,700 1.400 950- 600 2,500 2,200 1,800 1,200 800 3,200 2,700 2,200 1.600. 950 3,900 3,400 2,800 2,000 13/16 7/8 1 1 1/16 19.5 22.5 27.0 31.3 6,500 7,700 9,000 10,500 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 650 750 900 1,100 '2.600 3,100 3,600 4,200 2,300 2,700 3,100 3,600 1,800 2,200 2,600 3,000 1,300 1,500 1,800 2,100 2,300 2,800 3,200 '3,800 1,200 1,400 1.600 1,900 4,700 5.600 6,500 7.600 4,100 4,800 5,600 6,600 3,300 3,900 4,600 5,400 2,300 2,800 3,200 3,800 1 1/8 1 1/4 I 5/16 1 1/2- 36.0 41.7 47.9 59.9 12,000 13,500 15,000 18,500 2,400 2,700 3.000 3,700 1,200 1,400 1,500 1.850 4,800 5,400 6,000 7,400 4,200 4,700 5,200 6,400 3,400 3,800 4,300 5,200 2,400 2,700 3,000 3,700 4,300 4,900 5,400 6,700 2,200 2,400 2,700 3,300 8,600 9,700 11,000 13,500 7,500 8,400 9,400 11,500 6,100 6,900 7,700 9,400 4.300 4,900 5,400 6,700 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 2 1/3 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5/8 74.6 89.3 107.5 125.0 146.0 166.7 190.8 22.500 26.S00 31,000 36,000 4,500 5.300 6,200 ?,200 2,300 2,700 3,100 3.600 41.000 46.500 52.COO 8,200 9,300 10,500 4,100 4.700 5,200 n.ooo 10,500 12.SO0 14,500 16.500 18,500 21.000 7,800 9,200 10,500 12.500 i4;ooo 16,000 18.000 6,400 7.500 8,800 10,000 11,500 13,000 14,500 4.500 5,300 6,200 7.200 8,100 9.S00 11,000 13,000 8,200 9,300 10,500 15,000 16,500 18,500 4,100 4,800 5,600 6,500 7,400 8,400 9.500 16,000 19,000 22.500 26,000 14.000 16,500 19,500 22,500 11,500 13.500 16,000 18,500 8,0(10 9,500 11,000 13,000 29,500 33.500 37.500 25,500 29,000 32,500 21,000 23,500 26,500 15,000 16,500 18.500 Table H-16 NYLON ROPE SUNGS ROPE DIA METER Nominal In Inchat' Nominal Weight Minimum Breaking Per 100 ft Strength In In Pounds Pounds VERTICAL HITCH CHOKER HITCH RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Safety Factor = 9) EYE AND EYE SUNG ENDLESS SLING VERTICAL HITCH CHOKER HITCH BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH Angle of Rope to Horizontal Ang e of Rope to Horizontal 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg 90 deg `60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angle of Rop e to Verlicof Angle of Rop to Vertical 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg. 60 deg i 1/2 9/16 S/8 3/4 fi.S 8.3 10.5 14.5 6,080 7,600 '9,880 13,490 700 850 1,100 1,500 350 ,400 1,200 950 400 1,700 1,500 1,200 5S0 2,200 1,900 1,600 750 3,000 2,600 2.100 700 850 1,100 1.S00 1,200 1,500 2,000 2,700 600 750 1,000 1,400 2,400 3,000 4,000 5,400 2,100 2,600. 3,400 4,700 T.700 2,200 2,800 3,800 1,200 1.500 2,000 2,700 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 17.0 20.0 26.0 29.0 16,150 19.000 23.750 27,360 1.800 2,100 2.600 '3,000 900 1,100' 1.300 .1.500 3.600 4,200 5,300 6,100 3.100 3.700 4.600 5,300 2,600 3,000 3,700 4,300 1,800 2,100 2,600 3,000 3,200 3,800 4,800 5,500 1,600 1,900 2.400 2,700 6,400 7,600 9,500 11,000 5,600 6,600 8,200 9,500 4,600 5,400 6,700 7,700" 3,200 3,800 4,800 5,500 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/16 1 1/2 34.0 40.0 45.0 55.0 31,350 3S.62S 40,850 50,350 3,500 4,000 4,S00 5,600 1,700 2,000 2.300 2,800 7.000 7,900 9.100 11.000 6,000 6.900 7.900 9,700 5,000 5,600 6,400 7,900 3.SOO 4,000 4,500 5,600 6,300 7,100 8,200 10,000 3,100 3,600 4,100 S,000 12,500 14,500 16,500 20,000 11.000 12.500 i4,ooa 17,500 8,900 10,000 12.000 14.000 "6,300 7.100 8,200 .10,000' 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 2 1/8 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5/8 68.0 83.0 95.0 109.0 129.0 149.0 168.0 61,750 74,100 87,400 100,700 6,900 8.200 9,700 11,000 118,750 13.000 133.000 15,000 153,900 17,100 3.400 4,100 4.900 5,600 6.600 7,400 9.600 13.500 16.S00 19.S00 22,500 12.000 14,500 17,000 19,500 9,700 11,500 13,500 16,000 26.500 29,800 34,000 23.ooo 2S.5<W 29,500 18.500 21.000 6,900 8,200 9,700 11,000 12,500 15,000 17,500 20,000 6,200 7,400 8,700 10,000 13,000 15,000 17,000 14.000 Z6.S0O 31,009 12,000 13,300 15,SCO 24.500 29,500 35,000 40,500 21.SOO 27,500 30,500 35,000 47,500 41.000 43,000 46,000 61,506 53,500 17,500 21,000 24,500 28,500 12,500 15,000 17,500 20,000 33,500 37,500 43,500 24,000 26.500 31,000 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17822 RULES AND REGULATIONS Tabic H-17 POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS VERTICAL HITCH CHOKER HITCH CHOKER HITCH r* r-> oO ROPE DIA METER Nominof In Inch** Nomfnot* Weight Per 100 ft In Pounds Mi'rtfmufn Breaking Strength In Pounds RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Se fety Factor *= 9) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH An 9 9 of Rop to Hori zontal wl BASKET HITCH Angl a of Rope to Hori zonfal 90 J,<j 60 d#g 45 dg '30 deg Angle of Rop r to Vcrtico! > 90 deg 60 deg 45 J.f 30 d"#g Angle of Rop to Vertical 0 deg 30 deg 45 60 deg 0 dag 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 1/2 9/16' 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/3 1 l 1/16 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 5/16 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 2 l-'S 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 5-'S 8.0 10.2 13.0 17.S' 21.0 2S.0 30.5 34.5 40.0 46.3 52.S 66.8 82.0 98.0 118.0 135.0 1ST.O' 181.0 205.0 6.080 7,600 9,500 1L87S 700 850 1,100 1,300 14,725 17.100 20,900 24.225 1,600 1,900 2,300 2,700 28,025 31,540 35,625 44,460 3,100 3,500 4,000 4,900 54,150 64.410 76,000 87,400 6,000 7,200 8,400 9,700 101.650 115,900 130.150 11,500 13,000 14,500 350 400 550 6S0 800 950 1,200 1,300 1,600 1,800 2,000 2.S00 3,000 3,600 4,200 4,900 5,700 6,400 7,200 1.400 1,700 2.100 2.600 3,300 3,800 4,600 5,400 6,200 7,000 7,900 9,900 12,000 14,500 17,000 19.S00 22,500 26,000 29,000 1,200 1,500 1,800 2,300 2.800 3,300 4,000 4,700 5,400 6,100 6,900 '8,600 10,400 12,500 14,500 17,000 19,500 22,500 25.000 950 1.200 1,500 1,900 2,300 2,700 3,300 3,800 4,400 5,000 5,600 7,000 8,500 10,000 12,000 13.S00 16,000 18.00O' 20.500 700 850 1.100 ! 1.300 1,200 1,500 t-,900 2.400 1.600 1.900 ' 2,300 2.700 2,900 3,400 4,200 4,800 3,tOO 3,500 4,000 4,900 5.600 6,300 7,100 8,900 6,000 7,200 8,400 9,700 11,000 13,000 15,000 17,500 11,500 13,000 14.500 20,500 23,000 26,000 600 750 950 1,200 1,500 1.700 2,100 2,400 2,800 3,200 3,600 4,400 5,400 6,400 7,600 8,700 10,000 11,500 13,000 2,400 3,-000 3,800 4,800 2.100 2.600 3,300 4,100 5,900 6,800 8,400 9,700 5,100 5.900 7,200 8,400 11,000 12,500 14,500 18,000 9,700 11,000 12,500 15.50(1 21,500 26,000 30.S00 35,000 19,000 22,500 26,500 30,500 40,500 46,500 52,000 35,000 40.000 45,000 1.700 2,200 2,700 3,400 1,500 1,900 2,400 4,200 '4,800 5,900 6,900 2,900 3,400 4,200 , 4,800 7,900 8,900 10.000 12,500 5,600. 6,300 7,100 8,900 1S.S00 18,000 21,500 24,500 11,000 13,000 1S.OOO 17,500 29,000 33,000 37,000 20,500 23,000 26,000 Table H-18 POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS ---------------------- 1 VERTICAL HITCH' 1 CHOKER HITCH V E R T IC A L HITCH ROPE DIA METER Nominal In ' Inches Nominal Weight Minimum Per Breoking 100 ft In Strength In Pounds Pound* RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (Sof.ly Factor = 6) EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING BASKET HITCH Angle of Rope to Horizontal* 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angl of Rop to Vtrtical D deg 30 d.g 45 Jig 60 3*g X 0 Xu X BASKET HITCH Angl e of Rope to Horizontal 90 deg 60 deg 45 deg 30 deg Angle of Rop e to Vertical 0 deg 30 deg 45 deg 60 deg 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 13/16 7/8 i 11/16 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/1 i 1 1/2 1 5/8 1 3/4 2 lift a 1/4 21/2 i 5/i 4.7 6.1 7.5 10.7 12.7 15.0 18.0 20.4 23.7 27.0 30.5 38.5 47.S 57.0 69.0 80.0 92.0 107.0. 120.0 3,990 4,845 5,890 8.075 9,405 10,925 13,300 15,200 17,385 19.950 22,325 28,215 34,200 40,850 49,400 57,950 6S;SS0 76,000 85.300 650 800 1,000 1,300 1,600 1,800 2,200 2,500 2,900 3,300 3,700 4,700 5,700 6,800. 8,200 9,700 11,000 12,500 14,500 350 400 500 700 800 900 1,100 1,300 1,500 1,700 1,900 2,400 2,900 3,400 4,100 4,800 5,500 6.300 7,100 1,300 1,600 2.000 2,700 3,100 3,600 4,400 5,100 5,800 6,700 7,400 9.400 11,500 13,500 16,500 19,500 22,000 25.500 2f,$00 1,200 1.400 1,700 2,300 2,700 3,200 3,800 4'.400 5,000 5,800 6,400 8,100 9,900 -12.000 14,500 16,500 19,000 22,000 24,500 950 1,100 1,400 3,900 2,200 2,600 3,100 3,600 4,100 4,700 5,300 6,700 8,100 9,600 11,500 13.500 15,500 18,000 90,064 650 800 1,000 1,300 1,200 1,500 1,800 2,400 600 750 900 1,200 1,600 1,800 2,200 2,500 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,600 1,400 1,600 2,000 2,300 2,900 3,300 3,700 4,700 5,200 6,000 6.700 8.500 2,600 3,000 3,400 4,200 5,700 6,800 8,2*0 9,700 10,500 12.500 IC.000 17,500 5,100 6,100 7,400 8,700 11,000 19,500 12,500 23.000 14*560 25,500 1 9,900 11,500 13,000 2,400 2,900 3,500 4,900 2,100 2,500 3,100 4,200 5,600 6,00 8,000 9,100 4,900 5,700 6,900 7.900 10.S00 12,000 13,500 17,000 9,000 10,500 ll.SOO 14,500 20,500 24,500 29,500 3S.OOO 18,000 21,000 25,500 30.100 39,500 34,000 45.500 39,500 51,500 44.500 1,700 2,100 2,500 3,400 1,200 1,500 1,800 2,400 4,000 4,600 5,600 6,S00 2,800 3,300 4,000 4,600 7,400 8,500 9,500 12,000 5,200 6,000 6,700 8,500 14,500 17,500 21,000 24,500 10,500 12,500 15,000 17,500 28,000 32,500 36,(00 19,500 23,000 25,509 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17823 7:JCG RULES AND REGULATIONS Tv.it f. Wohkisl; Loahs wu PuuKi.iva |ln Ions of -XX.0 pounds Material size (IIU'llCS) . l'io diame- Su(q work* ter (inches) lng load pipe, end, and socket wrenches shall not be used when Jaws are sprung to the point that slippage occurs. (c) Impact tools, such os drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed heads. (2) When fuel powered tools are used in enclosed spaces, the applicable re quirements for concentrations of toxic gases and use of personal protective equipment, as outlined In Subparts D and E of this part, shall apply. ................................ ,t, ................ s* ! <1 .5 ;i.*j 4.3 (d> The wooden handles of tools shall (d) Hydraulic power tools. (1) the be kept free of splinters or cracks and fluid used in hydraulic powered tools shall be kept tight in the tool. shall be fire-resistant fluids approved 1.............................. ................ v<................... ............... 1*4 ......................... ............... ............... 1 1 ............................ ................ r,.......................... . ............... IK 1,4 I*, 1u i.* r*.7 x * 1518.302 Power-operated band tools. under Schedule 30 of the U.S. Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior, and In. n ll.ii l<. M (a) JBlactric power-operated tools. Cl) shall retain Its operating characteristics Electric power operated tools shall either at the most extreme temperatures to be of the approved double-insulated type which it will be exposed. or grounded in accordance with Subpart (2)The manufacturer's safe operat Taiu.k ![!>)- Nujiijek and Si'Ansn oy U-Moi.t Wiisb K of this part, ing pressures for hoses, valves, pipes, Hopk Curs (2) The use of electric cords for hoist filters, and other fittings shall not be ing or lowering tools shall not be exceeded. Number of clips Minimum Improved plow Mod,------------------------ -- lope tUamdcr Indies Prop Other (Indies) foiled material permitted. (e) Powder-actuated tools. (1) Only (b) Pneumatic power tools. (1) Pneu employees who have been trained in the matic power tools shall be secured to operation of the particular tool' in use the hose or whip by some positive means shall be allowed to operate a powder- V: . :i I a to prevent the tool from becoming ac actuated tool. 5< . 1U11....... Vi. 1*1. F*. IK*. ;* 1 4 A cidentally disconnected. (2) The tool shall be tested each day (2) Safety clips or retainers shall be before loading to sec that safety devices <\ (i n (i ip; v/> securely Installed and maintained on are In proper working condition. The. pneumatic impact (percussion) tools to method of testing shall be in accordance s prevent attachments from being acci with the manufacturer's recommended dentally expelled. procedure. (3) All pneumatically driven nailers, (3) Any tool found not in proper {Delete Fig. H-1J staplers, and other similar equipment working order, or that develops a defect [Delete Fig. H-2J provided with automatic fastener feed, during use, shall be immediately re which operate at more than 100 p.s.i. moved from service and not used until Subparl I--Tools--Hand and Power pressure at the tool shall have a safety properly repaired. 1513.300 General requirements. device on the muzzle to prevent the tool (4) Personal protective equipment from ejecting fasteners, unless the muz shall be in accordance with Subpart E of (a) Co7idition of tools. All hand and zle is in contact with the work surface. this part. power tools and similar equipment, (4) Compressed air shall not be used (5) Tools shall not be loaded until just whether furnished by the employer or for cleaning purposes except where re prior to the Intended firing time. Neither the employee, shall be maintained in a duced to less than 30 p.s.i. and then only loaded nor empty tools are to be pointed safe condition. with effective chip guarding and per at any employees. Hands shall be kept (b) Guarding. (1; When power oper sonal protective equipment which meets clear of the open barrel end. ated tools are designed to accommodate the requirements of Subpart E of this (6) Loaded tools shall not be left guards, they shall be equipped with such part. The 30 p.s.i. requirement docs not unattended. guards when in use. apply for concrete form, mill scale and (7) Fasteners shall not be driven Into (2) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, similar cleaning purposes. very hard or brittle materials including, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, (5) The manufacturer's safe operating but not limited to, cast iron, glazed tile, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating pressure for hoses, pipes, valves, filters, surface-hardened steel, glass block, live or moving parts of equipment shall be and other fittings shall not be exceeded. rock, face brick, or hollow tile. guarded if such parts are exposed to con (0) The use of hoses for hoisting or (8) Driving Into materials easily pene tact by employees or otherwise create a lowering tools shall not be permitted. trated shall be avoided unless such ma hazard. Guarding shall meet the require il) All hoses exceeding '/2-inch inside terials are backed by a substance that ments as set forth in American National Standards Institute, B15.1-1953 (R1958). Safety Code for Mechanical PowerTransmission Apparatus. (c) Personal protective equipment. diameter shall have a safety device at the source of supply or branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure. <8> Airless spray guns of the type which atomize paints and fluids at high will prevent the pin or fastener from passing completely through and creating a flying missile hazard on the other side. (9) No fastener shall be driven into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory Employees using hand and power tools pressures (1,000 pounds or more per fastening. and exposed to the hazard of falling, fly square inch) shall be equipped with (10) Tools shall not be used In an ex ing, abrasive, and splashing objects, or automatic or visible manual safety de plosive or flammable atmosphere. exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vices which will prevent pulling of the (11) All tools shall be used with the vapors, or gases shall be provided with trigger to prevent release of the paint or correct shield, guard, or attachment the particular personal protective equip fluid until the safety device is manually recommended by the manufacturer. ment necessary to protect them from the released. (12) Powder-actuated tools used _by hazard. All personal protective equip (9) In lieu of the above, a diffuser nut employees shall meet all other appli- - ment shall meet the requirements and which will prevent high pressure, high cable requirements of American National be maintained according to Subparts D velocity release, while the nozzle tip is Standards Institute, AI0.3-1970, Safety and E of this part. removed, plus a nozzle tip guard which Requirements for Explosive-Actuated (d) Constant pressure svilch. All will prevent the tip from coming into Fastening Tools. ~~ hand-held power tools shall be equipped with a constant pressure switch, that will shut off the power when the p.assure is released. 1318.301 Hand tools. contact with the operator, or other equivalent protection, shall be provided. (c) Fuel powered tools. (1) All fuel powered tools shall be stopped while be ing refueled, serviced, or maintained, and 1518.303 Abrasive wheels anil tools. (a) Power. All grinding machines shall be supplied with sufficient-power to maintain the spindle speed at safe levels' _ under all conditions of normafoperation. ~ (a) Employers shall not issue or per fuel shall be transported, handled, and (b) Guarding. Grinding machines' mit the use of unsafe hand tools. stored in accordance with Subpart F of shall be equipped with safety guards in (b> Wrenches, including adjustable, this part. conformance with the requlrements of FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17824 RULES AND REGULATIONS T-'iOT American National Standards Institute, (9) All employees using abrasive (2) If lift slabs are automatically con B7.1-19G4, Safety Code for the Use, Care wheels shall be protected by eye protec trolled, a device shall be installed which and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, and tion equipment in accordance with the will step the operation'when the >6-inch paragraph (d) of this section. requirements of Subpart E of this part, leveling tolerance is exceeded. (c) Use of abrasive wheels. (1) Floor except when adequate eye protection is (c) Blocking. When it is necesary, to stand and bench mounted abrasive afforded by eye shields which are perma provide a firm foundation, the base of the . wheels, used for external grinding, shall nently attached to the bench or floor jack shall be blocked or cribbed. Where be provided with safety guards (protec stand. there is a possibility of slippage of the tion hoods). The-maximum angular ex (d) Other requirements. All abrasive metal cap of the jack, a wood block shall posure of the grinding wheel periphery wheels and tools used by employees shall be placed between the cap and the load. and sides shall be not more than 90, ex meet other applicable requirements of cept that when work requires contact . American National Standards Institute, Subpart J--Welding and Cutting with the wheel below the horizontal plane B7.1-1964, Safety Code for the Use, Care 1518.350 Ventilation and protection of the spindle, the angular exposure shall an i Protection of Abrasive Wheels. in welding, cutting, and heating. not exeecd 125. In either case, the expo sure shall begin not more than 65 above the horizontal plane of the spindle. Safety guards shall be strong enough to withstand the effect of a bursting wheel. (2) Floor and bench-mounted grind ers shall be provided with work rests which are rigidly supported and readily adjustable. Such work rests shall be kept at a distance not to exceed one-eighth inch from the surface of the wheel. (3) Cup type wheels used for external grinding shall be protected by either a revolving cup guard or a band type guard in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, B7.1 1970 Safety Code for the Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. All other portable abrasive wheels used for external grinding, shall be provided with safety guards (protection hoods) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (5) of this paragraph, except as follows: (i) When the work location makes it impossible, a wheel equipped with safety flanges, as described in subparagraph (6) of this paragraph, shall be used; (ii) When wheels 2 inches or less in diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used. (4) Portable abrasive wheels used for internal grinding shall be provided with safety flanges (protection flanges) meet ing the requirements of subparagraph (6) of this paragraph, except as follows: (i) When wheels 2 inches or less in diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used; (ii) If the wheel is entirely within the work being ground while in use. (5) When safety guards are required, they shall be so mounted as to maintain proper alignment with-the wheel, and the guard and its fastenings shall be of sufficient strength to retaih fragments of the wheel in case of accidental break age. The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall not exceed 180'. (6) When safety flanges are required, they shall be used only with wheels de signed to fit the flanges. Only safety flanges, of a type and design and properly 1518.304 Woodworking tools. (a) Disconnect switches. All fixed power driven woodworking tools shall be provided with a disconnect switch that can either be locked or tagged in the off position. (b) Speeds. The operating speed shall bo - etched or otherwise permanently marked on all circular saws over 20 inches in diameter or operating at over 10,000 peripheral feet per minute. Any saw so marked shall not be operated at a speed -other than that marked on the blade. When a marked saw is retensioned for a different speed, the marking shall be corrected to show the new speed. (c) Self-feed. Automatic feeding de vices shall be Installed on machines whenever the nature of the work will permit. Feeder attachments shall have the feed rolls or other moving parts covered or guarded so as l: protect the operator from hazardous points. (d) Guarding. All portable, powerdriven circuiar saws shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe. The upper guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to permit the base to be tilted for bevel cut,. The lower guard shall cover the saw' to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the work. When the tool is withdrawn from the work, the lower guard shall automatically and instantly return to the covering position. (c) Personal protective equipment. All personal protective equipment provided for use shall conform to Subpart E of this part. (f) Other requirements. All wood working tools and machinery shall meet other applicable requirements of Ameri can National Standards Institute, 01.11961. Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery. 1518.305 Jacks--lever ami ralrhel, screw, and hydraulic. (a) General requirements. (1) The () Transporting, moving, and storing compressed gas cylinders. (1) Valve pro tection caps shall be in place and secured. (2) When cylinders are hoisted, they shall be secured on a cradle, slingboard, or pallet. They shall not be hoisted or transported by means of magnets or choker slings. (3) Cylinders shall be moved by tilt ing and rolling them on their bottom edges. They shall not be intentionally dropped, struck, or permitted to strike each other violently. (4) When cylinders are transported by powered vehicles, they shall be secured in a vertical position. (5) Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting cylinders from one verti cal position to another. Bars shall not be used under valves or vale protection caps to pry cylinders lose when frozen. Warm, not boiling, water shall be used to thaw cylinders loose. () Unless cylinders are firmly secured on a special carrier intended for this purpose, regulators shall be removed and valve protection caps put in place before cylinders are moved. (7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, or other steadying device shall be used to keep cylinders from being knocked over while in use. (8) When work is finished, when cylinders arc empty, or when cylinders are moved at any time, the cylinder valve shall be closed. (9) Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured in an upright position at all times except, if necessary, for short pe riods of time while cylinders are actually being hoisted or carried. (b) Placing cylinders. (1) Cylinders shall be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks, hot slag, or flame will not reach them. When tills is impractical, fire resistant shields shall be provided. (2) Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc. (3) Fuel gas cylinders shall be placed assembled so as to ensure that the pieces of the wheel will be retained in case of accidental breakage, shall be used. (7) All abrasive wheels shall be closely inspected and ring-tested before mount manufacturer's rated capacity shall be. with valve end up whenever they'are in- legibly marked on all jacks and shall not use. They shall, not-be placed in a loca be exceeded. tion where they would be subject to open (2) All jacks shall have a positive flame, hot metal, or 'other sou'rces_of - stop to prevent overtravel. artificial heat. - -------- ing to ensure that they are free from (b) Lift slab construction. (1) Hy (4) Cylinders containing oxygen or' cracks or defects. draulic Jacks used in lift slab construc acetylene or other fuel gas shall not be (8) Grinding wheels shall fit freely on tion shall have a safety device which will taken into confined spaces. the spindle and shall not be forced on. cause the jacks to support the load-in (c) Treatment of cylinders. (1) Cylin The spindle nut shall be tightened only any position in the event the jack mal ders,-whether full or empty, shall nofe_be_ enough to hold the wheel in place. functions. -- ~ used as rollers-or supports. -- _ FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 _ EGS~1782& T.'iGS RULES AND REGULATIONS (2) No person oilier Ilian the gas supplier shall attempt to mix gases in a cylinder. No one except the owner of the cylinder or person authorized by him, shall refill a cylinder. No one shall use a cylinder's contents for purposes other than those intended by the supplier. All cylinders used shall meet the Depart ment of Transportation requirements bear the name of the substance they contain in letters at least 1-inch high which shall be either painted on the man ifold or on a sign permanently attached to it. (2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall be placed in safe, well ventilated, and accessible locations. They shall not be located within enclosed spaces. (1) Oil and grease hazards. Oxygen cylinders and fittings shall be kept away from oil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder caps and valves, couplings, regulators, hose, and apparatus shall be kept free from oil or greasy substances and shall not be handled with oily hands or gloves. Oxygen shall not be directed at oily sur faces, greasy clothes, or within a fuel oil published in 49 CFR Part 178, Subpart C, (3) Manifold hose connections, in or other storage tank or vessel. Specification for Cylinders. cluding both ends of the supply hose (j) Additional rules. For additional (3) No damaged or defective cylinder that lead to the manifold, shall be such details not cover in tliis subpart, ap shall be used. that the hose cannot be interchanged plicable technical portions of American Cell Use of fuel gas. The employer shall between fuel gas and oxygen manifolds National Standards Institute, Z49.1- thoroughly instruct employees in the and supply header connections. Adapters 19G7, Safety in Welding and Cutting, safe use of fuel gas, as follows: shall not be used to permit the inter shall apply. (1) Before a regulator to a cylinder change of hose. Hose connections shall valve is connected, the valve shall be be kept free of grease and oil. 1518.354- Arc welding and cutting. opened slightly and closed immediately. (4) When not in use, manifold and (a) Manual electrode holders. (1) (This action is generally termed "crack header hose connections shall be capped. Only manual electrode holders which are ing" and is intended to clear the valve (5) Nothing shall be placed on top of specifically designed for arc welding and of dust or dirt that might otherwise a manifold, when in use, which will dam cutting, and are of a capacity capable of enter the regulator.) The person crack age the manifold or interfere with the safely handling the maximum.rated cur ing the valve shall stand to one side of quick closing of the valves. rent required by the electrodes, shall be the outlet, not in front of it. The valve of if) Hose. (1) Fuel gas hose and oxy used. a fuel gas cylinder shall not be cracked gen hose shall be easily distinguishable (2) Any current-carrying parts pass where the gas would reach welding work, from each other. The contrast may be ing through the portion of the holder sparks, flame, or other possible sources made by different colors or by surface which the arc welder or cutter grips in of ignition. characteristics-readily distinguishable by his hand, and the outer surfaces of the (2) Tire cylinder valve shall always the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas jaws of the holder, shall be fully insu bo opened slowly to prevent damage to hoses shall not be interchangeable. A sin lated against the maximum voltage en the regulator. For quick closing, valves on gle hose having more than one gas pas countered to ground. fuel gas cylinders shall not be opened sage shall not be used. (b) Welding cables and connectors. (I) more than 1V& turns. When a special (2) When parallel sections of oxygen All arc welding and cutting cables shall wrench is required, it shall be left in and fuel gas hose arc taped together, not be of the completely insulated, flexible position on the stem of the valve while more than 4 inches out of 12 inches shall type, capable of handling the maximum the cylinder is in use so that the fuel be covered by tape. current requirements of the work in gas flow can be shut off quickly in case (3) All hose in use, carrying acetylene, progress, taking into account the duty of an- emergency. In the case of mani oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel cycle under which the arc welder or cut folded or coupled cylinders, at least one gas, or any gas or substance which may ter is working. such wrench shall always be available ignite or enter into combustion, or be in (2) Only cable free from repair or for immediate use. Nothing shall be any way harmful to employees, shall be splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet placed on top of a fuel gas cylinder, when inspected at the beginning of each work from the cable end to which the electrode in use, which may damage the safety ing shift. Defective hose shall be re holder is connected shall be used, except device or interfere with the quick closing moved from service. that cables with standard, insulated con of the valve. . (4) Hose which has been subject to nectors or with splices whose insulating (3) Fuel gas shall not be used from flashback, or which shows evidence of quality is equal to that of the cable are cylinders through torches or other de severe wear or damage, shall be tested permitted. vices which are equipped with shutoff to twice the normal pressure to which (3) When it becomes necessary to con valves without reducing the pressure it is subject, but in no case.less than 300 nect or splice lengths of cable one to an through a suitable regulator attached to p.s.i. Defective hose, or hose in doubtful other, substantial insulated connectors of the cylinder valve or manifold. condition, shall not be used. a capacity at least equivalent to that of (4) Before a regulator is removed (5) Hose couplings shall be of the type the cable shall be used. If connections from a cylinder valve, the cylinder valve that cannot be unlocked or disconnected are effected by means of cable lugs, they shall always be closed and the gas re by means of a straight pull without ro shall be securely fastened together to give leased from the regulator. tary motion. good electrical contact, and the exposed (5) If, when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened, there is found to be a leak around the valve stem, the valve shall be closed and the gland nut tightened. If this action does not stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall be discontinued, and it shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. In the event that fuel gas should leak from the cylinder valve, rather than from the valve stem, and the gas cannot be shut off, the cylinder shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. If a regulator attached to a cylinder valve will effectively stop a leak through (6) Boxes used for the storage of gas hose shall be ventilated. (7) Hoses, cables, and other equipment shall be kept clear of passageways, lad ders and stairs. metal parts of the lugs shall be com pletely insulated. (4) Cables in poor repair shall not be used. When a cable, oilier than the cable lead referred to in subparagraph (2) of tliis paragraph, becomes worn to the ex (g) Torches. (1) Clogged torch tip tent of exposing bare conductors, the por openings shall be cleaned with suitable tion thus exposed shall be protected by cleaning wires, drills, or other devices means of rubber and friction tape or designed for such purpose. other equivalent insulation. (2) Torches inuse shall be inspected (c)' Gx'ound..returns and machine at the beginning of each working, shift, -grounding. (1)- A ground return cable for leaking -shutoff valves, Hose cou-- shall have a safe current carrying capac plings, and tip connections. Defective . ity equal ."to or exceeding the specified torches shall not be used. maximum output capacity of the arc the valve scat, the cylinder need not be (3) Torches shall be lighted by friction welding or cutting unit which It services. removed from tire work area. lighters or other approved devices, and When a single ground return cable serv (6) If a leak should develop at a fuse not by matches or from hot work. ices more than one unit, Its safe current- plug or other safety device, the cylinder (h) - Regulators and gauges.. Oxygen carrying capacity .shall.equal or exceed shall be removed from the work area. and fudl gas pressure regulators, includ the total.specified- maximum output ca (e) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds. ing 'their related gauges; shall be in T pacities of. all. the units which it serv- (1) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall proper working-order while in use.-- - FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1-971 EGS 17826 RUL2S KctjUi-AiiuitS (2) Pipelines containing gases or flam jccls to be welded, cut, or heated cannot (j) Before heat is applied to a drum, mable liquids, or conduits containing be readily moved, all movable fire haz container, or hollow structure, a vent electrical circuits, shall not be used as a ards In the vicinity shall be taken to a or opening shall be'provided for the ground return. For welding on natural safe place, or otherwise protected. release of any built-up pressure during gas pipelines, the technical portions of regulations Issued by tire Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part 192, Minimum Federal (b) If the object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be removed, positive means shall be taken to confine the heat, the application of heat. 1518.353' Ventilation and protection in welding, cutting, and heating. Safety Standards for Gas Pipelines shall sparks, and slag, and to protect the Im (a) Mechanical ventilation. For pur apply. movable Are hazards from them. poses of this section, mechanical ventila (3) When a structure or pipeline is (c) No welding, cutting, or heating tion shall meet the following require cinloycd as a ground return circuit, it shall be done where the application of ments: shall be determined that the required flammable paints, or the presence of (1) Mechanical ventilation shall con electrical contact exists at all joints. The oilier flammable compounds, or heavy sist of either general mechanical ventila generation of an ar.c, sparks, or heat at dust concentrations creates a hazard. tion systems or local exhaust systems. any point shall cause rejection of the structures as a ground circuit. (d) Suitable fire extinguishing equip ment shall be immediately available in (2) General mechanical ventilation shall be of sufficient capacity and so ar (4) When a structure or pipeline is the work area and shall be maintained ranged as to produce the number of air continuously employed as a ground re in a state of readiness for instant use. changes necessary to maintain welding turn circuit, all joints shall be bonded, and periodic inspections shall be con ducted to ensure that no condition of electrolysis or fire hazard exists by vir tue of such use. (5) The frames of all arc welding and (e) When the welding, cutting, or heat ing operation is such that normal fire prevention precautions are not sufficient, additional personnel shall be assigned to guard against fire while the actual weld ing, cutting, or heating operation is being fumes and smoke within safe limits, as defined in Subpart D of this part. (3) Local exhaust ventilation shall consist of freely movable hoods intended to be placed by the welder or-burner as close as practicable to the work. This sys cutting machines shall be grounded either through a third wire in the cable performed, and for a sufficient period of time after completion of the work tem shall be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to remove fumes and smoke containing the circuit conductor or to .ensure that no possibility of fire at the source and keep the concentration through a separate wire which is ground exists. Such personnel shall be instructed of them in the breathing zone within ed at the source of the current. Ground ing circuits, other than by means of the structure, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has resistance low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit break er to interrupt the current. (6) All ground connections shall be inspected to ensure that they are me chanically strong and electrically ade quate for the required current. (d) Operating instructions. Employ ers shall instruct employees In the safe means of arc welding and cutting as fol lows: (1) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and the holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with employees or conducting objects. as to the specific anticipated fire hazards and how the firefighting equipment pro vided is to be used. (f) When welding, cutting, or heating is performed on walls, floors, and ceil ings, since direct penetration of sparks or heat transfer may introduce a fire hazard to an adjacent area, the same precautions shall be taken on the oppo site side as are taken on the side on which the welding is being performed. (g> For the elimination of possible fire in enclosed spaces as a result of gas escaping through leaking or improperly closed torch valves, the gas supply to the torch shall be positively shut off at some point outside the enclosed space whenever the torch is not to be used or whenever the torch Is left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during the lunch period. Overnight and at the change of shifts, the torch and safe limits as defined In Subpart D of this part. (4) Contaminated air exhausted from a working space shall be discharged into the open air or otherwise clear of the source of intake air. (5) All air replacing that withdrawn shall be clean and respirable. (C) Oxygen shall not be used for ven tilation purposes, comfort cooling, blow ing dust from clothing, or for cleaning the work area. (b) Welding, cutting, and heating in confined spaces. (1) Except as provided in subparagraph (2) of this paragraph and paragraph (c) (2) of this section, either general mechanical or local ex haust ventilation meeting the require ments of paragraph (a) of this section shall be provided whenever welding, cut ting, or heating is performed in a con fined space. (2) Hot electrode holders shall not be dipped in water: to do so may expose the arc welder or cutter to electric shock. (3) When the arc welder or cutter has occasion to leave his work or to stop work for any appreciable length of time, orWhen the arc welding or cutting ma chine is to be moved, the power supply switch to the equipment shall be opened. (4) Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to the supervisor. Co) Other requirements, as outlined in Article C30. National Electric Code. Electric Welders, shall be used when ap plicable. . - (e) Shielding. WheneverTMpracticable, all arc welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screens which will protect employees and other-persons working'in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc. hose shall be removed from the con fined space. Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses shall be immediately re moved from enclosed spaces when they are disconnected from the torch or other gas-consuming device. (hi Except when the contents arc be ing removed or transferred, drums, pails, and other containers, which contain or have contained flammable liquids, shall be kept closed. Empty containers shall be removed to a safe area apart from hot work operations or open flames. (i 1 Drums, containers, or hollow struc tures which have contained.toxic or flam mable substances shall; before welding, cutting, or heating is undertaken on them; either be filled"with water or thor oughly cleaned of-~such substances and ventilated and tested. For welding, cut ting and heating on steel pipelines con taining natural gas, the pertinent por (2) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained without blocking the means of access, employees in the confined space shall be protected by air line respirators in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, and am employee on the outside of such a confined space shall be assigned to maintain communi cation with those working within it and to aid them in an emergency. (c) Welding, cutting, or heating of metals of toxic significance. (1) Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified In this subparagraph shall be performed with either general mechanical or local exhaust ven tilation meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section: (1) Zinc-bearing base or filler metals or metals coated with zinc-bearing materials. (il) Lead base metals; tions of- regulations issued by the (ill) "Cadmium-bearing filler mate 1518.351 Fire prevention. Department of Transportation,-Office, of rials; (a) When practical, objects "to be Pipeline Safety, 4?:CFB Part_192JMini- (iv) Chromium-bearing metals or welded, cut, or heated shall-be moved to inum Federal Safety Standards" for Gas metals coated with chromium-bearing a designated safe location or," if the ob- Pipelines, shall" apply. materials. vot. , i97i-FEDERAl register, 36," no" 75--Saturday, april 7 EGS 17827 (2i Welding, cutting, or heating in against dangerous concentrations of work in such proximity to any part of an any enclosed spaces involving the metals nitrogen dioxide. electric power circuit that lie may con spedfled in tills subparagraph shall be Cc) General welding, cutting, and tact the same in the course of his work performed with local exhaust ventilation heating. (1) Welding, cutting, and heat unless the employee is protected against in accordance with the requirements of ing. not involving conditions or materials electric shock by deenergizing the circuit paragraph (a) of this section, or em described in paragraph (b), (c), or (d) and grounding it or by guarding it by ployees shall be protected by air line res of this section, may normally be done effective insulation or other means. In pirators in accordance.with the require without mechanical ventilation or respi work areas where the exact location of ments of Subpart E of this part: ratory protective equipment, but where, underground electric power lines is un (i) Metals containing lead, other than because of unusual physical or atmos known, workmen using jack-hammers, as an impurity, or metals coated with pheric conditions, an unsafe accumula bars, or other hand tools which may con lead-bearing materials; tion of contaminants exists, suitable tact a line shall be provided with insu (ii> Cadmium-bearing or cadmium- mechanical ventilation or respiratory lated protective gloves. coated base metals; protective equipment shall be provided. (2) Before work is begun the employer (iiil Metals coated with morcury- (2) Employees performing any type shall ascertain by inquiry or direct ob bearing metals; of welding, cutting, or heating shall be servation, or by instruments, whether <iv> Beryllium-containing base or protected by suitable eye protective any part of an electric power circuit, ex filler metals. Because of its high toxicity, equipment in accordance with the re posed or concealed, is so located that the work involving beryllium shall be done quirements of Subpart E of this part. performance of the work may bring any with both local exhaust ventilation and air line respirators. <31 Employees performing such opera 1513.352 Welding, culling, uml heuting in way of preservative coatings, person, tool, or machine into physical or electrical contact therewith. The em ployer shall post and maintain proper tions in tiro open air shall be protected (a) Before welding, cutting, or heat warning signs where such a circuit exists. by filter-type respirators in accordance with the requirements of Subpart E of this part, except that employees per forming such operations on beryllium- ing is commenced on any surface cov ered by a preservative coating whose flammability is not known, a test shall be made by a competent person to deter He shall advise his employees of the lo cation of such lines, the hazards involved and the protective measures to "be taken. (d) Passageways and open spaces: containing base or filler metals shall be mine its flammability. Preservative coat Suitable barriers or other means shall protected by air line respirators in ac ings shall be considered to be highly be provided to-ensure that workspace for cordance with the requirements of flammable when scrapings bum with electrical equipment will not b? used 1 Subpart E of this part. (4) Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as the welders or burners shall be protected in the same manner as the welder or burner. (d) Inert-gas metal-arc welding. (1) Since the inert-gas metal-arc welding process involves the production of ultra violet radiation of intensities of 5 to 30 times that produced during shielded metal-arc welding, the decomposition of chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, and the liberation of toxic fumes and gases, employees shall not be permitted to engage in, or be exposed to the process until the following special precautions have been taken: The use of chlorinated solvents shall be kept at least 200 feet, unless shielded, from the exposed arc, and surfaces prepared with chlorinated sol vents shall be thoroughly dry' before welding is permitted on such surfaces. (ii) Employees in the area not pro tected from the arc by screening shall be protected by filter lenses meeting the requirements of Subpart E of this part. When two or more welders are exposed extreme rapidity. (b) Precautions shall be taken to pre vent ignition of highly flammable hard ened preservative coatings. When coat ings arc determined to be highly flam mable, they shall be stripped from the area to be heated to prevent ignition. (c> Protection against toxic preserva tive coatings: (1) In enclosed spaces, all surfaces covered with toxic preservatives shall be stripped of all toxic coatings for a distance of at least 4 inches from the area of heat application, or the em ployees shall be protected by air line respirators, meeting the requirements of Subpart E of this part. (2) In the open air, employees shall be protected by a respirator, In accord ance witlji requirements of Subpart E of this part. (d) The preservative coatings shall be removed a sufficient distance from the area to be heated to ensure that the temperature of the unstripped metal will not be appreciably raised. Artificial cool ing of the metal surrounding the heating area may be used to limit the size of the area required to be cleaned. as a passageway during periods when energized parts of electrical equipment arc exposed. (e) Workspace around equipment: Sufficient space shall be provided and maintained in the area of electrical equipment to permit ready and safe op eration and maintenance of such equip ment. When parts are exposed, the mini mum clearance for the workspace -shall be not less than 6*4 feet high, nor less than a radius of 3 feet wide, and there shall be clearance sufficient to permit at least a 90 opening of all doors or hinged panels. All working clearances shall be maintained in accordance with Article 110-16, National Electrical Code, NFPA No. 70-1968. (f) Load ratings: In existing installa tions no changes in circuit protection shall be made to increase the load in excess of tire load rating of the circuit wiring, as specified in National Electric Code, Article 310. (g) Lockout and tagging of circuits: (1) Equipment or circuits that are de energized shall be rendered inoperative and have tags attached at all points to each other's arc, filter lens goggles of Subpart K--Electrical where such equipment or circuits can be a suitable type, meeting the require energized. ments of Subpart E of this part shall be 1518.400 General Requirements. (2) Controls that are to be deactivated worn under welding helmets. Hand (a) All electrical work, Installations, during the course of work on energized shields to protect the welder against and wire capacities shall be in accord or deenergized equipment or circuits flashes and radiant energy shall be used ance with pertinent provisions of the shall be tagged. when either the helmet is lifted or the National Fire Protection Association No. (3) Tags shall be placed to identify shield is removed. 70-1968, National Electrical Code, and plainly the equipment or circuits being (iii) Welders and other employees who the National Electric Safety Code, Na worked on. are-exposed ft> radiation shall'be suitably tional Bureau of Standards, Part 4 protected so that the skin Is~c.overed _ .(ANSI C2.4), unless otherwise provided 1518.401 Grounding and bonding. completely to prevent burns and other 1 by regulations of this part. (a) Portable and/or cord and plug- damage by ultraviolet _rays. 'Welding (b) Applicability. These regulations connected equipment. (1) The noncur- helmets and hand' shields, shall be free, of leaks and'openings, and free ofhlghly reflective surfaces. ~ * Civ) When inert-gas metal-arc weld ing is being performed on stainless steel, the requirements of paragraph (c) (2) of apply only to electrical installations used on the jobsite, both temporary and per manent. For power distribution and transmission lines, see Subpart V of this part. .(c) Protection of employees: (1) No rent-carrying metal parts of portable and/or plug-connected equipment shall be grounded. (2) Portable tools and appliances pro tected by an approved system of double this--section shall be met- to_protect employer shall permit" an employee to insulation, or Us equivalent, need not be FJDERALJIEGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17828 -- . RULES AND REGULATIONS 7:;71 grounded. Where such an approved sys as for example, drums, tanks, and vessels gized, special tools insulated for the volt tem is employed, the equipment shall be shall be operated at a maximum of 12 age shall be used. distinctively marked. volts. (c) Switches, circuit breakers, and (b) Fixed equipment. Exposed noncur rent-carrying metal parts of fixed elec trical equipment, including motors, gen erators, frames and tracks of electrically 1518.-102 Equipment installation and maintenance. (a) Flexible cable and cords. (1) Re- disconnecting means. (1) Each discon necting means for motors and appliances, and each service feeder or branch circuit at the point where it originates, shall be operated cranes, electrically driven ma chinery, etc., shall be grounded. (c) Effective grounding. The path ceptacles for attachment plugs shall be of approved, concealed contact type with a contact for extending ground continu legibly marked to indicate its purpose unless located and arranged so the pur pose is evident. from circuits, equipment, structures, and conduit or enclosures to ground shall be permanent and continuous; have ample ity and shall be so designed and con structed that the plug may be pulled out without leaving any live parts exposed to (2) Disconnecting means shall be lo cated or shielded so that employees will not be injured. carrying capacity to conduct safely the currents liable to be imposed on it; and have the impedance sufflcently low to limit the potential above ground and to result in the operation of the overcur rent devices in the circuit. (d) Ground resistance. Driven rod electrodes shall, where practicable, have a resistance to ground not to exceed 25 ohms. Where the resistance is not as low as 25 ohms, two or more electrodes con nected in parallel shall be used. (e) Testing of grounds. Grounding accidental contact. (2) Where different voltages, frequen cies, or types of current (a.c. or d.c.) are to be supplied by portable cords, recep tacles shall be of such design that attach ment plugs used on such circuits are not interchangeable. (3) Attachment plugs or other con nectors supplying equipment at more than 300 volts shall be of the skirted type or otherwise so designed that arcs will be confined. (4) Attachment plugs for use in work (3) Boxes for disconnecting means shall be securely and rigidly fastened to the surface upon which they are mounted and fitted with covers. (4) Boxes and disconnecting means in stalled in damp or wet locations shall be waterproof to the extent that water docs not enter or accumulate. (d) Transformers. (1) Energized trans formers over 150 volts to ground, shall be provided with enclosures. Enclosures made of metal shall be grounded. (2) Entrance to such locations shall circuits shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between the ground and the grounded power conductor has a resist ance which is low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current. (f) Extension cords. Extension cords used with portable electric tools and ap pliances shall be of three-wire type. (g) Bonding. (1) Conductors used for bonding and grounding stationary and moveable equipment shall be of ample size to carry the anticipated current. (2) When attaching bonding and grounding clamps or clips, a secure and positive metal-to-metal contact shall be made. Such attachments shall be made before closures are opened and material movements are started and shall not be broken until after material move ments are stopped and closures are made. (h) Temporary wiring. All temporary wiring shall be effectively grounded in accordance with the National Electrical Code, NFFA No. 70-1968, Articles 300-23 and 310. (i) Construction site. Every precau tion shall be taken to make any necessary open wiring inaccessible to unauthorized personnel. Lighting on barricades, fences, or sidewalks coverings shall be encased in a metal raceway. (j) Temporary lighting. (1) Tempo rary lights shall be equipped with guards to prevent accidental contact with the bulb, except that guards are not required when the construction of the reflector is such that the bulb is deeply recessed. (2) Temporary lights-shall be equip ped with heavy duty electric cords with connections and insulation maintained in safe condition. Temporary lights shall not be suspended by `their electric cords unless cords and lights are designed for this means of suspension. Splices shall have insulation equal to that of the cable. (3) Cords shall be kept clear of work areas shall be so constructed that they be kept locked. will endure rough- use and be equipped (3) Signs indicating danger and pro with a suitable cord grip to prevent hibiting- unauthorized entrance shall be strain on the terminal screws. displayed at entrances. (5) Flexible cord shall be used only (e) Welding and cutting equipment. in ..continuous lengths without splice, Welding and cutting equipment shall except suitable molded or vulcanized meet the requirements specified in Sub splices may be used where properly made, and the insulation shall be equal to the cable being spliced and wire connections soldered. parts F and J of this part. 1518.403 Battery rooms nnd battery charging. (61 Trailing cables shall be protected (a) General requirements. (1) Bat from damage. teries of the nonseal type shall be located (7) Splices in trailing cable shall be in enclosures with outside vents or in mechanically strong components and in well ventilated rooms, so arranged as to sulated to retain the mechanical- and prevent the escape of fumes, gases, or dielectric strength of the original cable. electrolyte spray into other areas. (8) Cable passing through work areas (2) Ventilation shall be provided to shall be covered or elevated to protect it ensure diffusion of the gases from the from damage which would create a haz battery to prevent the accumulation of ard to employees. an explosive mixture. (9) Handlamps of the portable type (3) Racks and trays shall be substan shall be of the molded composition or tial and treated to be resistant to the other type approved for the purpose. electrolyte. Brass-shell, paper-lined lampholders (4) Floors shall be of acid resistant shall not be used. Handlamps shall be construction or be protected from acid equipped with a handle and a substantial accumulations. guard over the bulb and attached to the (5) Face shields, aprons, and rubber lampholder or the handle. gloves shall be provided for workmen (10) Worn or frayed electric cables handling acids or batteries. shall not be used. (6) Facilities for quick drenching of (11) Extension cords shall be pro the eyes and body shall be provided tected against accidental damage as may within 25 feet of the work area for be caused by traffic, sharp corners, or emergency use. projections and pinching in doors or (7) Facilities shall be provided for elsewhere. flushing and neutralizing spilled electro (12) Extension cords shall not be fast lyte, for fire protection, for protecting ened with staples, hung from nails, or charging apparatus from damage by suspended by wire. trucks, and for adequate ventilation for (b) Overcurrent protection. (1) Over dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries. current protection shall be provided by (b) Charging. (1) Battery charging fuses or circuit breakers for each feeder installations shall be located in areas and branch-circuit, and shall be based on designated for that purpose. the current-carrying capacity of the con (2) When charging batteries, the vent ductors supplied and the power load caps shall be kept in place to avoid elec being used. trolyte spray. Care shall be taken to as (2) No overcurrent device shall be sure that vent caps are functioning. placed in any permanently grounded conductor, except where the overcurrent 1518.404 Hazardous locations. ing spaces and walkways or other loca- device simultaneously opens all conduc (a) General: For the purpose of this ' IV: ns .in-which they are readily exposed tors of the circuit or for motor running section, hazardous locations are defined l j damage. protection. as follows: 141 Portable electric lighting used in (3) When fuses are installed or re (1)' Class X Locations--Class I Loca >i 'l and/or other hazardous locations. moved with one or both terminals ener tions are those In which flammable gases- No. 75 -Pt. IT- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOt. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17829 7372 RULES AND REGULATIONS or vapors arc or may be present jn quan (li> "Hazard"--is considered to in this is not practical, grab rails, which tities sufficient to produce explosive or clude casualty, fire, and shock when provide a secure grip for an employee ignitable mixtures. applicable. moving to or from the point of access, (2) Class II Locations--Class II Loca ' (1) "Isolated" means not readily ac shall be installed. tions are those which are hazardous be cessible to person unless special means of (10) Portable ladders in use shall be cause of the presence of combustible dust. access are used. tied, blocked, or otherwise secured to (3) Class III Locations--Class III (j) "Raceway"--any channel for prevent their being displaced. Locations are those which are hazardous loosely holding wires or cables in interior (11) Portable metal ladders shall not because of the presence of easily ignitable fibers or flyings, but in which such fibers or flyings arc not likely to be in suspension in air in quantities sufficient to produce ignitable mixtures. (4) See the National Electrical Code for further definition of divisions 1 and 2 for each class. (b) All components, and utilization equipment used in a hazardous location shall be listed by the Underwriters' Laboratories Inc., or approved by the Factory Mutual Engr. Corp. for the use in the applicable class location. (c) Equipment approved for a specific hazardous location shall not be' installed or intermixed with equipment approved for another specific hazardous location. work which is designed expressly and used solely for this purpose. Raceways may be of metal, wood, or Insulating ma terial, and the term includes wood and metal moldings consisting of a backing and capping, and also metal ducts into which wires are to be pulled. (k) "Shock hazard"--considered to exist at an accessible part in a circuit between the part and ground, or otheraccessible parts if the potential is more than 42.4 volts peak and the current through a 1,500-ohm load is more than 5 milllamperes. (l) "Weatherproof"--so constructed or protected that exposure to the weather shall not interfere with successful operation. be used for electrical work or where they may contact electrical conductors. (b) Job-made ladders. (1) Job-made ladders shall be constructed for intended use. If a ladder is to provide the only means of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employees, or simul taneous two-way traffic is expected, a double cleat ladder shall be installed. (2) Double cleat ladders shall not exceed 24 feet in length. (3) Single cleat ladders shall not ex ceed 30 feet in length between supports (base and top landing). If ladders are to connect different landings, - or. if the length required exceeds this maximum length, two or more separate ladders (d) Employer shall ensure that all wiring components and utilization equip ment are maintained as vapor, dust, or fiber tight as contemplated by their ap provals. There shall be no loose or miss ing screws, gaskets, threaded connec tions, or other impairments to this tight condition. Subparf L--Ladders and Scaffolding 1518.450 Ladders. () General requirements. (1) Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or suitable ramps or runways are provided, ladders described in this subpart shall be used to give safe access shall be used, offset with a platform be tween each ladder. Guardrails and toeboards hall be erected on the exposed sides of the platforms. (See 1518.451 (a) (5).) (4) The width of single cleat ladders shall be at least 15 inches; but not more 1518.405 Definitions applicable to tills to all elevations. than 20 inches between rails at the top. siibpnrt. f 2) The use of ladders with broken or (5) Side rails shall be parallel or flared (a) "Approved"--electrical wire, ap paratus, and equipment in temporary or permanent use shall be of a type ap proved by the Underwriters' Labora tories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engr. Corp. for the specific application. In the absence of an enforcing authority, com pliance with the applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code shall constitute approval for equipment and installation. (b) "Bonding jumper"--a .conductor- to assure the required electrical conduc tivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected. (c) "Branch circuits"--that portion of a wiring-system extending beyond the final overcurrent device protecting the circuit. (A deyice not approved for branch circuit protection, such as ther mal cutout or motor overload protective device,-is not considered as the overcur rent device protecting the circuit.) (dll. "Circu-itl'^breaker"--a device de- arid, close a circuit by ^iiS^i^'&^Tpei-van'd.'. to open the circuit missing rungs or steps, broken or split side rails, or other faulty or defective construction is prohibited. When ladders with such defects arc discovered, they shall be immediately withdrawn from service. Inspection of metal ladders shall include checking for corrosion of in teriors of open end hollow rungs. (3) Manufactured portable wood lad ders .provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14,I-rl968, Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders. (4) Portable metal ladders shall be of strength equivalent to that of wood ladders. Manufactured portable metal ladders provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Insti tute, A 14.2-1956, Safety Code for Port able Metal Ladders. (5) Fixed ladders shall be in accord ance with the provisions of the American National Standards Institute, A 14.3- 19.56, Safety Code for Fixed Ladders. . top to bottom by not more than onequarter of an inch for each 2 feet of length. (G) Wood side rails of ladders having cleats shall be not less than l'/z inches thick and 3'/> Inches deep (2 inches by 4 inches nominal) when made of Group 2 or Group 3 woods (see Table L-l). Wood side rails of Group 4 woods (see Table L-l) may be used in the same cross-section of dimensions for cleat ladders up to 20 feet in length. Table L-l Average Densities of Various Species of Wooo for Use in Ladders croup i Density Density Species (Ibs./Jt.') Species (Ibs./Jt.-) White nsh- 41 Hard maple____ 42 Beech 43 Red maple--,.__ 36 44 43 Rock. elm______ 43 .White oak_____ 46 Hickory_________. BO. Pecan_________ ' " 43 Locust -____ 47 '.Persimmon- .-SO . On.'^predetermined over () Portable ladder feet shall be load" of current,",, without injury-to itself placed on a substantial base, and the when properly applied within its rating. area around the top and bottom" of the (e) "Exposed" Cas applied to .live ladder shall be kept clear. parts)--means that a live part can be (7) Portable ladders shall be used at inadvertently touched or approached sUch a pitch that the horizontal distance nearer than a safe distance by a person. from the top support to the base will This term applies to parts not suitably .not be greater than one-fourth the verti guarded, isolated, or insulated. cal distance between these points. . .. CROUP 2 ' Douglas flr . * Southern vell'ow" (coast region) 34 pine___ 1 37 Western larch__ .38 , CROUP 3 Red alder Oregon ash____ Pumpkin ash___ Alaska cedar___ 28 38 37 31 Gum West Coast hem- lock Magnolia 34 30 35 (f) "Ground"--a conducting connec (8) Ladders shall not be placed in Port Orford Oregon maple. - 34 tion, whether intentional or accidental, between an electrical circuit or equip ment and earth, or to some conducting body which serves in place of the earth. (g> "Grounded''--connected to earth passageways, doorways, driveways, or any location where they may be dis placed by activities being conducted on any other work, unless protected by barricades or guards. cedar Cucumber Cypress ________ Soft olm_______ Douglas Or (Rocky Moun- 30 34 32 38 Norway pine___ Poplar _____ Redwood Eastern spruco. Sitka spruce___ Sycamore _____ 31 23 25 23 28 35 or to some conducting body which serves (9) The side rails shall extend not less tain type)____ 30 Tamarack_____ 37 in place of the earth. than 36 inches above the landing. When Noble flr 27 Tupelo 35 7- ,971FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 1 EGS 17830 RULES AND REGULATIONS Table B-l--Continued in height, having a minimum horizontal (17) Slippery conditions on scaffolds cnoup 4 dimension in either direction of less than shall be eliminated as soon as possible Aspen --------------Basswood---------Buckeye ______ Butternut Incense cedar.- 27 25 25 27 25 Eastern hemlock Holly Soft maple Lodgcpole pine. Idaho white 28 39 33 29 45 inches, shall have standard guardrails installed on all open sides and ends of the platform. (5) Guardrails shall be 2- x 4-inches, or the equivalent, approximately 42 after they occur. (18) No welding, burning, riveting, or open flame work shall be performed on any staging suspended by means of fiber or synthetic rope. Only treated or pro Western red pine _________ 28 inches high, with a midrail, when re tected fiber or synthetic ropes shall be cedar____ ...... Black cottonwood __ White fir Hnckberrv 23 24 20 37 Northern white pine ------------ Ponderosa pine. Sugar pine-------- 25 28 20 (7) It is preferable that side rails be continuous. If splicing is necessary to attain the required length however, the splice must develop the full strength of a continuous side rail of the same length. (8) 2-inch by 4-inch lumber shall be used for side rails of single cleat ladders up to 16 feet long; 3-inch by 6-inch lum ber shall be used for single cleat ladders from 16 to 30 feet in length. (9) 2-inch by 4-inch lumber shall be used for side and middle rails of double cleat ladders up to 12 feet in length; 2-inch by 6-inch lumber for double cleat ladders from 12 to 24 feet in length. (10) Wood cleats shall have the fol lowing minimum dimensions when made of Group 1 woods (see Table L-l); quired. Supports shall be at intervals not to exceed 8 feet. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. (6) Where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold, scaffolds shall be provided with a screen between the toeboard and the guardrail, extend ing along the entire opening, consisting of No. 18 gauge U.S. Standard wire !-*inch mesh, or the equivalent. (7) Scaffolds and their components shall bo capable of supporting without failure at least 4 times the maximum in tended load. (8) Any scaffold including accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc. damaged or weakened from any cause shall be immediately re paired or replaced. (9) All load-carrying timber mem- bers'of scaffold framing shall be a mini mum of 1,500 fiber (Stress Grade) con struction grade lumber. All dimensions are nominal sizes as provided in the used for or near any work Involving the use of corrosive substances or chemicals. (19) Wire, synthetic, or fiber rope used for scaffold suspension shall be capable of supporting at least 6 times the rated load. (20) The use of shore pump jack, or lean-to scaffolds is prohibited. (21) Lumber sizes, when used in this subpart, refer to nominal sizes .except where otherwise stated. (b) Wood pole scaffolds. (1) Scaffold poles shall bear on a foundation of suffi cient size and strength to spread the load from the pole over a sufficient area to prevent settlement. All poles shall be set plumb. (2) Where wood poles are spliced, the ends shall be squared and the .upper sec tion shall rest squarely on the lower section. Wood splice plates shall be pro vided on at least two adjacent sides and shall be not less than 4 feet in length, overlapping the abutted ends equally, Table L-2 American Lumber Standards, except that and have the same width and not less where rough sizes arc noted, only rough than the cross-sectional area of the pole. Length o( cleat (lncln"0 Thlckui'i-s Width (inches) (Inches) or undressed lumber of the size specified Splice plates or other materials of will satisfy minimum requirements. equivalent strength may be used. (10) All planking shall be Scaffold (3) Independent pole scaffolds shall be Up to and Including 'JO.................. Over 20 and up to and Including 30..................................................... h 3 3;\' (11) Cleats may be made of species of any other group of wood (see Table L-l) provided equal or greater strength is maintained. (12) Cleats shall be inset into the edges of the side rails one-half inch, or filler blocks shall be used on the rails between the cleats. The cleats.shall be secured to each rail with three lOd common wire nails or other fasteners of equivalent strength. Cleats shall be uniformly Grade as recognized by approved grading rules for the species of wood used. The maximum permissible spans for 2- x 10inch or wider planks shall be as shown in the following; Table L-3 Matkhiat. Full thickness Nominal undressed thickness lumber lumber* Working loud Cp.s.f.)......... 25 50 75 25 I'ermissiblc spun (ft.)....... 10 H 0 H 50 6 set as near to the wall of the building as practicable. (4) All pole scaffolds shall be securely guyed or tied to the building or structure. Where the height or length exceeds 25 feet, the scaffold shall be secured at intervals not greater than 25 feet vertically and horizontally. (5) Putlogs or bearers shall be set with their greater dimension vertical, long enough to project over trie ledgers of the inner and outer rows of poles at least 3 Inches for proper support. (6) Every wooden putlog on single spaced, 12 inches top-to-top. * Nominal thickness lumber not recommended for pole scaffolds shall be reinforced with a 1518.451 Scaffolding. heavy duly us\ %n- x 2-inch steel strip, or equivalent, (a) General requirements. (1) Scaf folds shall be erected in accordance with requirements of this section. (2) The footing or anchorage for scaf folds shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement. Un stable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks, shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks. (11) The maximum permissible span for 1%- x 9-inch or wider plank of full thickness shall be 4 feet with medium duty loading of 50 p.s.f. (12) All planking or platforms shall be overlapped (minimum 12 inches), or secured from movement. (13) An access ladder or equivalent safe access shall be provided. (14) Scaffold planks shall extend over secured to its lower edge throughout its entire length. (7) Ledgers shall be long enough to extend over two pole spaces. Ledgers shall not be spliced between the poles. Ledgers shall be reinforced by bearing blocks securely nailed to the side of the pole to form a support for the ledger. (8) Diagonal bracing shall be provided (3) No scaffold shall be erected, their end supports not less than 6 inches to prevent the poles from moving in a moved, dismantled, or altered except under the supervision of competent persons. (4) Guardrails and toeboards shall be installed on all open sides and ends of platforms more than 6 feet above the ground or floor, except needle beam scaf nor more than 12 inches. (15) The poles, legs, or uprights of scaffolds shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly braced to prevent swaying and displacement. (16) Overhead protection shall be pro vided for men on a-scaffold exposed to direction parallel with the wall of the building, or from buckling. (9) Cross bracing shall be provided between the inner and outer sets of poles In independent pole scaffolds. The free ends of pole scaffolds shall be cross folds and floats. Scaffolds 4 feet to 6 feet overhead hazards. braced. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17831 737-1 RULES AND REGULATIONS UO) Full diagonal face bracing shall be erected across the entire face of pole scaffolds in both directions. The braces shall be spliced at the poles. The inner row of poles on medium and heavy duty scafTolds shall be braced in a similar manner. (11) Platform planks shall be laid with their edges close together so the platform will be tight with no spaces through which tools or fragments of material can fall. (12) Where planking is lapped, each plank shall lap its end supports at least 12 inches. Where the ends of planks abut each other to form a flush floor, the butt joint shall be at the centerline of a pole. The abutted ends shall rest on separate bearers. Intermediate beams shall be provided where necessary to pre vent dislodgmcnt of planks due to deflec tion, and the ends shall be secured to prevent their dislodgmcnt. (13) When a scaffold materially changes its direction, the platform planks shall be laid to prevent tipping. The planks that meet the corner putlog at an angle shall be laid first, extending over the diagonally placed putlog far enough to have a good safe bearing, but not far enough to involve any danger from tipping. The planking running in the opposite direction at an angle shall be laid so as to extend over and rest on the first layer of planking. (14) When moving platforms to the next level, the old platform shall be left undisturbed until the new putlogs or bearers have been set in place, ready to receive the platform planks. (15) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends or. all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed In accord ance with paragraph (a) (G) of this section, when required.. (16) All wood pole scaffolds 60 feet or less in height shall be constructed and erected in accordance with Tables Lr-4 to' 10. If they are over 60 feet in height, they shall be designed by a licensed qual ified engineer competent in this field, and it shall be constructed and erected in accordance with such design. Taiile L-<--Minimum Nominal She and Maximum 8pacino or Members or Single pole Scaffolds, Light Maximum height of scaffold 20 ft. 00 ft. Uniformly distributed load.................... Poles or uprights...................................... role spacing (longitudinal).................... Maximum width urscnllnld.................... Hearers or putlogs to II It. 0 In. width.. Hearers or putlogs to A fl. 0 In. width... Hedgers.................. ......................... .......... Plonking.................................................... Verticil! sparing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal and dlagonol........... Tic-Ins......................................................... Toeboards.................................................. Guardrail................................................... Not to exceed 25 p.s.f. 2x4 hi......................... a ft. o in....................... 5 ft. 0 In....................... 2 x 4 in......................... 2 x 0 lu. oi 3 x 4 In....... 1 x 4 In..____ _______ IK x U In. (rough) 7 fl. 0 In 1 x 4 In 1 x 4 111 4 In. high (minimum) 2 x 4 hi......................... 4 I 4 In. 10 ft. 0 In. 6 ft. 0 In. 2x4 In. 2 x 6 In. or 3 14 In. (rough) IK x ii hi. 2 x 10 In. U ft. 0 In. I X4 In. 1 x 4 In. 42xIn4. h11i1g. h (minimum). All mcmhiTS except planking are used on edge. Table L-5--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing or Members of Sincle Pole Scaffolds--Medium Duty Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprights-------Pole spacing (longi tudinal). Maximum width of scalfold. Bearers or putlogs-----Spacing of bearers or putlogs. Ledgers Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal___ Bracing, diagonal____ Tie-Ins Planking Toeboards Guardrail __________ Not to e x c o c d 50 p.s.f. 00 ft. 4 x4 In. 8 ft. 0 In. 5 ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 In. or 3 X 4 in. 8 ft. 0 In. 2 x 9 in. 7 ft. 0 In. 1 x6 In. orl',4 x4 In. 1 x 4 In. 1 X4 1n. 2 x 10 in. 4-ln. high (mini mum) . 2 x 4 In. All members except planking are used on edge. Table L-6--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of Sincle Pole Scaffolds--Heavy Duty Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprlghts.y___ Pole spacing (longi tudinal) . Maximum width at scaffold. Bearers or putlogs____ Spacing of beRrers or putlog. Ledgers Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal and diagonal. Tie-Ins Planking Toeboards Guardrail Not to exceed 75 p.8.f. CO ft. 4x6 In. 0 ft. 0 In. 6 ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 In. or 3 x 5 in. 6 ft. 0 In. 2x10 In. 6 ft. 6 in. 2 x 4 in. 1 x41n. 2 x 10 In. 4-in. high mum). 2 x 4 In. (mini All members except planking are used on edge. Table L-t--Minimum Nominal She and Maximum Spacing of Members or Independent Pole Scaffold Light Duty Maximum height of scaffold 20 ft. CO ft. Uniformly illslfllmtcd load.................... Poles or uprights....................................... Pole sparing (longitudinal).................... Pole spacing (transverse)........................ Ledgers.................................................. Bearers to 3 It. 0 In. span......................... Bearers to 10 It. 0 In. span....................... Planking...... ........... ............................. Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bracing, horizontal and diagonal______ Tfe-lns............................................... -- Toeboards.................................................. Guardrail................................................... Not to exceed 25 pA.f. 2x4 In....................... 0 It. 0 In..................... 6 fl. 0 In....................... IK x 4 In.................... 2 x 4 In....................... . 2 x 0 In. or 3x4 In___ lKxOln.................... . 7 ft. 0 In..................... . 1x4 In.................. ..... 1x4 In............... . 4 In. high.................... 2x4 In....................... . 4 x 4 In. 10 ft. 0 In. 10 fl. 0 In. 2IKx4*1D11i.n. 2 x 10 (rough) or 3 x 8 In. 2x lOln. 7 ft. 0 In. 1x4 In. 1 x 4 Id. 4 In. high (minimum). 2x4 In. All members except planking are used on edge. FEDERAL REGISTER, YOU 36, NO, 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS _17832 RULES AND REGULATIONS i-j !> Table L-8--Minimum Nominal Size and (4) Tube and coupler scaffolds shall inner and outer runners upward to the Maximum Spacing or Memders or Inde pendent Pole Scaffolds--Medium Dutt be limited in heights and working levels to those permitted in Tables L-10,11, and next outer and Inner runners. (11) Longitudinal diagonal bracing Uniformly distributed Not to exceed 50 12. Drawings and specifications of all on the Inner and outer rows of poles loud. . p.s.f. tube and coupler scaffolds above the limi shall be installed at approximately a 45' Maximum height of scalTold. Poles or uprights_____ Pole spacing (longl- tudlnal). Pole spacing (trans- verse). Ledgers 2 x 10 In. CO ft. 4 x 4 In. 8 ft. 0 In. 8 ft. 0 In. tations in 'Tables L-10, 11, and 12 shall be designed by a qualified engineer com petent in this field. (5) All tube and coupler scaffolds shall be constructed and erected to support four times the maximum Intended loads, as set forth in Tables L-10, 11, and 12, or angle from near the base of the first outer post upward to the extreme top of the scaffold. Where the longitudinal length of the scaffold permits, such brac ing shall be duplicated beginning at every fifth post. In a similar manner, longitudinal diagonal bracing shall also Vertical spacing of G ft. 0 In. as set forth in the specifications by a li be installed from the last post extending horizontal members. Spacing of bearers____ 8 ft. 0 In. Bearers 2 x 10 In. Bracing, horizontal___ l x 6 In. or 1*4 x 4 In. Bracing, diagonal------ 1x4 In. Tie-Ins ............................. 1 x 4 In. Planking _____________ 2 x 10 in. Tooboards 4-ln. high (mini censed professional engineer competent in tills field. Table L-10--Tube A*nDuntoyUPf.F.r. SCATTOLPS LlCItT Uniformly distributed load........ Not to pxcccd 25 p.s.f. Tost spacing (longlludlnul)..... 10 ft. 0 in. back and upward toward the first post. Where conditions preclude the attach ment of this bracing to the posts, It may be attached to the runners. (12) The entire scaffold shall be tied to and securely braced against the build ing at intervals not to exceed 30 feet mum). Tost spacing (transverse)............ 6 ft. 0 in. horizontally and 26 feet vertically. Guardrail_____________ 2x4 in. (13) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 All members except planking are used on edfia, Table L-0--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing of Members of Inde pendent Pole Scaffolds--Heave Dutt Uniformly distributed load. Maximum height of scaffold. Poles or uprights_____ Pole spacing (longl- tudlnal). Not to exceed 75 p.s.f. CO ft. 4 x 4 In. C ft. Oln. Working levels Additional planked Maximum levels height 125 ft. 125 it 01 ft. 0 In. Tabus l-u--tube and Coupler Scaffolds Medium Duty Uniformly distributed load..... Not to exceed 50 p.s.f. Tost spacing (longitudinal)........ 8 ft. 0 In. Post spacing (transverse)............ 0 ft. 0 in. inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- lnch lumber or equivalent, and toeboard, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on aH scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed In accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (d) Tubular welded frame scaffolds. (1) Metal tubular frame scaffolds, inr Pole spacing (trans- verse). Ledgers 2 X 10 In. Vertical spacing of horizontal members. Bearers Bracing, horizontal and diagonal. Tie-Ins 1x4 In. 8ft.Oln. C ft. 0 In. 2 x 10 In. (rough). 2 x 4 In. Working levels Additional planked Maximum levels height 125 ft. 78 ft. 0 in. Table I/-12--Tube and Coupler Scaffolds Heavy Duty eluding accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc., shall be designed, constructed, and erected to safety support four times the maximum rated load. (2) Spacing of panels or frames shall be consistent with the loads Imposed. (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced Planking ___________ 2 x 10 In. by cross bracing or diagonal braces, or Toeboards_____________ Guardrail_____________ 4-ln. high (mini mum). 2 x 4 In. Uniformly distributed load........ Not to exceed 75 p.s.f. Post spacing (longitudinal)........ 6 ft. C In. Post spacing (traverse).............. 0 ft. 0 In. both, for securing vertical members to gether laterally, and the cross braces shall be of such length as will automat All members except planking are used on edge. Working levels Additional planked Maximum ically square and aline vertical members lovcls height so that the erected scaffold Is always (c) Tube and coupler scaffolds. (1) A plumb, square, and rigid. All brace con light`duty tube and coupler scaffold shall 125 ft. nections shall be made secure. have all posts, bearers, runners, and brac (4) Scaffold legs shall be set on ad ing of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel tubing. (6) Posts shall be accurately spaced, justable bases or plain bases placed on The posts shall be spaced no more than erected on suitable bases, and maintained mud sills or other foundations adequate 6 feet apart by 10 feet along the length plumb. to support the maximum rated load. of the scaffold. Other structural metals xvhen used must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. (7) Runner^ shall be erected along the length of the scaffold, located on both the inside and the outside posts at even height. Runners shall be Interlocked to (5) The frames shall be placed one on top of the other with coupling or stack ing pins to provide proper vertical alinement of the legs. (2) A medium duty tube and coupler the Inside and the outside posts at even (6) Where uplift may occur, panels scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and heights. Runners shall be interlocked to shall be locked together vertically by pins bracing of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel form continuous lengths and coupled to or other equivalent suitable means. tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet each post. The bottom runners shall be (7) To prevent movement, the scaf apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2'/2-Inch O.D. steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall ftave bearers of nominal 2-inch OX), steel tub ing. Other structural metals, when used, must be designed to carry an equivalent load. No dissimilar metals shall be used together. (3) A heavy duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-inch OX), steel tubing, with the posts spaced not more than 6 feet by 6 feet 6 inches. Other located as close to the base as possible. fold shall be secured to the building or Runners shall be placed not more than structure at Intervals not to exceed 30 6 feet 6 Inches on centers. . feet horizontally _and .26 feet vertically. (8) Bearers shall" be installed trans versely between posts and shall be se curely coupled to the posts bearing on '(8) Maximum permissible spans of planking shall be ip conformity with paragraph '(a)'(ll-) of this'section; the runner coupler. When coupled direct (9) Drawings and specifications for all ly to the runners, the coupler must be frame scaffolds-over 125 feetJn height kept as close to the posts as possible. above the base plates shall be designed (9) Bearers shall be at least 4 inches by a registered professional engineer. but not more than 12 Inches longer than (10) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 the post spacing or runner spacing. inches or_tlie .equlvjlenJu. and' approxi _a_c_r(o1s0s) .tC.heroswsidbtrhacnoiffngtheshsaclaLfbfoeldI-nasttalellaesdt --omtofeab1.toe-'l^xyd6,,4s-2i,lnsIcnh,hcah-lleIusmb-eTb-he-iIgrnhso,trawleleqidtulriavaat lae-mnllti,doarpaneindl. structural metals, when used, must be every third set of posts horizontally and g^es ends-on all-scaffolds more than designed to carry an equivalent load. No every fourth runner vertically. Such g feet, above the ground?.or -floor. Toe dissimilar metals shall be used together. bracing shall extend diagonally from the boards -shall be & minimum of 4 Inches FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 _ ESS'17833 7.'!76 RULES AND REGULATIONS in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in A92.2-19C0, Vehicle Mounted Elevating pended from overhead outrigger beams. accordance with paragraph (a) (C) of and Rotating Work Platforms, shall be (4) The scaffold outrigger beams shall this section. met for such equipment in use. consist of structural metal securely fas (c) Manually propelled mobile scaf (g) Outrigger scaffolds. (1) Outrigger tened or anchored to the frame or floor folds. (1) When free-standing mobile beams shall extend not more than C feet system of the building or structure. scaffold towers are used, the height shall beyond the face of the building. The in (5) Each outrigger beam shall be not exceed four times the minimum base board end of outrigger beams, measured equivalent in strength to at least a stand dimension. from the fulcrum point to anchorage ard 7-inch, 15.3-pound steel I-beam, at (2) Casters shall be properly designed point, shall be not less than f y2 times the least 15 feet long, and shall not project for strength and dimensions to support outboard end in length. The beams shall more than 6 feet 6 inches beyond the four times the maximum intended load. rest on edge, the sides shall be plumb, and bearing point. All casters shall be provided with a posi the edges shall be horizontal. The ful (6) Where the overhang exceeds 6 feet tive locking device to hold the scaffold in crum point of the beam shall rest on a 6 inches, outrigger beams shall be com position. secure bearing at least 6 inches In each posed of stronger beams or multiple (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced horizontal dimension. The beam shall be beams and be installed under the super by cross bracing and horizontal bracing secured In place against movement and vision of a competent person. conforming with paragraph (d) (3) of shall be securely braced at the fulcrum (7) All outrigger beams shall be set this'section. point against tipping. and maintained with their webs in a (4) Platforms shall be tightly planked (2) The Inboard ends of outrigger vertical position. for the full width of the scaffold except beams shall be securely anchored either (8) A stop bolt shall be placed at each for necessary entrance opening. Plat by means of struts bearing against sills end of every outrigger beam. forms shall be secured in place. in contact with the overhead beams or (9) The outrigger beam shall rest on (5) A ladder or stairway shall be pro ceiling, or by means of tension members suitable wood bearing blocks. vided for proper access and exit and shall secured to the floor joists underfoot, or (10) The free end of the suspension be affixed or built into the scaffold and by both if necessary. The Inboard ends of wire ropes shall be equipped with proper so located that when in use it will not outrigger beams shall be secured against size thimbles and secured by splicing or have a tendency to tip the scaffold. A tipping and the entire supporting struc other equivalent means. The running landing platform must be provided at ture shall be securely braced in both di ends shall be securely attached to the intervals not to exceed 35 feet. rections to prevent any horizontal hoisting drum and at'least four turns (6) The force necessary to move the movement. of wire rope shall at all times remain on mobile scaffold shall be applied near or (3) Unless outrigger scaffolds are de the drum. The use of fiber rope Is as close to the base as practicable and signed by a registered professional engi prohibited. provision shall be made to stabilize the neer competent in this field, they shall be (11) Where a single outrigger beam is tower during movement from one loca constructed and erected in accordance used, the steel shackles or clevises with tion to another. Scaffolds shall only be with Table L-13. Outrigger scaffolds, de which the wire ropes are attached to the moved on level floors, free of obstructions signed by a registered professional engi outrigger beams shall be placed directly and openings. neer, shall be constructed and erected in over the hoisting drums. (7) The employer shall not allow em accordance with such design. (12) The scaffold platform shall be ployees to ride on manually propelled scaffolds unless the following conditions T.uu.k L-13--Minimum Nominal Size and Maximum Spacing op Members of Outrigger Scaffolds equivalent In strength to at least 2-lnch planking. (For maximum planking exist: spans, see paragraph (a) (11) of this (i) The floor or surface is within 3 of level, and free from pits, holes, or obstructions; (11) The minimum dimension of the scaffold base when ready for rolling, is at least one-half of the height. Outrig gers, if used, shall be installed on both sides of staging; (iii) The wheels are equipped with rubber or similar resilient tires; (iv) Ail tools and materials are se cured or removed from the platform before the mobile scaffold is moved. Maximum scaffold load. LlRht duty Medium duly 25 p.s.f.............. . 50p.s.f. OutrlpRcrsIze.............. 2 x 10 In............. . 3x 10In. Maximum outrigger 10 ft. fj In........... G ft. oin. spacing. Planking...................... 2x 10 in........... . 2x ioin. Guardrail..................... 2x4 in................. 2i i In. Guardrail uprights... 25 tin.............. .2x4 hi. Toeboards.................... 4 In. (mini- 4 In. (mini- mum). mum). (4) Planking shall be laid tight and shall extend to within 3 inches of the section.) (13) When men are at work on the scaffold and an overhead hazard exists, overhead protection shall be provided on the scaffold, not more than 9 feet above the platform, consisting of 2-inch plank ing, or material of equivalent strength, laid tight, and extending not less than the width of the scaffold. (14) Each scaffold shall be installed or relocatediunder the supervision of a com petent person. (8) Scaffolds in use by any persons building wall. Planking shall be secured shall rest upon a suitable footing and to the beams. shall stand plumb. The casters or wheels (5) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 shall be locked to prevent any movement. inches or the equivalent, approximately (9) Mobile scaffolds constructed of metal members shall also conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) of this section, de pending on the material of which they are constructed. (10) Guardrails not less than 2x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 6-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at ail open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. Wire mesh shall be Installed in accordance with paragraph (af(6> of this section. 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- Inch lumber or equivalent, and toe- boards, shall be Installed at all open sides and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet above ths ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance, with paragraph (a)(6) of this section'. - .- - ~ (h) Masons' adjustable multiple-point 'suspension scaffolds.- (1) The scaffold shall not be loaded in excess of'that figure. _ ' -s (2) The .scaffold shall b'e .provided, with hoisting machines that meet the requirements of Underwriters' Labora tories or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (15) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides and ends on all -scaffolds more than 6 feet above the ground or floor, Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed In accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (1) (.Swinging scaffolds) two-point suspension. (1) Two-point suspension scaffold platforms shall be not less than 20 inches nor more than 36 inches wide overall. The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts or by other equivalent means. (2) The' hangers of two-point suspen sion scaffolds shall be made of mild steel, or other equivalent materials, having a cross-sectional area capable of sustain ing 4 times the' maximum rated load, (f) Elevating and rotating work plat (3) The platform shall-be supported' and shall be designed with a support for forms. Applicable requirements of'Amer -by-wire ropes, capable of supporting-at' guardrail, intermediate rail, and ican National Standards Institute 'least-6 times the Intended'load, sus toeboard. FEDERAL tECISTER, VOL. "36, NO. -75;--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 FftS 17834 RULES AND REGULATIONS (3) When hoisting machines are used Taiii.e J.-H--Sciiedw.e fok T-awif.k Tvrr I'UTroitMS on two-point suspension scaffolds, such machines shall be of a design tested and Length of platform (feet) approved by Underwriters' Laborato ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Hand 10 18nnd20 22 and 24 28 and 30 Corporation. (4) The roof irons or hooks shall be of mild steel, or other equivalent mate rial, of proper size and design, securely installed and anchored. Tiebacks of %inch manila rope, or tire equivalent, shall serve as a secondary means of anchor Side Stringers, minimum crosssoctlon (finished sites): ....At ends (Inches)..........................,,...................1 ............................... 1}4'x3............. I\'x3........... At mlddio (Inches)._____ 1M x 3K....... \u X ZH......... IlA X 4............. iu X Hi x Reinforcing strip (minimum). A Kxjfrlnch steel reinforcing strip or Its equivalent shall beatinc:i'*d to the side or underside, full length. Rungs. Rungs shall be. 1^-lnches minimum diameter with at least Tx-im-h dlumctcr tenons, and the. maximum spacing shall be 12'inch's center to center. age, installed at right angles to the face of the building, whenever possible, and secured to a structurally sound portion Tic rods; Number (minimum). 3. i........ . f................... r.. D...i.a...m...e..t.e...r..(minimum.......................................H In................ !4 In. .V.i III. ..... K in............. K in. Flooring, minimum finished site (Inches)......... ........................ ........................ ........................ 2)4.................../. of the building. (5) Two-point suspension scaffolds (ii) Plank-type platforms. Plank-type (4) The scaffold unit shall be sus shall be suspended by wire, synthetic, or platforms shall be composed of not less pended from metal outriggers, iron fiber ropes capable of supporting at least than nominal 2- x 10-inch unspliced brackets, wire rope slings, or iron hooks. 6 times the rated load. All other com planks, properly cleated together on the (5) Outriggers, when used, shall be set ponents shall be capable of supporting underside, starting 6 inches from each with their webs in a vertical position, se at least four times the rated load. end: intervals in between shall not ex curely anchored to the building or struc (6) The sheaves of ail blocks, consist ceed 4 feet. The plank-type platform ture and provided with stop bolts at each ing of at least one double and one single shall not extend beyond the hangers end. block, shall fit the size and type of rope more than 12 inches. A bar or other ef (6) The scaffold shall be supported by used. fective means shall be securely fastened wire rope capable of supporting at least (7) All wire ropes, fiber and syn to the platform at each end to prevent 6 times the rated load. All other com thetic ropes, slings, hangers, platforms, its slipping off the hanger. The span be ponents shall be capable of supporting and other supporting parts shall be in tween hangers for plank-type platforms at least '4 times the rated load. spected before every installation. Pe riodic inspections shall, be made while the scaffold is in use. (8) On suspension scaffolds designed shall not exceed 8 feet. (7) The free ends of the suspension (iii) Beam-type platforms. Beam plat wire ropes shall be equipped with proper forms shall have side stringers of lumber size thimbles, secured by splicing or other not less than 2x0 inches set on edge. The equivalent means. The running ends shall for a working load of GOO pounds, no span between hangers shall not exceed be securely attached to the hoisting drum more than two men shall be permitted 12 feet when benm platforms arc used. and nt least four turns of wire rope shall to work at one time. On suspension scaf The flooring shall be supported on 2- x remain at tire drum ut all times. folds with a working load of 750 pounds, 6-inch cross beams, laid fiat and set into (8) When two or more scaffolds are no more than three men shall be per the upper edge of the stringers with a used on a building or structure, they shall mitted to work at one time. Each em snug fit, at intervals of not more than 4 not be bridged one to the other, but shall ployee shall be protected by an approved feet, securely nailed in place. The floor be maintained at even height with plat safety life belt attached to a lifeline. The ing shall be of 1- x 6-inch material prop forms abutting closely. lifeline shall be securely attached to sub erly nailed.. Floor boards shall not be (9) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 stantial members of the structure (not spaced more than one-half inch apart. inches or the equivalent, approximately scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, (iv) Light metal-type platforms. 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toe- which will safely suspend the employee When used, shall be tested and listed boards, shall be installed at all open sides in case of a fall. In order to keep the according to Underwriters' Laborato and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 lifeline continuously attached, with, a minimum of slack, to a fixed structure, the attachment point of the lifeline shall be appropriately changed as the work progresses. ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (11) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 inches, or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toe- feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this section. (9) Two-point suspension scaffolds boards, shall be installed at all open sides (k) Single-point adjustable suspen shall be securely lashed to the building or and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 sion scaffolds. (1) The scaffolding, in structure to prevent them from swaying. feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards cluding power units or manually oper Window cleaners' anchors shall not be shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. ated winches, shall be of a type tested used for this purpose. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord and listed by Underwriters' Laborato (10) . The platform of every two-point ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this ries or Factory Mutual Engineering suspension scaffold shall be one of the section. Corporation. following types: (j) Stone setters' adjustable multiple- (2) The power units may be either (i) Ladder-type platforms. The side stringer shall be of clear straight-grained spruce or materials of equivalent strength and durability. The rungs shall be of straight-grained oak, ash, or hickory, at least' 1% inch in diameter, w-ith_ %-inch tenons mortised into the side stringers at least seven-eighths inch. The stringers shall be"tied together with -tie rods not less than one-quarter inch point suspension scaffolds. (1) The scaf fold shall be capable of sustaining a working load of 25 pounds per square foot and shall not be overloaded. Scaffolds shall not be used for storage of stone or other heavy materials. . (2) When used, the hoisting machine and its supports shall be of a type tested and listed by Underwriters' Laborato ries' or' Factory Mutual Engineering in diameter, passing through.the string- - Corporation. electrically or air motor driven. (3) All power-operated gears and brakes shall be enclosed. (4) In addition to the normal operat ing brake, all power-driven units shall have an emergency brake which engages automatically when the normal speed of descent is exceeded. (5) The hoisting machines, cables, and equipment shall be regularly serviced and inspected. ers and riveted up tight against washers (3). The platform shall be securely on both ends. The flooring strips shall be spaced not more than five-eighths inch apart except at the side rails where -the space may be 1 inch. Ladder-type^ fastened to the hangers by u-bolts or other equivalent means. (For materials and .spans, see subdivision (il) of para (6) The units may be combined to form a two-point suspension scaffold. Such scaffold shall then comply with paragraph (i) of this section. (7) The supporting cable shall be verti platforms shall be' constructed -in ' ac-~ graph. 7i> (10), Plank-Type Platforms, cal for its entire length, and the basket jfordance with Table L-14. - ' . and Table L-14 of this section.) shall not be swayed nor the cable fixed to -FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17835 r/*>r/"Si' , RULES AND REGULATIONS any intermediate; points to change the C6) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 (5) On all scaffolds arranged in tiers, original path of travel. inches or the equivalent, approximately the legs shall be nailed down or other (8) Suspension methods shall conform 42 inches high, with a midrall, or 1- x wise secured to the planks to prevent dis to applicable provisions of paragraphs 6-lnch lumber or equivalent, and toe placement or thrust and each tier shall Uri and (i) of this section. boards, shall be Installed at all open be substantially cross braced. (9) Guards, midrails, and toeboards sides and ends on all scaffolds more than (6) Horses or parts which have be shall completely enclose the cage or bas 6 feet above the ground or floor. Toe come weak or defective shall not be used. ket. Guardrails shall be no less than 2x4 boards shall be a minimum of 4 inches (7) Guardrails, not less than 2x6 indies or the equivalent, approximately in height. Wire mesh shall be installed inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches above the platform. Midrails in accordance with paragraph (a)(6) of 42 inches high, with a midrail, of 1- x 4- shall be 1 x 6 inches or the equivalent, this section. inch lumber or equivalent, and toe installed equidistant between the guard (n) Bricklayers' square scaffolds. (1) boards, shall bo installed at all open sides rail and the platform. Toeboards shall The squares shall not exceed 5 feet in and ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. width and 5 feet in height. above the ground or floor. Toeboards < 10) For additional details not covered (2/ Members shall be not less than shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. in this paragraph, applicable, technical those specified in Table L-15. Wire mesh shall be installed in accord portions of American National Standards Table L-1G--Minimum Dimensions for ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this Institute, A120, 1970, Power-Operated Bricklayers' Square Scaffold Memuers section. Devices for Exterior Building Mainte nance Powered Platforms, shall be used. Members Dimensions (p) Needle beam Scaffold. (1) Wood needle beams shall be not less than 4x6 (1) Boatswain's chairs. (1) The chair Bearers or horizontal members___ 2 x G In. inches in size, with the greater dimension scat shall not be less than 12 x 24 inches, and 1-inch thickness. The seat shall be reinforced on the underside by cleats securely fastened to prevent the board Legs 2x6 in. Brnces at corners____ ' 1 x G In. Braces diagonally from center frame. 1 x 8 in. placed in a vertical direction. 'Metal beams or the equivalent, conforming to paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this sec tion, may be used and shall not bo from splitting. (3) The squares shall be reinforced on altered or moved horizontally while they (2) The two fiber rope seat slings shall both sides of each corner with 1- x 6-inch' are in use. be of %-Inch diameter, reeved through gusset pieces. They shall also have di (2) Ropes or hangers shall be pro the four seat holes so as to cross each agonal braces 1x8 inches on both sides vided for supports. The span between other on the underside of the seat. running from center to center of each supports on the needle beam shall not (3) Seat slings shall be of at least 3/u- member, or other means to secure equiv exceed 10 feet for 4- x 6-inch timbers. inch wire rope when an employee is con alent strength and rigidity. Rope supports shall be equivalent in ducting a heat-producing process, such . (4) The squares shall be set not more strength to 1-inch diameter first-grade as gas or arc wcldihg. than 5 feet apart for medium duty scaf manila rope. (4) The employee shall be protected by folds, and not more than 8 feet apart (3) The ropes shall be attached to the a safety belt and lifeline in accord for light duty scaffolds. Bracing, 1x8 needle beams by a scaffold hitch or a ance with 1518.104. The attachment inches, extending from the bottom of properly made eye splice. The loose end point of the lifeline to the structure shall each square to the top of the next square, of the rope shall be tied by a bowline be appropriately changed as the work shall be provided on both front and rear knot or by a round turn and a half hitch. progresses. sides of the scaffold. (4) The scaffold hitch shall be ar (5) The tackle shall consist of correct (5) Platform planks shall be at least ranged so as to prevent the needle beam size ball bearing or bushed blocks and 2- x 10-incli nominal size. The ends of the from rolling or becoming otherwise properly spliced %-inch diameter first- planks shall overlap the bearers of the displaced. grade manila rope, or equivalent, squares and each plank shall be sup (5) The platform span, between the (6) The roof Irons, hooks, or the object ported by not less than three squares. needle beams shall not exceed 8 feet to which the tackle is anchored, shall (6) Bricklayers' square scaffolds shall when using 2-inch scaffold plank. For be securely Installed. Tiebacks, when not exceed three tiers in height and shall spans greater than 8 feet, platforms shall used, shall be installed at rightranglcs to be so constructed and arranged that one be designed based on design require the face of the building and securely fastened. (m) Carpenters' bracket scaffolds. (1) the brackets shall consist of a triangular square shall rest directly above the other. The upper tiers shall stand on a con tinuous row of planks laid across the next lower tier and be nailed down ments for the special span. The overhang of each end of the platform planks shall be not less than 6 Inches and not more than 12 inches. wood frame not less than 2x3 inches in cross section, or of metal of equivalent strength. Each member shall be properly fitted and securely joined. (2) Each bracket shall be attached to the structure by means of one of the following: <i) A bolt, no less than five-eighths inch in diameter; which shall extend through to the inside of the building wall; (ii) ,A metal.stud attachment device; (iii) Welding:tp'Steel. tanks; . - (iv) Hooking;ovjcr'a"w:ell-securp.d and adequately .strong iupporting member. (3) The brackets' shall be spaced no more'than .8 feet apart. (4).No more than.twd'employees shall occupy'any given 18 feet of a bracket scaffold at any one time. Tools and ma terials' shall not exceed 75 pounds in addition to the occupancy. . . - (5) 'The platform-sliall consist of not leas than two 2- x lOrinch nominal size planks- extending not _rnore than 12 or otherwise secured to prevent displacement. (7) Scaffolds shall be level and set upon a firm foundation. (o) Horse scaffolds. (1) Horse scaf folds shall not be constructed or ar ranged more than two tiers or 10 feet in height. (2) The members of the horses shall be not less than those specified in Table L-16. Table L-1G--Minimum Dimensions for Horse Scaffold Memuers Members Dimensions Horizontal members or bearers. 3 x 4 In. Legs--------------------------------------- 1% x 4% in. Longitudinal brace between 1 x 6 In. legs. Gusset brace at top of legs__1 x 8 In. Half diagonal braces________ 1% x 4%' In. (3) Horses shall be spaced not more than 5 feet for medium duty and not more than 8 feet for light duty. (4) When arranged in tiers, each (6) When needle beam scaffolds are used, the planks shall be secured against slipping. (7) AH unattached tools, bolts, and nuts used on needle beam scaffolds shall be kept in suitable containers, properly secured. (8) One end of a needle beam scaffold may be supported by a permanent struc tural member conforming to paragraphs (a) (8) and (10) of this section. (9) Each employee working' on'-.a needle beam scaffold shall-be protected by a safety belt and lifeline in accord-ance with 1518.104. (q) Plasterers', decorators', and. large area scaffolds. (1) Plasterers', lathers', and ceiling workers' Inside scaffolds shall be constructed In accordance with the general requirements set forth for inde pendent wood pole scaffolds. (See para graph (b) and Tables V-7, 8, and 9 of this section.) (2) All platform planks shall be laid with the edges dose together. inchcvFor less than_G-fnchcs beyond each horse shall be placed directly over the (3) When independent pole scaffold etui support. ~ " horse In the tier below. platforms are erected In sections, such " FEDERAL REGISTER, VOt. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY", APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17836 RULES AND REGULATIONS sections shall be provided with connect not less than 12 inches. The span be (31 Under the platform, there shail be ing runways equipped with substantial tween supports for wood shall not exceed two supporting bearers made from 2- x guardrails. 8 feet. Platform width shall be not less 4-inch, or 1- x 10-inch rough, -"selected (41 Guardrails, not less than 2x4 than 18 inches. lumber," or better. They shall be free of inches or the equivalent, approximately (6) Not more than two employees shall knots or other flaws and project 6 inches 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- occupy any given 8 feet of any ladder beyond the platform on both sides. The Inch lumber or equivalent, and toe- jack scaffold at any one time. \ . ends of the platform shall extend 6 boards. shall be installed on all open (t) Window jack scaffolds. (1) Win inches beyond the outer edges of the sides and ends on all scaffolds more than dow jack scaffolds shall be used only for bearers. Each bearer shall be securely G feet above the ground or floor. Toe- the purpose of working at the window fastened to the platform. boards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in opening through which the jack is placed. (4) An edging of wood not less than height. Wire mesh shall be installed in (2) Window jacks shall not be used % x 1 inches or equivalent shall be accordance with paragraph (a) (6) of to support planks placed between one placed around all sides of the platform to this section. window jack and another or for other prevent tools from rolling off. (r) Interior hung scaffolds. (1) An in elements of scaffolding, (5) Supporting ropes shall be 1-inch terior hung scafTold shall be hung or (3).Window jack scaffolds shall be diameter manila rope or equivalent, free suspended from the roof structure or provided with guardrails unless safety from deterioration, chemical damage, ceiling beams. belts with lifelines are attached and pro flaws, or other imperfections. Rope con (21 The suspending wire or fiber rope vided for employee. nections shall be such that the platform shall be capable of supporting at least (4) Not more than one employee shall cannot shift or slip. If two ropes are used 6 limes the rated load. The rope shail occupy a window jack scaffold at any one with each float, they shall be arranged so be wrapped at least twice around the time. as to provide four ends which are to be supporting members and twice around (u) Roofing brackets. (1) Roofing securely fastened to an overhead sup the bearers of the scaffold, with each end brackets shall be constructed to fit the port. Each of the two supporting ropes of the wire rope secured by at least three pitch of the roof. shall be hitched around -one end of standard wire-rope clips properly (2) Brackets shall be secured in place bearer and pass under the platforms to installed. by nailing in addition to the pointed the other end of the bearer where it is (3) For hanging wood scaffolds, the metal projections. When it is impractical hitched again, leaving sufficient rope at following minimum nominal size ma to nail brackets, rope supports shall be each end for the supporting ties. terial shall be used: used. When rope supports are used, they (6) Each employee shall be protected (1) Supporting bearers 2 x 10 inches shall consist of first-grade manila of at by an approved safety lifebelt and life on edge: least %-inch diameter, or equivalent. line, in accordance with { 1518.104. (ii) Planking 2 x 10 inches or 2 x 10 (3) A catch platform shall be in (x) Form scaffolds. Cl) Form scaffolds inches, with maximum span 7 feet for stalled below the working area of roofs shall be constructed of wood or other heavy duty and 10 feet for light duty more than 10 feet from the ground to suitable materials, such as steel or alu or medium duty. eaves with a slope greater than 3 inches minum members of known strength (4) Steel tube and coupler members in 12 inches without a parapet. In width, characteristics. All scaffolds shall be de may be used for hanging scaffolds with the platform shall extend 2 feet beyond signed and erected with a minimum both types of scaffold designed to sustain the projection of the eaves and shall be safety factor of 4, computed on the basis a uniform distributed working load up provided with a guardrail, midrail, and of the maximum rated load. to heavy duty scaffold loads with a toeboard. This provision shall not apply (2) All scaffold planking shall be a safety factor of four. where employees engaged in work upon minimum of 2- x 10-inch nominal Scaf (5) Guardrails, not less than 2x4 such roofs are protected by a safety belt fold Grade, as recognized by approved inches or the equivalent, approximately attached .to a lifeline. grading rules for the species of lumber 42 inches high, with a midrail of 1- x 6- (v) Crawling boards or chicken lad used, or equivalent material. Maximum inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, ders. (1) Crawling boards shall be not permissible spans shall not exceed 8 feet shall be installed at all open sides and less than 10 inches wide and 1 inch thick, on centers for 2- x 10-inch nominal ends on all scaffolds more than 6 feet having cleats 1 x l'A inches. The cleats planking. Scaffold planks shall be either above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be equal in length to the width of nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. the board and spaced at equal intervals length that they overlap the' ledgers at Wire mesh shall be installed in accord not to exceed 24 inches. Nails shall be least 6 inches. Unsupported'projecting ance with paragraph (a) (6) of this driven through and clinched on the ends of scaffolding planks shall be lim section. underside. The crawling board shall ex ited to a maximum overhang of 12 (s) Ladder jack scaffolds. (1) All tend from the ridge pole to the eaves inches. ladder jack scaffolds shall be limited to when used in connection with roof con (3) Scaffolds shall not be loaded in light duty and shall not exceed a height struction, repair, or maintenance. excess of the working load for which they of 20 feet above the floor or ground. (2) A firmly fastened lifeline of at were designed. (2) All ladders used in connection with least %-inch diameter rope, or equiv (4) Figure-four form scaffolds: (i) ladder jack scaffolds shall be heavy-duty alent. shall be strung beside each crawl Figure-four scaffolds are intended for ladders and shall be designed and con ing board for a handhold. light duty and shall not be used to sup structed in accordance with American (3) Crawling boards shall be secured port loads exceeding 25 pounds per National Standards Institute A 14.1-1968, to the roof by means of adequate ridge square foot unless specifically designed Safety Code for Portable Wood Ladders, hooks or other effective means. for heavier loading. For minimum design and A 14.2-1968, Safety Code for Port (w) Float or ship scaffolds. (1) Float criteria, see Table L-I7. able Metal Ladders. Cleated ladders shall not be used for this purpose. (3) The ladder jack shall be so designed and constructed that it will bear on the side rails in addition to the ladder rungs, or if bearing on rungs only, the bearing area shall be at least 10 inches on each rung. or ship scaffolds shall not be used to sup port more than three men and a few light tools, such as those needed for riveting, bolting, and welding. They shall be constructed as designd in subpara graphs (2) through (6) of this para graph, unless substitute designs and Table L-17--Minimum Desicn Criteria for Figure-Four Form Scaffolds Members - Dimensions Uprights------------- ---- 2 x 4. in. or 2-x 6 in. Outriggers-fe d ge rs- l x 6 in. ". - (two). " .- - Bracesc------ 1 x 6 In. jr: _ Guardrails L____ _____ 2 x 4 in. 7- (4) Ladders used in conjunction with, materials provide equivalent strength, Guardrail height-------- Approximately 42 In. ladder jacks shall be so placed, fastened, held, or equipped with devices so as to prevent slipping. (5) The wood platform planks shall be not less than 2 inches nominal in thickness. Both metal and wood platform stability, and safety. (21 The platform shall be not less than 3 feet wide and 6 feet long, made of %-inch plywood, equivalent to American Plywood Association Grade B-B, Group Intermediate guard- lx61n. rails. Toeboards 4 in. (minimum). Maximum length of 3 ft. 6 In. (unsup- ledgcrs-- - - ported). Planking___________ ____ S'x'lO in. _ Upright spacing-- 8 ft. O.ln. .(on cen- planks shall overlap the bearing surface I, Exterior, or other similar material. ----- _ tors). -- _- No. 75--Pt. II-------0 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS -17837 - - 7:JN0 RULES AND REGULATIONS Hi) Figure-four form scaffold frames shall be limited to a maximum overhang (8) "Double pole or independent pole shall be spaced not more than 8 feet on of 12 inches. scaffold"--A scaffold supported from the centers and constructed from sound lum Table L-10--Minimum Design Criteria for base by a double row of uprights, In ber, as follows: The outrigger ledger Wooden Bracket Form Scaffolds dependent of support from the walls shall consist of two pieces of I- x 6-inch or heavier material nailed on .opposite sides of the vertical form support. Ledg ers shall project not more than 3 feet Members Dimensions Uprights ------------- 2 x 4 In. or2 x G In. Support ledgers____ 2 x 6 In. Maximum scaffold 3 ft. G In. and constructed of uprights, ledgers, horizontal platform bearers, and di agonal bracing. (9) "Float or ship scaffold"--A scaf 6 inches from the outside of the form width. fold hung from overhead supports by support and shall be substantially braced Braces 1 x G In. means of ropes and consisting of a sub and secured to prevent tipping or turn ing. The knee or angle brace shall inter sect the ledger at least 3 feet from the form at an angle of approximately 45, and the lower end shall be nailed to a vertical support. The platform shall con Guardrails_______ Guardrail height__ Intermediate guard- rails. Toeboards _______ Upright spacing___ 2 X 4 In. Approximately 42 In. 1 x G In. 4 In. (minimum). 8 ft. 0 in. (on centers). stantial platform having diagonal brac ing underneath, resting upon and se curely fastened to two parallel plank bearers at right angles to the span. (10) "Guardrail"--A rail secured to uprights and erected along the exposed sist of two or more 2- x 10-inch planks, (iii) Guardrails and toeboard shall be sides and ends of platforms. which shall be of such length that they installed on all open sides and ends of (11) "Heavy duly scaffold"--A scaf extend at least 6 inches beyond ledgers platforms and scaffolding over G feet fold designed and constructed to carry a at each end unless secured to the ledgers. above floor or ground. Guardrails shall working load not to exceed 75 pounds When planks are secured to the ledgers be 2- x 4-inch nominal dimension or per square foot. (nailed or bolted!, a wood filler strip equivalent, approximately '42 inches (12) "Horse scaffold"--A scaffold for shall be used between the ledgers. Un high, supported at intervals not to ex light or medium duty, composed'of horses supported projecting cuds of planks shall ceed 8 feet. Guardrails shall be equipped supporting a work platform. be limited to an overhang of 12 inches. with midrails constructed of 2- x 4-inch (13) "Interior hung scaffold"--A scaf (5) Metal bracket form scairolds: (i) nominal lumber or equivalent. Toeboards fold suspended from the ceiling or roof Metal brackets or scaffold Jacks which shall be constructed of 1- x G-inch nomi structure are an integral part of the form shall be nal lumber or equivalent and shall ex (14) "Ladder jack scaffold"--A light securely bolted or, welded to .the form. tend not less than 4 inches above the duty scaffold' supported by brackets at Folding type brackets shall be either scaffold plank. tached to ladders. bolted or secured with a locking-type pin 'when extended for use. (ii) "Clip-on" or "hook-over" brackets may be used, provided the form walers arc bolted to the form or secured by snap ties or shea-bolt extending through the form and securely anchored. (iii) Metal brackets shall be spaced not more than 8 feet or\ centers. (iv) Scaffold planks shall be either bolted to the metal brackets or of such length that they overlap the brackets at each end by at least 6 inches. Unsup ported projecting ends of scaffold planks shall be limited to a maximum overhang of 12 inches. (V) Metal bracket form scaffolds shall be equipped with wood guardrails, inter mediate rails, toeboards, and scaffold planks meeting the minimum dimensions shown in Table L-18. (Metal may be sub stituted for wood, providing it affords equivalent or greater design strength.) Table L-18--Minimum Design Criteria tor Metal Bracket Form Scaffolds Members Uprights Guardrails Guardrail height_____ Intermediate guard rails. Toeboards Planking Dimensions 2x4 in. 2x4 In. --Ipnroximatelv 42 In. lx Gin. 4In. (minimum). 2 x 9 In. (6) Wooden bracket form scaffolds: (i) Wooden bracket form scaffolds shall be an integral part of the form panel. The minimum design criteria set forth herein and in Table L-19 cover scaffold ing intended for light duty and shall not be used to support loads exceeding 25 pounds per square foot, unless specifi cally designed for heavier loading. (ii> Scaffold planks shall be either nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such length that they overlap the ledgers at 1518.4 52 Definitions applicable to this subpart. (15) "Ledgers (stringer)"--A horizon tal scaffold member which- extends from (a) "Ladders"--(1) "Cleats"--Ladder crosspieces of rectangular cross section placed on edge on which a person may step in ascending or descending. i2) "Single cleat ladder"--One which consists of a pair of side .rails, usually parallel, but with flared side rails per missible, connected together with cleats that are joined to the side rails at reg ular intervals. (3) "Double cleat ladder"--One that is similar to a single cleat ladder, but Is wider, with an additional center rail which will allow' for two-way traffic for workmen in ascending and descending. (b) "Scaffolding"--(l) "Bearer"--A horizontal member of a scaffold upon which the platform rests and which may be supported by ledgers., (2) `Boatswain's chair"--A seat sup ported by slings attached to a suspended rope, designed to accommodate one workman in a sitting position. (3) "Brace"--A tie that holds one scaffold member in a fixed position with respect to another member. (4) "Bricklayers' square scaffold"--A scaffold composed of framed wood squares which support a platform, lim ited to light and medium duty. (5) "Carpenters' bracket scaffold"--A scaffold consisting of wood or metal brackets supporting a platform. ' * (6) "Coupler"--A device for locking together the component parts of a tubu lar metal scaffold. (The ma'terial used for the couplers shall be of a structural type, such as a drop-forged steel, mallea ble iron, or structural grade aluminum.) (7) "Crawling board or chicken lad post to post and which supports the put logs or bearers forming a tie between the posts. (16) "Light duty scaffold"--A scaffold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 25 pounds per square foot. (17) "Manually propelled mobile scaf fold"--A portable rolling scaffold sup ported by casters. (18) "Masons' adjustable multiple- point suspension scaffold"--A scaffold having a continuous platform supported by bearers suspended by wire rope from overhead supports, so arranged and op erated as to permit the raising or lower ing of the platform to desired working positions. (19) "Maximum rated load"--The total of all loads including the working load, the weight of the scaffold, and such other loads as may be reasonably anticipated. (20) "Medium duty scaffold"--A scaf fold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 50 pounds per square foot. (21) "Midrail"--A rail approximately midway between the guardrail and plat form, secured to the uprights erected along the exposed sides and ends of platforms. ~(22) "Needle bearnjscaffold"--A light duty scaffold consisting of needle beams .supporting a platform. " (233 "Outrigger scaffold"--A scaffold supported-by outriggers ror thrustouts projecting.beyond the wall or-'face of the building or"structure, the Inboard ends of which are secured Inside of such build ing or structure. der"--A plank with cleats spaced and (24) "Putlog"--A scaffold member , secured at equal intervals, for use by a upon which the platfarm rests. _ each end by at least 6 Inches. Unsup worker on roofs, not- designed tcT carry - - (25) "Hoofing orrbearer. bracket'--A ported projecting ends of scaffold planks any material. ' --- bracket .used In-slopejroof.construction. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS~ 17838 ' * RULES AND REGULATIONS T.'iSl having provisions for fastening to the guarded by a standard railing and toe (ID The bottom of a wall opening, roof or supported by ropes fastened over boards or cover, as specified in paragraph which is less than 4 inches above the tire ridge and secured to some suitable (f) of this section. In general, the railing working surface, regardless of width, object. shall be provided on all exposed sides, shall be protected by a standard toe- (26) "Runner"--The lengthwise hori except at entrances to stairways. board or an enclosing screen either of zontal bracing or bearing members or (2) Ladderway floor openings or plat solid construction or as specified in para both. forms shall be guarded by standard rail graph (f) (7) (ii) of this section. (27) "Scaffold"--Any temporary ele ings with standard toe boards on all (2) Extension platforms outside of vated platform and its supporting struc exposed sides, except at entrance to open wall openings onto which materials can ture used for supporting workmen or ing, with the passage through the railing be hoisted for handling shall have side materials, dr both. either provided with a swinging gate or rails or equivalent guards of standard (28) "Single-point adjustable suspen so offset that a person cannot walk specifications. sion scaffold"--A manually or power- directly into the opening. (3) When a chute is attached to an operated unit designed for light duty use, (3) Hatchways and chute floor open opening, the provisions of subparagraph supported by a single wire rope from an ings shall be guarded by one of the fol (1)of this paragraph shall apply, except overhead support so arranged and op lowing: that a toeboard is not required. erated as to permit the raising or lower (i) Hinged covers of standard strength (d) Guarding of open-sided floors, ing of platform to desired working and construction and a standard railing platforms, and runways. (1) Every open positions. with only one exposed side. When the sided floor or platform 6 feet or more (29) "Single-polescaffold"--Platforms opening is not in use, the cover shall be above adjacent floor or ground level shall resting on putlogs or cross beams, the closed or the exposed side shall be be guarded by a standard railing, or' the outside ends of which are supported on guarded at both lop and intermediate equivalent, as specified in paragraph (f) ledgers secured to a single row or posts positions by removable standard railings; (i) of this section, on all open sides, ex or uprights, and the inner ends of which (ii) A removable standard railing with cept where there is entrance .to a ramp, are supported on or in a wall. toe board on not more than two sides stairway, or fixed ladder. The railing (30) "Stone setters' adjustable mul of the opening and fixed standard rail shall be provided with a standard toe tiple-point suspension scaffold"--A ings with toe boards on all other exposed board wherever, beneath the open sides, swinging type scaffold having a platform sides. The removable railing shall be kept persons can pass, or there is moving ma supported by hangers suspended at four in place when the opening is not in use chinery, or there is equipment with points so as to permit the raising or and should preferably be hinged or which falling materials could create a lowering of the platform to the desired otherwise mounted so as to be con hazard. working position by the use of hoisting veniently replaceable. (2) Runways shall be guarded by a machines. (4) Skylight openings and holes shall standard railing, or the equivalent, as (31) "Toeboard"--A barrier secured be guarded by a cover or a fixed standard specified in paragraph (f) (i) of this sec along the sides and ends of a platform railing on all exposed sides, whether or tion, on all open sides, 4 feet or more to guard against the falling of material. not covered by glass. above floor or ground level. Wherever (32) "Tube and coupler scaffold"--An (5) Pits and trap-door floor openings tools, machine parts, or materials are assembly consisting of tubing which shall be guarded by floor opening covers likely to be used on the runway, a toe serves as posts, bearers, braces, ties, and runners, a base supporting the posts, and special couplers which serve to connect the uprights and to join the various members. (33) "Tubular welded frame scaf fold"--A sectional panel or frame metal scaffold substantially built up of pre fabricated welded sections which consists of posts and horizontal bearer with inter mediate members. (34) "Two-point suspension scaffold (swinging scaffold)"--A scaffold, the platform of which is supported by hang ers (stirrups) at two point*, suspended from overhead supports so as to permit the raising or lowering of the platform to the desired working position by tackle or hoisting machines. (35) "Window jack scaffold"--A scaf fold the platform of which is supported by a bracket or jack which projects through a window' opening. (36) "Working load"--Load imposed by men, materials, and equipment. of standard strength and construction. While the cover is not in place, the pit or trap openings shall be protected on all exposed sides by removable standard railings. (6) Manhole floor openings shall be guarded by standard covers which need not be hinged in place. While the cover is not in place, the manhole opening shall be protected by standard railings. (7) Temporary floor openings shall have standard railings. (8) Floor holes, into which persons can accidentally walk, shall be guarded by either a standard railing with standard toe board on all exposed sides, or a floor hole cover of standard strength and con struction that is secured against acci dental displacement. While the cover is not in place, the floor hole shall be protected by a standard railing. (9) Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform shall be pro vided, and the swing of the door shall not reduce the effective width of the platform board shall also be provided on each ex posed side. (3) Runways used exclusively for special purposes may have the railing on one side omitted where operating condi tions necessitate such omission, provid ing the falling hazard is minimized by using a runway not less than 18 inches wide. (4) Where employees entering upon runways become thereby exposed to ma chinery, electrical equipment, or other danger not a falling hazard, additional guarding shall be provided. (5) Regardless of height, open-sided floors, walkways, platforms, or runways above or adjacent to dangerous equip ment. pickling or galvanizing tanks, de greasing units, and similar hazards, shall be guarded with a standard railing and toe board. (c) Stairway railings and guards. (1) Every flight of stairs having four or more risers shall be equipped with standard stair railings or standard handrails as specified below, the width of the stair to Subparf M--Floor and Wall Openings, and Stairways to less than 20 inches. be measured clear of all obstructions ex (c) Guarding of wall openings. (1) cept handrails: Wall openings, from which there is a (i) On stairways less than 44 inches 1518.500 Guardrails, handrails,_and 'drop of more than 4 feet, and the bottom wide having both sides enclosed, at least rovers. " - ' - of the opening-Is less than 3-feet above one handrail, preferably on the right side (a) General provision. This subpart' shall apply to temporary or emergency conditions where there is danger of em ployees or materials falling through floor, roof, or wall openings, or from stairways or runways. the working surface, shall-beguarded as follows: - - -~ - (i) When the height and placement of the opening in "relation-to the working surface is such that either a standard rail or intermediate rail -will effectively re . descending; (ii) On stairways less than 44 Inches wide having one side open, at least one stair railing on the open side; (iii) On stairways less than 44 inches wide having both sides open, one stair railing on each side; (b) Guarding of floor openings and duce the danger of falling,, one or both (iv) On' stairways more than 44 inches floor holes. (1) Floor openings shall he shall be provided; - - _-- 'Wide but less than 88 Inches wide, one . xsifeli FEDERAL-REGISTER, VOL. 3.6, NO. 75--SATURDAY,, APRIL- J 7, -1971 EGS 17839 7382 RULES AND REGULATIONS handrail on each enclosed side and one (2) A stair railing shall be of con 1518.501 Siairwqyn. stair railing on each open side; (v) On stairways 88 or more inches Jwide, one handrail on each enclosed side, "one stair railing on each open side, and one intermediate stair railing located ap proximately midway of the width. (2) Winding stairs shall be equipped with a handrail offset to prevent walking on all portions of the treads having width less than G inches. (f) Standard specifications. (1) A standard railing shall consist of top rail, intermediate rail, toeboard. and posts, and shall have a vertical height of ap proximately 42 inches from upper sur face of top rail to floor, platform, run way, or ramp level. The top rail shall be smooth-surfaced throughout the length of the railing. The intermediate rail shall be halfway between the top rail and the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. The ends of the rails shall not overhang the terminal posts except where such over hang does not constitute a projection hazard. Minimum requirements for standard railings under various types of construction arc specified in the follow ing paragraphs: (i) For wood railings, the posts shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-incli stock spaced not to exceed 8 feet; the toprail shall be of at least 2-inch by 4-inch stock; the intermediate rail shall be of at least 1-inch by G-inch stock. (ii) For pipe railings, posts and top and intermediate railings shall be at least 1 lit inches nominal diameter with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. i (iii) For structural steel railings, posts and top and intermediate rails shall be of 2-inch by 2-inch by %-inch angles or other metal shapes of equivalent bending strength, with posts spaced not more than 8 feet on centers. (iv) The anchoring of posts and fram ing of members for railings of all types shall be of such construction that the struction similar to a standard railing, but the vertical height shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of top rail to surface of tread in line with face of riser at forward edge of tread. (3) (1) A standard toeboard shall be 4 inches minimum in vertical height from its top edge to the level of the floor, plat form, runway, or ramp. It shall be se curely fastened in place and have not more than '4-inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of any substantial material, either solid, or with openings not over 1 inch in greatest dimension. 'ii.' Where material is piled to such height that a standard toeboard does not provide protection, paneling, or screening from floor to intermediate rail or to top rail shall be provided. (4) (iJ A standard handrail shall be of construction similar to a standard railing except that it is mounted on a wall or partition, and does not include an intermediate rail. It shall have a smooth surface along the top and both sides of the handrial. The handrail shall have an adequate handhold for any one grasping it to avoid falling. Ends of the handrail shall be constructed so as not to constitute a projection hazard. (ii) The height of handrails shall be not more than 34 inches nor less than 30 inches from upper surface of handrail to surface of tread, in line with face of riser or to surface of ramp. (iii) All handrails and railings shall be provided with a clearance of approxi mately 3 inches between the handrail or railing and any other object. (5) Floor opening covers shall be of any material that~mcets the following strength requirements: (i) Conduits, trenches, and manhole covers and their supports, when located in roadways, and vehicular aisles, shall be designed to carry a truck rear-axle (a) On all structures, two or more floors (20 feet or over) in height, stair ways, ladders, or ramps shall be provided for employees during the construction period. (b) Stairway railings and guardrails shall meet the requirements of 1518.500 (e) and (f). (c) All parts of stairways shall be free of hazardous projections, such as pro truding nails. (d) Debris, and other loose materials, shall not be allowed on or under stairways. (e) Slippery conditions on stairways shall be eliminated as soon as possible after they occur. (f) Permanent steel or other metal stairways, and landings with hollow pan-type treads that are to be filled with concrete or other materials, when used during construction, shall be filled to the level of the nosing with solid material. The requirement shall not apply during the period of actual construction of the stairways themselves. (g) Wooden treads for temporary service shall be full width. (h) Metal landings shall be secured in place before filling. (i) Temporary stairs shall have a landing not less than 30 inches in the direction of travel at every 12 feet of vertical rise. (j) Stairs shall be installed at angles to the horizontal of between 30' and 50*. (k) Rise height and tread width shall be uniform throughout any flight of stairs including any foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs. 0) All stairs shall be lighted in ac cordance with Subpart D of this part. (m) Spiral stairways shall not be per mitted except for special limited usage and secondary access situations where it is not practical to provide a conventional stairway. completed structure shall be capable of load of at least 2 times the maximum 1518.502 Definitions applicable to withstanding a load of at least 200 intended load; tilts subpart. pounds applied in any direction at any (ii) The floor opening cover shall be point on the top rail, with a minimum capable of supporting the maximum in of deflection. tended load and so installed as to pre (v) Railings receiving heavy stresses vent accidental displacement. from employees trucking or handling (6) Skylight openings that create a materials shall be provided additional falling hazard shall be guarded with a strength by the use of heavier stock, standard railing, or covered in accord closer spacing of posts, bracing, or by ance with subparagraph (5)(ii) of.this other- means. paragraph. (vi) Other types, sizes, and arrange ments of railing construction are ac ceptable, provided they meet the following conditions:- . ' (a) A smooth-surfaced -top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway, or ramp level of approximately.42 inches; Cb) A strength to withstand at-least ' (7) Wall opening protection shall meet the following requirements: (i) Barriers shall be of such construc tion and mounting that, when in place at the opening, the barrier is capable of .withstanding a load of at least 200 pounds applied'in any direction (except upward), with a minimum of deflection at any point, on-the top rail or corre- the minimum requirement of 200 pounds -sponding member. (a) "Floor hole"--An opening measur ing less than 12 inches but more than 1 inch in its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform through which ma terials but not persons may fall, such as a belt hold, pipe opening, or slot opening. (b) "Floor opening"--An opening measuring 12 inches or more in its least dimension in any floor, roof, or platform, through which persons may fall. (c) "Handrail"--A bar or pipe sup ported on brackets from a wall or parti tion, as on a stairway or ramp, to fur nish persons with a handhold in case of tripping. (d) "Nose, nosing"--That portion of a tread projecting beyond the face of the riser Immediately below. top rail pressure "with a minimum' of deflection: (ii). Screensshall be of such construc (e) "Platform"--A working space for tion and mounting that they are capable persons, elevated above the surrounding (c> Protection between top rail and of withstanding a load of at least 200 floor or ground, such as a balcony or floor, platform, runway, ramp, or stair pounds applied horizontally at any point platform for the operation of machinery treads, equivalent at least to that on the near side of the screen. They may and equipment. afforded 'by. standard intermcdiatc_-.be .of-solid-construction, of grill work (f) "Runway"--A passageway for per "rail: -- - - ' with, openings-not more .than 8 inches sons, elevated above the surrounding 'd> Elimination of overhang of ~raiL long,_or .of slat work with openings not floor or ground level, such as a footwalk ends unless such overhang-does not more than 4 inches wide with length along shafting or a walkway between constitute a hazard; "urirestricted.. buildings. FEDERAL--REGISTER, VOL'. 36,' NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS IT840 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7:is:5 (g) "Rise"--The vortical distance competent person who shall inspect all (12) All windows in cabs shall be from the top of a tread to the top of the machinery and equipment prior to each of safety glass, or equivalent, that intro next higher tread. use, and during use to make sure it is In duces no visible distortion, that will (h> "Stair platform"--An extended safe operating condition. Any deficien interfere with the safe operation of the step or landing breaking a continuous cies shall be repaired, or defective parts machine. run of stairs. replaced, before continued use. (13) (i) Where necessary for rigging (I) "Stair railing"--A vertical barrier (G) A thorough, annual inspection of or service requirements, a ladder, or erected along exposed sides of a stairway the hoisting machinery shall be made by steps, shall be provided to give access to to prevent falls of persons. a competent, person, or by a government a cab roof. (j) "Stairs, stairways"--A series of or private agency recognized by the U.S. (11) On cranes, guardrails, handholds steps leading from one level or floor to Department of Labor. The employer shall and steps shall be provided for easy another, or leading to platforms, pits, maintain a record of the dates and re access to the car and cab conforming to boiler rooms, crossovers, or around sults of inspections for each hoisting American National Standards Institute machinery, tanks, and other equipment machine and piece of equipment. B30.5. that are used more or less continuously (7) Wire rope shall be taken out of (iii) Platforms and .walkways shall or routinely by employees or only occa service when any of the following condi have anti-skid surfaces. sionally by specific individuals. For the tions exist: (14) Fuel tank filler pipe shall be lo purpose of this subpart, a scries of steps (i) In running ropes, six randomly cated in sucli a position, or protected in and landings having three or more rises distributed broken wires in one lay or such manner, as to not allow spill or constitutes stairs or stairway. three broken wires in one strand in one overflow to run onto the engine, exhaust, (k) "Standard railing"--A vertical lay; or electrical equipment of any machine barrier erected along exposed edges of a (ii) Wear of one-third the original being fueled. floor opening, wall opening, ramp, plat diameter of outside individual wires. (i) An accessible fire extinguisher of form, or runway to prevent falls of Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any 5BC rating, or higher, shall be available persons. other damage resulting In distortion of at all operator stations or cabs of (l) "Standard strength and construc the rope structure; equipment. tion"--Any construction of railings, (ill) Evidence of any heat damage (ii) All fuels shall be transported, covers, or other guards that meets the from any cause: stored, and handled to meet the rules of requirements of this subpart. (iv) Reductions from nominal diam Subpart F of this part. When fuel is (ml "Toe board"--A vertical barrier eter of more than one-sixty-fourth inch transported by vehicles on public high at floor level erected along exposed edges for diameters up to and Including five- ways, Department of Transportation of a floor opening, wall opening, plat sixteenths inch, one-thirty-second inch rules contained in 49 CFR Parts 177 and form, runway,' or ramp to prevent falls for diameters three-eighths inch to and 393 concerning such vehicular trans of materials. including one-half inch, three-sixty- portation are considered applicable. (n) "Tread width"--The horizontal fourths inch for diameters nine-six (15) Except where electrical distribu distance from front to back of tread, teenths Inch to and including three- tion and transmission lines have been de including nosing, when used. fourths inch, one-sixteenth inch for energized and visibly grounded at point Subpart N--Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, diameter seven-eighths inch to V/a inches inclusive, three-thirty-seconds of work or where insulating barriers, not a part of or an attachment to the equip Elevators, and Conveyors inch for ^diameters 114 to 1 Vz Inches ment or machinery, have been erected to 1518.350 CrancH and derricks. (a)' General requirements. (1) The employer shall comply with the manu facturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of any and all cranes and derricks. Where manufac turer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equip ment shall be based on the determina tions of a qualified engineer competent in this field and. such determinations will be appropriately documented and re corded. Attachments used with cranes shall not exceed the capacity, rating, or scope recommended by the manufac turer. (2) Rated load capacities, and rec ommended operating speeds, special hazard warnings, or instruction, shall be conspicuously posted on, all equip ment. Instructions or warnings shall be visible to the operator while he is at his control station. (3) A boom angle indicator and a load indicating "device in good working order shaH'be.provided. A load moment device ' approyed by a-government or private inclusive;' (v) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections be yond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. (vi) Wire rope safety factors shall be in accordance with American National Standards Institute B 30.5-1968 or SAE J959-1966. (8) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating, or other moving parts or equipment shall be guarded if such parts are ex posed to contact by employees, or other wise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the requirements of the American National Standards Institute B 15.11958 Rev., Safety Code for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus. (9) Accessible areas within the swing radius of the rear of the rotating super structure of the crane, either perma nently or temporarily mounted, shall be barricaded in such a maimer as to pre vent an employee from being struck or crushed by the crane. prevent physical contact with the lines, equipment or machines shall be operated proximate to power lines only in accord ance with the following: (i) For lines rated 50 kV. or below, minimum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet; (ii) For lines rated over 50 kV., mini mum clearance between the lines and any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet plus 0.4 inch for each 1 kV. over 50 kV., or use twice the length of the line Insulator but never less than 10 feet; (iii) In transit with no load and boom lowered, the equipment clearance shall be a minimum of 4 feet for voltages less than 50 kV.. and 10 feet for voltages over 50 kV. up to and including 345 kV., and 16 feet for voltages up to and including 750 kV. (iv) A person shall be designated to observe clearance of the equipment and give timely warning for all operations where it is difficult for the operator to maintain the desired clearance by visual means; -agency recognized by-the UR. Depart- (10) All exhaust pipes shall be (v) . Cage-type boom guards, insulat ment_of Labor,will be accepted in lieu of guarded or insulated In areas where con ing links, or proximity warning devices a- boom angle" indicator .and a-load- tact by employees is possible in the per may be used on cranes, but the use of indicating device. ~ formance of normal duties. such devices shall not alter the require (4) .Hand signals to crane and der (11) Whenever internal combustion ments of any other regulation of this rick operators shall be those prescribed engine powered equipment exhausts in part even if such device is required by by the-applicable ANSI standard for the enclosed spaces, tests shall be made and law or regulation: - type^of crane -in. use.'fAn illustration of recorded to see that employees are not (vi) Any overhead wire shall be con "the signals shalThe posted at the job site. exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic sidered to be an energized line unless (G)__The ..employer shall designate a gases or oxygen deficient atmospheres. and until the person owning such line FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17841 7m RULES AND REGULATIONS or the electrical utility authorities in (5)All hammerhead tower cranes In 1518.551 ITcIicoptorK. dicate that it is not an energized line and it has been visibly grounded; (vii) Prior to work near transmitter towers where an electrical charge can be induced in the equipment or materials being handled, the transmitter shall be de-energized or tests shall be made to determine ii electrical charge is induced on the crane. The following precautions use shall meet the applicable require ments for design, construction, installa tion, testing, maintenance, inspection, and operation as prescribed by the manufacturer. (d) Overhead and gantry cranes. (1) The rated load of the crane shall be plainly marked on each side of the crane, and if the crane has more than one hoist (a) Helicopter cranes when used shall be certified and conform to all applica ble regulations of the FAA, 14 CFR Part 133. (b) Rotorcraft pilots shall be licensed to conduct external-load operations in accordance with the FAA regulations, 14 CFR Part 133. shall be taken when necessary to dissi ing unit, each hoist shall have its rated 1518.552 Material hoi.st;, per.-onne! pate induced voltages: load marked on it or its load block, and hoists, and elevators. (n> The equipment shall be provided with an electrical ground directly to the upper rotating structure supporting the boom; and (t>) Ground jumper cables shall bo attached to materials being handled by boom equipment when electrical charge is induced while working near energized this marking shall be clearly legible from the ground or floor. (2) Bridge trucks shall bo equipped with sweeps which extend below the top of the rail and project in front of the truck wheels. (3) Except for floor-operated cranes, a gong or other effective audible warning (a) General requirements. (1) The employer shall comply with the man ufacturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of all hoists and elevators. Where manufacturer's specifications are not available, the lim itations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a pro transmitters. Crews shall be provided signal shall be provided for each crane fessional engineer competent in the field. with nonconduclive poles having largo equipped with a power traveling (2) Rated load capacities,. recom alligator clips or other similar protection mechanism. mended operating speeds, and special to attach the ground cable to the load. (4) All overhead and gantry cranes in hazard warnings or instructions shall be (c) Combustible and flammable ma use shall meet the applicable require posted on cars and platforms. terials shall be removed from the imme ments for design, construction, installa (3) Wire rope shall be removed from diate area prior to operations. tion, testing, maintenance, inspection, service when any of the following con (16) No modifications or additions and operation as prescribed In the ANSI ditions exists: which affect the capacity and operation B30.2.0-1967, Safety Code for Overhead (i) In hoisting ropes, six randomly of the equipment shall be made by the and Gantry Cranes. distributed broken wires fn one rope lay employer without the manufacturer's (e) Derricks. All derricks in use shall or three broken wires in one strand in written approval. If such modifications meet the applicable requirements for de one rope lay; or changes are made, the capacity, opera sign, construction, installation, inspec (ii) Abrasion, scrubbing, flattening, or tion and maintenance instruction plates, tion, testing, maintenance, and operation peening, causing loss of more than one- tags, or decals, shall be changed accord as prescribed in American National third of the original diameter of the ingly. In no case shall the original safety Standards Institute B30.6-1967, Safety outside wires; factor of the equipment be reduced. (17) The employer shall comply with Power Crane and Shovel Association, Mobile Hydraulic Crane Standard No. 2. (18) Sideboom cranes mounted on wheel or crawler tractors shall-meet the requirements of SAE J74a-19G4. (b) Crawler, locomotive, and truck cranes. (1) All jibs shall have positive stops to prevent their movement of more than 5 above the straight line of the jib and boom on conventional type crane booms. The use of cable type belly slings does not constitute compliance with this rule. (2) All crawler, truck, or locomotive cranes in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, inspection, con struction, testing, maintenance and op eration as prescribed in the ANSI B30.5-19G8, Safety Code for Crawler, Locomotive and Truck Cranes. (c) Hammerhead tower cranes. (1) Adequate clearance shall be maintained between moving and rotating structures of the crane and fixed objects to allow the passage of employees without harm. (2) Employees required to perform duties on the horizontal boom of ham Code for Derricks. (f> Floating cranes and derricks--(1) Mobile cranes mounted on barges, (i) When a mobile crane is mounted on a barge, the rated load of the crane shall not exceed the original capacity specified by the manufacturer. (li) A load rating chart, with clearly legible letters and figures, shall be pro vided with each crane, and securely fixed at a location easily visible to the opera tor. (iii) When load ratings are reduced to stay within the limits for list of the barge with a crane mounted on it, a new load rating chart shall be provided. (iv) Mobile cranes on barges shall be positively secured. (21 Permanently mounted floating cranes and derricks, (i) When cranes and derricks are permanently Installed on a barge the capacity and limitations of use shall be based on competent design criteria. (ii) A load rating chart with clearly legible letters and figures shall be pro vided and securely fixed at a location eas ily visible to the operator. (iii) Evidence of any heat damage re sulting from a torch or any damage caused by contact with electrical wires; (iv) Reduction from nominal diam eter of more than three sixty-fourths inch for diameters up to and including three-fourths inch; one-sixteenth inch for diameters seven-eighths to l'/8 inches; and three thirty-seconds inch for diameters 1 Vi to 1 % inches. (4) Hoisting ropes shall be installed in accordance with the wire rope manu facturer's recommendations. (5) The installation of live booms on hoists is prohibited. (6) The use of endless belt-type man lifts on construction shall be prohibited. (b) Material hoists. (1) (i) Operating rules shall be established and posted at the operator's station of the hoist. Such rules shall include signal system and allowable line speed for various loads. Rules and notices shall be posted on the car frame or crosshead In a conspicuous location, including the statement "No Riders Allowed.'' (ii) No person shall be allowed to ride on material hoists except for the pur poses of inspection and maintenance. merhead tower cranes shall be protected against falling by guardrails or by safety belts and lanyards attached to lifelines in conformance with Subpart E of this part. (Iii)- Floating cranes and floating der ricks in use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, in stallation, testing, maintenance, and operation as prescribed by the manufac (2) All entrances of the hoistways" shall be protected by substantial-gates or bars which shall guard the full width of the landing entrance. All hoistway entrance bars and gates shall be painted (3) Buffers shall be provided at both ends of travel of the trolley. .(4) Cranes mounted on rail tracks shall be equipped with limit switches limiting the travel of the crane on the track and stops or buffers at each end turer. (3) Protection of employees working on barges. The employer shall comply with the applicable requirements for pro tection of employees working onboard with diagonal contrasting colors, such as black and yellow stripes. (i) Bars shall be not less than 2- by 4-lnch wooden bars or the equivalent, located 2 feet from the hoistway line. of the tracks. marine vessels specified in 5 1518.605. Bars shall be located not less than 36 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL. 17, T971 EGS 17842 ( > -`WT?.-.-. ~ --------v- RULES AND REGULATIONS 738o inches nor more than 42 inches above sides used for entrance and exit, which a registered professional engineer and the floor. have car gates or doors. erected under the supervision of. a quali (ii) Gates or bars protecting the en (6) A door or gate shall be provided fied engineer competent in this field. trances to hoistway shall be equipped at each entrance to the car which shall (ii) When a hoist tower is not en with a latching device. protect the full width and height of the closed, the hoist platform or car shall be (3) Overhead protective covering of car entrance opening. totally, enclosed (caged) on all sides for 2-inch planking, 3/t-inch plywood, or (7) Overhead protective covering of the full height between the floor and the other solid material of equivalent 2-inch planking, %-inch plywood or overhead protective covering with %- strength, shall be provided on the top other solid material of equivalent inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wore or of every material hoist cage or platform. strength shall be provided on the top equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure (4) The operator's station of a hoist of every personnel hoist. shall include the required gates for load ing machine shall be provided with over (8) Doors or gates shall be provided ing and unloading. head protection equivalent to tight with electric contacts which do not allow (iii) These hoists shall be inspected planking not less than 2 inches thick. movement of the hoist when door or gate and maintained on a weekly basis. When The support for the overhead protection is open. ever the hoisting equipment is exposed to shall be of equal strength. (9) Safeties shall be callable of stop winds exceeding 35 miles per hour it shall (5) Hoist towers may be used with or ping and holding the car and rated load be inspected and put in operable condi without an enclosure on. all sides. How when traveling at governor tripping tion before reuse. ever, whichever alternative is chosen, the speed. (iv) Wire rope shall be taken out of following'applicable conditions shall be (10) Cars shall be provided with a service when any of the following condi met: capacity and data plate secured in a con tions exist: (i) When a hoist tower is enclosed, it spicuous place on the car or crosshead. (a) In running ropes, six randomly shall be enclosed on all sides for its en (11) Internal combustion engines shall distributed broken wires in one lay or tire height with a screen enclosure of not be permitted for direct drive. three brokenq wires in one strand in one '/2-inch mesh, No. 18 U.S. gauge wire or (12) Normal and final terminal stop lay: equivalent, except for landing access. ping devices shall be provided. (b) Wear of one-third the original (ii) When a hoist tower is'not en (13) An emergency-stop switch shall diameter of outside individual wires. closed, the hoist platform or car shall be bo provided in the car and marked Kinking, crushing, bird caging, or any totally enclosed (caged) on all sides for "Stop." other damage resulting in distortion of the full height between the floor and the (14) Ropes: (i) The minimum num the rope structure: overhead protective covering with '/>- ber of hoisting ropes used shall be three (c) Evidence of any heat damage inch mesh of No. 14 U.S. gauge wire or for traction hoists and two for drum-type from any cause: equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure hoists. (d) Reductions from nominal diam shall include the.required gates for load (il) The minimum diameter of hoisting eter of more than three-sixty-fourths ing and unloading. A 6-foot high en and counterweight wire ropes shall be inch for diameters to and including closure shall be provided on the unused 14-inch. three-fourths inch, one sixteenth inch sides of the hoist tower at ground level. (iii) Safety factors: for diameter seven-eighths inch to 114 (6) Car arresting devices shall be in stalled to function in case of rope failure. (7) All material hoist towers shall be designed by a licensed professional engi neer. (8) All material hoists shall conform Minimum Factors of Safety for Suspension Wire Ropes Rope speed Minimum In feet per lector of minute: safety 50....................... ................ 7.60 inches inclusive, three-thirty-seconds inch for diameters 114 to 114 inches inclusive: (e) In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one lay in sections be yond end connections or more than one to the requirements of ANSI A10.5-1969, 75................ .......................... 7. 75 broken wire at an end connection. Safety Requirements for Material Hoists. (c) Personnel hoists, (i) Hoist towers outside the structure shall be enclosed for the full height on the side or sides 100...................._________ 125...................... _________ 150...................... _________ 175____________ _________ 200_____ _____ _ _________ 225--.................. _________ 7.05 8.10 8.26 8.40 8.60 8.75 (d) Permanent elevators under the care and custody of the employer and used by employees for work covered by this Act shall comply with the require ments of American National Standards used for entrance and exit to" the struc 250____________ ................ 8.90 Institute A17.1-1965 with addenda ture. At the lowest landing, the enclosure 300____________ _________ 9.20 A17.1a-1967, A17.1b-1968, A17.1C-1969, on the sides not used for exit or entrance 350.................. .... _________ 9.50 to the structure shall be enclosed to a height of at least 10 feet. Other sides of the tower adjacent to floors or scaffold 400____________ _________ 450____________ 500...................... 550...................... .............. 0.75 10.45 platforms shall be enclosed to a height of GOO..........-.......... ............... 10. *70 10 feet above the level of such floors or scaffolds. (2) Toweis inside of structures shall be enclosed on all four sides throughout the full height. (15) Following assembly and erection of hoists, and before being put in serv ice, an inspection and test of all func tions and safety devices shall be made under the supervision of a competent (3) Towers shall be anchored to the person. A similar Inspection and test is structure at intervals not exceeding 25. required following major alteration of an feet. In addition to tie-ins, a series of existing installation. All hoists shall be guys shall be installed. Where tie-ins inspected and tested at not more than arc not practical the tower shall be an 3-month intervals. Records shall be chored by means of guys made of wire maintained and kept on file for the du rope at least onc-lialf inch in diameter, ration of the job. securely fastened to anchorages to en sure stability. (16) All personnel elevators used by employees shall be constructed of ma <4> Hoistway doors or gates shall be terials and components which meet the not less than G feet 6 inches high and specifications for materials, construction, shall be provided with mechanical locks safety devices, assembly, and structural A17.ld-1970, and inspected in accordance with A17.2-1960 with addenda Al7.2a1965, A17.2b-1967. 1518.553 njisc-moimlcd drum hoists. (a) General requirements. (1) Ex posed moving parts such as gears, pro jecting screws, setscrews, chain, cables, chain sprockets, and reciprocating or rotating parts, which constitute a hazard, shall be guarded. (2) All controls used during the nor mal operation cycle shall be located within easy reach of the operator's station. (3) Electric motor- operated' hoists shall be provided with: (i) A device to disconnect all motors from the line upon power failure and not permit any motor to be- restarted until the controller handle is brought to the "off" position; which cannot be operated from the land integrity as stated in the American Na (il) Where applicable, an overspeed ing side, and shall be accessible only to tional Standard A10.4-1971, Safety Re preventive device; rM'xons on the car. quirements for Personnel Hoists. (iii) A means whereby remotely Ud Cars shall be permanently en (17) (i) Personnel hoists used In bridge operated hoists stop when any control is closed on all sides and the top, except tower construction shall be approved by ineffective. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOt. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17843 7386 RULES AND REGULATIONS (4) All base-mounted drum hoists Ln Conveyors, Cableways, and Related ble condition regardless of light con use shall meet the applicable require Equipment. ditions. ments for design, construction, installa tion, testing, inspection, maintenance, and operation, as prescribed by the Sobpart O--Motor Vehicles, Mecha nized Equipment, and Marine (3) All vehicles shall be equipped with an adequate audible warning device at the operator's station and in an operable manufacturer. Operations condition. <b) Specific requirements. (Reserved! 1818.600 Equipment. (4) No employer shall use any motor vehicle equipment having an obstructed 1518.554 Overhead hoists. (a) General requirements. (1) All view to the rear unless: (a) General requirements. (1) The equipment left unattended at night, ad (i) The vehicle has a reverse signal safe working load of the overhead hoist, jacent to a highway in normal use, or ad alarm audible above the surrounding as determined by the manufacturer, shall jacent to construction areas where work noise level or: be indicated on the hoist, and this safe is in progress, shall have appropriate (li) The vehicle is backed up only working load shall not be exceeded. lights or reflectors, or barricades when an observer signals that it is safe (2) The supporting structure to which equipped with appropriate lights or re to do so. the hoist is attached shall have a safe flectors, to identify the location of the (5) All vehicles with cabs shall be working load equal to that of the hoist. equipment. equipped with windshields and powered (3) The support shall bo arranged so (21 A safety tire rack, cnee, or equiva wipers. Cracked and broken glass shall as to provide for free movement of the lent protection shall be provided and used be replaced. Vehicles operating in areas hoist and shall not restrict the hoist from when inflating, mounting, or dismount or under conditions that cause fogging lining itself up with the load. ing tires installed on split rims, or rims or frosting of the windshields shall be (4) The hoist shall be installed only equipped with locking rings or similar equipped with operable defogging or de ln locations that will permit the operator devices. frosting devices. to stand clear of the load at all times. (3) (I) Heavy machinery, equipment, (6) All haulage vehicles, whose pay (5) Air hoists shall be conncctd to an or parts thereof, which are suspended or load is loaded hy means of cranes, power air supply of sufficient capacity and pres held aloft by use of slings, hoists, or jacks shovels, loaders, or similar equipment, sure to safely operate the hoist. All air shall be substantially blocked or cribbed shall have a cab shield and/or canopy hoses supplying air shall be positively to prevent falling or shifting before em adequate to protect the operator from connected to prevent their becoming dis ployees are permitted to work under or shifting or falling materials. connected during use. between them. Bulldozer and scraper (7) Tools and material shall be se (6) All overhead hoists in use shall blades,-end-loader buckets, dump bodies, cured to prevent movement when trans meet the applicable requirements for and similar equipment, shall be either ported in the same compartment with construction, design, installation, testing, fully lowered or blocked when being re employees. inspection, maintenance, and operation, paired or when not in use. All controls (8) Vehicles used to transport em as prescribed by the manufacturer. shall be in a neutral position, with the ployees shall have seats firmly secured (b) Specific requirements, fReserved 1 motors stopped and brakes set, unless and adequate for the number of employ 1518.555 Conveyors. work being performed requires other ees to be carried. wise. (9) Seat belts and anchorages meeting () General requirements. (1) Means (ii) Parked equipment shall be tire requirements of 49 CFR Part 571 for stopping the motor or engine shall chocked and parking brakes set. The con (Department of Transportation, Federal be provided at the operator's station. trols shall be set according to manufac Motor Vehicle Safety Standards) shall Conveyor systems shall be equipped with turer's recommendations. be installed in all motor vehicles except an audible warning signal to be sounded (4) The use, care and charging of all in the case of off-highway vehicular immediately before starling up the batteries shall conform to the require equipment, where the requirements of conveyor. ments of Subpart K of this part. 5 1518.602 shall apply. (2) If the operator's station is at a re (5) All cab glass shall be safety glass, (10) Trucks with dump bodies shall mote point; similar provisions for stop or equivalent, that Introduces no visible be equipped with positive means of sup ping the motor or engine shall be pro distortion affecting the safe operation port, permanently attached, and capable vided at the motor or engine location. of any machine covered by this subpart. of being locked in position to prevent (3) Emergency stop switches shall be (6) All equipment covered by this sub accidental lowering of the body while arranged so that the conveyor cannot be part shall comply with the requirements maintenance or inspection work is being started again until the actuating stop of 1518.550(a) (15) when working or done. switch has been reset to running or "On" being moved in the vicinity of power (11) Operating levers, controlling position. lines or energized transmitters. hoisting or dumping devices on haulage (41 Screw conveyors shall be glinrded to prevent employee contact with turn ing flights. (5) Where a conveyor passes over work (b) Specific requirements. rRcscrvcdl 1518.601 Motor vehicles. (a) Coverage. Motor vehicles as cov bodies, shall be equipped with a latch or other device which will prevent acci dental' starting or tripping of the mechanism. areas, aisles, or thoroughfares, suitable ered by this part are those vehicles that (12) Trip handles for tailgates of guards shall be provided to protect em operate within an off-highway Jobsite, dump trucks shall be so arranged that, ployees required to work below the con not open to public traffic. The require in dumping, the operator will be in the veyors. ments of this section do not apply to clear. () All crossovers, aisles, and passage ways shall be conspicuously marked by crawler machines, for which rules are prescribed in 1518.602. (13) All rubber-tired motor veliicle equipment shall be. equipped with suitable signs, as required by Subpart G (b) General requirements. (1) All ve fenders. ' -' -- - of this part. hicles shall have a service brake system, (14) All vehicles in use shall be <7j Conveyors shall be locked out'or otherwise rendered inoperable, and tagged out with a "Do Not Operate" tag, during repairs and when operation is hazardous to employees performing an emergency brake system, and a park checked at the beginning of each shift ing brake system. These systems may use to assure that the following parts, equip common components, and shall be main ment, and accessories arc in safe operat tained in operable condition. ing condition and free of apparent (2) (i) Whenever visibility conditions damage that could cause failure while in maintenance work. (8) All conveyors ln use shall meet the applicable requirements for design, con struction, inspection, testing, mainte nance, and operation, as prescribed in hc ANSI B20.1-1957, Safety Code for warrant additional light, all vehicles, or combinations of vehicles, in use shall be equipped with at least two headlights and two taillights in operable condition. (il) All vehicles, or combination of vehicles, shall have brake lights in opera use: Service brakes. Including trailer brake connections; parking system . (hand brake); emergency stopping sys tem (brakes); tires; horn; steering mechanism; coupllng devices; seat belts; operating controls; and safety devices. _ EGS 17844 / FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 RULES AND REGULATIONS 73S7 All defects shall be corrected before the Equipment. An employer may, of course, rated capacities also shall be clearly vehicle Is placed In service. These at any time seek to show under 5 1518.2, shown on the vehicle. These ratings shall requirements also apply to equipment that the uncovered wheels present no not be exceeded. such as lights, reflectors, windshield hazard to personnel from flying (il) No modifications or additions wipers, defrosters, fire extinguishers, etc., materials. which affect the capacity or safe opera where such equipment is necessary. (6) Roll-over protection structures tion of the equipment shall be made (ROPS). The promulgation of standards without the manufacturer's written ap 1510.602 ment. Material handling equip requiring roll-over protective structures (ROPS) is reserved pending further proval. If such modifications or changes are made, the capacity, operation, and (a) Earthmoving equipment; general. study and development. maintenance Instruction plates, tags, or (1) These rules apply to the follow (7) Off-highu'.ay trucks. The promul decals, shall be changed accordingly, in ing types of earthmoving equipment: gation of standards for off-highway no case shall the original safety factor of scrapers, loaders, crawler or wheel trac trucks is reserved pending further study the equipment be reduced. tors. bulldozers, off-highway trucks, and development. (iii) If a ioad is lifted by two cr more graders, agricultural and industrial trac <8) Specific effective dates--brakes trucks working in unison, the proportion tors. and similar equipment. The promul and tenders. Equipment mentioned in of the total load carried by any one truck gation of specific rules for compactors subparagraphs (4) and (5) of his para shall not exceed its capacity. and rubber-tired "skid-steer" equipment graph, and manufactured after January (iv) Steering or spinner knobs shall is reserved pending consideration of 1. 1972. which is used by any employer not be nttachcd to the steering wheel - standards currently being developed. after that date, shall comply with the unless the steering mechanism Is of a (21 Scat belts. <i) Scat belts shall be Applicable rules prescribed therein con type that prevents road reactions from provided on all equipment covered by this cerning brakes and fenders. Equipment causing the steering handwheel to spin. section and shall meet the requirements mentioned in subparagraphs (4) and (5) The steering knob shall be mounted of Society of Automotive Engineers, of this paragraph, and manufactured within the periphery of the wheel. J386-1969. Seat belts for construction equipment, or agricultural and light industrial tractors shall meet the seat belt requirements of Society of Automo tive Engineers J333a-1970, Operator Protection for Agricultural and Light Industrial Tractors. (11) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which Is designed only for standup operation. (ili) Seat belts need not be provided for equipment which does not have roll over protective structure (HOPS) or adequate canopy protection. (3) Roadway grades. Roadway grades for construction equipment use shall be before January 1, 1972, which is used by any employer after that date, shall meet the applicable rules prescribed herein not later than June 30, 1973. It should be noted that, as permitted under 1518.2, employers may request varia tions from the applicable brakes and fender standards required by this sub part. Employers wishing to seek varia tions from the applicable brakes and fenders rules may submit any requests for variations after the publication of this document in the Federal Recister. Any statements intending to meet the requirements of 5 1518.2(b)(4)-, should specify how the variation would protect (v) All high lift rider industrial trucks shall be equipped with overhead guards which meet the configuration and struc tural requirements as defined In para graph 421 of American National Stand ards Institute B56.I-I969, Safety Stand ards for Powered Industrial Trucks. (vi) All industrial trucks in use shall meet the applicable requirements of de sign. construction, stability, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation, as defined in American National Standards Institute B56.1-1969. Safety Standards for Powered Industrial Trucks. 1318.603 I*;!o<I riving equipment. designed by a qualified engineer, com petent in this field, and constructed to accommodate all of the equipment using the roadway. Emergency access ramps and berms shall be constructed to restrain and control runaway vehicles. (4) Drakes. All earthmoving equip ment mentioned in this 3 1518.602(a) shall have a service braking system ca pable of stopping and holding the equip ment fully loaded, as specified in Society of Automotive Engineers SAE-J237, loader Dozer-1971, J236, Graders1971, and J319b, Scrapers-1971. Brake systems for self-propelled rubber-tired off-highway equipment manufactured after January 1, 1972 shall meet the applicable minimum performance cri teria set forth in the following Society of Automotive Engineers Recom mended Practices: the safety of the employees by provid ing for any compensating restrictions on the operation of equipment. (b) Excavating and other equipment. (1) Tractors covered in paragraph (a) of this section shall have seatbelts as required for the operators when seated in the normal seating arrangement for tractor operation, even though back- hoes, breakers, or other similar attach ments are used on these machines for excavating or other work. (2) For the purposes of this Subpart and of Subpart N of this part, the nomen clatures and descriptions for measure ment of dimensions of machinery and attachments shall be as described in So ciety of Automotive Engineers 1970 Handbook, pages 1088 through 1103. (3) The safety requirements, ratios, or limitations applicable to machines or attachment usage covered in Power () General requirements. (1) Boilers and piping systems which are a part of, or used with, pile driving equipment shall meet the applicable requirements-of the American Society of Mechanical Engi neers, Powers Boilers (section I). (2) Ail pressure vessels which are a part of. or-used with, pile driving equip ment shall meet the applicable require ments of the American Society of Me chanical Engineers, Pressure Vessels (section VIII). (3) Overhead protection, which will not obscure the vision of the operator, meets the requirements of Subpart N of tills part, shall be provided. Protection shall be the equivalent of 2-inch plank ing or other solid material of equivalent strength. (4) Stop blocks shall be provided for the leads 4o prevent the hammer from Seif-Propelled Crane and Shovel Association's Stand -being raised against the head block. Scrapers____ SAE J319b-197I Self-Propelled Graders _____ SAEJ236-1971 Trucks and Wagons _____ SAE J166-1971 Front End loaders ards No. 1 and No.- 2 of 1968,.and No. 3_ (5) A blocking device, capable of safely of 1969, shall be compiled with, and shall supporting the weight' of the -hammer, apply to cranes, machines, and attach shall be pfByided for placement in the ments under this part. leads under" the "hammer at all times' (c) Lifting and hauling .equipment while employees-are -working-under.' the - and Dozers__SAEJ237-1971 (.other than .equipment covered under hammer. - (5) Fenders. All rubber-tired earthmoving equipment, such as trucks, scrapers, tractors, and trailing units, Subpart N of this part). (1) Industrial () Guards shall be provided across trucks shall meet the requirements of the top of the head block to prevent the 5 1518.600 and the following:. . cable from jumping out of the sheaves.. etc., whose maximum speed exceeds 15 (i) Lift trucks, stackers, etc.,. shaU_ -- (7) When'the leads must-be inclined.' miles per hour, shall be equipped with have the rated capacity clearly posted- In the-driving of batter .piles, provisions. fenders on all wheels to meet the re on the vehicle so as to be clearly visible .shall be made to stabilize-the leads. " r quirements of Society of Automotive to the operator. When auxiliary remov J8) Fixed leadsrshali be provided-with ' Engineers SAE J321a-1970, Fenders for able counterweights are provided by the ladder, and"adequate rings,-or' similar I ! Pncumatlc-tlred Eartlimovtng Haulage manufacturer, corresponding alternate 'attachment points, so that the'-loft - FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 - EGS 17845; . -" .. 7:)ss RULES AND REGULATIONS worker may engage his safety belt lan 1518.605 Marine operations and equip- than 90 feet of line attached, and at least yard to the leads. If the leads are pro incut, one portable or permanent ladder which vided with loft platform (s). such platform(s) shall be protected by standard guardrails. (9) Steam hose leading to a steam hammer or jet pipe shall be securely at tached to the hammer with an adequate length of at least Vi-inch diameter chain, or cable to prevent whipping In the event the joint at the hammer is broken. Air hammer hoses shall be provided with the same protection as required for steam lines. (10) Safety chains, or equivalent means, shall be provided for each hose connection to prevent the line from thrashing around in case the coupling becomes disconnected. (11) Steam line controls shall consist of two shutoff valves, one of which shall be a quick-acting lover typo within easy reach of the hammer operator. (12) Guys, outriggers, thrustouts, or counterbalances shall, be provided as necessary to maintain stability of pile driver rigs. (b) Pile driving from barges and floats. Barges or floats supporting pile driving operations shall meet the ap plicable requirements of 1518.G05. (c) Pile driving equipment. (1) En gineers and winchmen shall accept sig nals only from the designated signalmen. (2) All employees shall be kept clear when piling is being hoisted into the leads. (3) When piles are being driven in an excavated pit, the walls of the pit shall be sloped to the angle of repose or sheetpiled and braced. (a) Material handling operations. (1) Operations fitting the definition of "ma terial handling" shall be performed In conformance with applicable require ments of 29 CFR Part 1504, "Safety and Health Regulations for Longshorlng." The term "longshorlng operations" means the loading, unloading, moving, or handling of construction materials, equipment and supplies, etc. into, in, on, or out of any vessel from a fixed struc ture or shore-to-vessel. vessel-to-shore or fixed structure or vessel-to-vesscl. (b) Access to barges. 11) Ramps for access of vehicles to or between barges shall be of adequate strength, provided with side boards, well maintained, and properly secured. (2) Unless employees can step safely to or from the wharf, float, barge, or river towboat, either a ramp, meeting the requirements of subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, or a safe walkway, shall be provided. .(3) Jacob's ladders shall be of the double rung or flat tread type. They shall be well maintained and properly secured. (4) A Jacob's ladder shall either hang without slack from its lashings or be pulled up entirely. (5) When the upper end of the means of access rests on or is flush with the top of the bulwark, substantial steps, prop erly secured and equipped with at least one substantial hand rail approximately 33 inches in height, shall be provided between the top of the bulwark and the deck. (G) Obstructions shall not be laid on will reach the top of the apron to the surface of the water. If the above equip ment Is not available at the pier, the employer shall furnish It during the time that he is working the barge. (3) Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be protected with U.S. Coast Guardapproved work vests or buoyant vests, (e) Diving operations. [Reserved] 1518.606 Dofinilions applicable (o this subpart. (a) "Apron"--The area along the waterfront edge of the pier or wharf. (b) "Bulwark"--The side of a ship above the upper deck. (c) "Coaming"--The raised frame, as around a hatchway in the deck, to keep out water. (d> "Jacob's ladder"--A marine lad der of rope or chain with wooden or metal rungs. <e) "Rail", for the purpose of 5 1518.605, means a light structure serving as a guard at the outer edge of a drip's deck. Subparf P--Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring 1518.650 General protection require ments. (a) Walkways, runways, and side walks shall be kept clear of excavated material or other obstructions and no sidewalks shall be undermined unless shored to carry a minimum live load of one hundred and twenty-five (125) pounds per square foot. (b) If planks are1 used for raised (4) When steel tube piles are being or across the gangway. walkways, runways, or sidewalks, they "blown out", employees shall be kept well (7) The means of access shall be ad shall be laid parallel to the length of beyond the range of falling materials. equately illuminated for its full length. the walk and fastened together against (5) When It is necessary to cut off the (8) Unless the structure makes it Im displacement. tops of driven piles, pile driving oper possible, the means of access shall be so (c) Planks shall be uniform in thick ations shall be suspended except where located that the load will not pass over ness and all exposed ends shall be pro the cutting operations are located at employees. vided with beveled cleats to prevent least twice the length of the longest pile (c) Working surfaces of barges. (1) tripping. from the driver. Employees shall not be permitted to walk (d) Raised walkways, runways, and (6) When driving jacked piles, all ac along the sides of covered lighters or sidewalks shall be provided with plank cess pits shall be provided with ladders barges with coamings more than 5 feet steps on strong stringers. Ramps, used and bulkhcadcd curbs to prevent mate high, unless there is a 3-foot clear walk in lieu of steps, shall be provided with rial from falllng'into the pit. way, or a grab rail, or a taut handline cleats to insure a safe walking surface. 1518.604 Site clearing. is provided. (e> All employees shall be protected (2) Decks and other working surfaces with .personal protective equipment for (a) General requirements. Cl) Em shall be maintained in a safe condition. the protection of the head. eyes, respira ployees engaged in site clearing shall be (3) Employees shall not be permitted tory organs, hands, feet, and other parts protected from hazards of irritant and to pass fore and aft. over, or around deck of the body as set forth in Subpart E toxic plants and suitably instructed in loads, unless there Is a safe passage. of this part. the first aid treatment available. (4) Employees shall not be permitted (f) Employees exposed to vehicular (2) All equipment used in site clear to walk over deckloads from rail to traffic shall be provided with and shall ing operations shall be equipped with coaming unless there Is a safe passage. bo Instructed to wear warning vests rollover guards meeting the require If It Is necessary to stand at the out marked with or made of reflectorized or ments of this subpart. In addition, rider board or inboard edge of the deckload high visibility material. operated equipment shall be equipped where less than 24 Inches of bulwark, (g) Employees subjected to hazardous with an overhead and rear canopy guard- rail, coaming, or other protection exists, dusts, gases, fumes, mists, or atmospheres meeting the following requirements: all employees shall be provided with a -deficient in--oxygeh. shall be protected (i) The overhead covering on this suitable means of protectionagainst fall with approved respiratory protection as canopy structure shall be of not less than ing from the decfcload. 3 - - ~ set forth in'Subpart'D of this part. Vi-inch steel plate or Vi-lnch woven wire (d) First-aid and lifesaving ^equip -h) No person shall be permitted un mesh with openings no greater than I ment. (1) Provisions for rendering-first' der loads handled by power shovels, der inch, or equivalent. aid and medical assistance shall be in ricks, or hoists. To avoid any spillage, (ii) The opening in the rear of the accordance with Subpart D of this part. employees shall be required to stand canopy structure shall be covered with (2) The employer shall ensure that away from any vehicle being loaded. not less than Vi-Inch woven wire mesh there is in the -vidnfty of each barge in (IX Daily inspections''of excavations with openings no greater than I inch. use at least* one UjS. Coast- Guard; ahull be- made-by a competent person. If (b> Specific requirements, fReserved! approved 30-inch lifering .with not less evidence-of possible cave-ins or slides is FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75-=-SATURDAf, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17846 RULES AND REGULATIONS apparent, all work in the excavation shall ing requirements by scaling, benching, air in the excavation shall be tested. cease until the necessary precautions barricading, rock bolting, wire meshing, Controls, as set forth In Subparts D and have been taken to safeguard the em or other equally effective means. Special E of this part, shall be established to as ployees. attention shall be given to slopes which sure acceptable atmospheric conditions. 15Hi.65l mcnls, General excavation require- may be adversely affected by weather or moisture content. (j) Support systems shall be planned When flammable gases are present, ade quate ventilation shall be provided or sources of ignition shall be eliminated. (a) Prior to opening an excavation, and designed by a qualified person when Attended emergency rescue equipment, effort shall be made to determine whether excavation is in excess of 20 feet in depth, such as breathing apparatus, a safety underground installations; i.e., sewer, adjacent to structures or improvements, harness and line, basket stretcher, etc., water, fuel, electric lines, etc., will be or subject to vibration or ground water. shall be readily available where adverse encountered, and, if so, where such un fk) Materials used for sheeting, sheet atmospheric conditions may exist or de derground installations are located. piling, cribbing, bracing, shoring, and velop in an excavation. When the excavation approaches the estimated .location of such an installa tion. the exact location shall be deter mined by careful probing or hand dig ging, and when it is uncovered, proper supports shall be provided for the exist ing installation. Utility companies shall be contacted and advised of proposed work prior to the start of actual excava tion. (b) Trees, boulders, and other surface encumbrances, located so as to create a hazard to employees involved in excava tion work or in the vicinity thereof at any time during operations, shall be removed or made safe before excavating is begun. (c) Excavations shall be inspected by a competent person after every rainstorm or other hazard-increasing occurrence, and the protection against slides and cave-ins shall be increased if necessary. (d) The determination of the angle of repose and design of the supporting sys tem shall be based on careful evaluation of pertinent factors such as: Depth of cut; passible variation in water con tent of the material while the excava tion is open; anticipated changes in materials from exposure to air, sun, water, or freezing; loading Imposed by structures, equipment, overlying mate rial. or stored material; and vibration from equipment, blasting, traffic, or other sources. (e) Supporting systems; i.e., piling, cribbing, shoring, etc., shall be designed' by a qualified person and meet accepted engineering requirements. When tie rods are used to restrain the top of-sheeting or other retaining systems, the rods shall be securely anchored well back of the angle of repose. When tight sheeting or sheet piling is used, full loading due to ground water table shall be assumed, unless prevented by weep holes or drains or other means. Additional stringers, ties, and bracing shall be provided to allow for any necessary temporary removal of in dividual supports. (f) All slopes shall be excavated to at least the angle of repose except for areas where solid rock allows for line drilling or presplitting. _- (g) The angle of repose, shall be flattened when an excavation has water conditions, silty materials, loose boulders," and areas where, erosion, deep frost" action, and slide planes appear. ~ ~ (h) Excavated or other material shall - not be stored nearer than 4 feet from the edge of any excavation and shall be so stored and retained as to prevent Its falling or... sliding _back In to the excavation. .. " -- ' underpinning shall be in good serviceable condition, and Umbers shall be sound, free from large or loose knots, and of proper dimensions. (l) Special precautions shall be taken in sloping or shoring the sides of excava tions adjacent to a previously backfilled excavation or a fill, particularly when the separation is less than the depth of the excavation. Particular attention also shall be paid to Joints and seams of material comprising a face and the slope of such seams and Joints. (m) Except in hard.rock, excavations oelow the level of the base of footing of any foundation or retaining wall shall not be permitted, unless the wall Is underpinned and all other precautions taken to ensure the stability of the ad jacent walls for the protecUon of em ployees involved in excavaUon work or in the vicinity thereof. (n) If the stability of adjoining build ings or walls is endangered by excava tions, shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be provided as necessary to ensure their safety. Such shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be inspected daily or more often, as conditions warrant, By a competent person and the protection effectively maintained. (o) Diversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means shall be used to prevent surface water from entering an excava tion and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Water shall not be allowed to accumulate In an excavation. (p) ,If it is necessary to place or oper ate power shovels, derricks, trucks, ma terials, or other heavy objects on a level above and near an excavation, the side of the excavaUon shall be sheet-piled, shored, and braced as necessary to resist the extra pressure due to such super imposed loads. (ql -Blasting and the use of explosives shall be performed In accordance with Subpart U of this part. (r) When mobile equipment is uti lized or allowed adjacent to excavations, substantial stop logs or barricades shall be installed. If possible, the grade should be away from the excavation. (s) Adequate-barrier physical protec tion shall be provlded at all remotely lo cated excavations. All wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall he barricaded or covered. Upon completion, of exploration and similar operations, temporary wells, pits, shafts, etc., shall be backfilled. (t) If . possible, dust condiUons shall be kept to a minimum by the use of water, salt, calclunrchloride. oil', orother means. (v) Where employees or equipment arc required or permitted to crass over excavations, walkways or bridges with standard guardrails shall be provided. (w) Where ramps are used for employees or equipment, they shall be designed and constructed by qualified persons in accordance with accepted engineering requirements. (x> All ladders used on excavation operations shall be in accordance with the requirements of Subpart.L of this part. 1518.052 General trenching require- nients. (a' Banks more than four feet high shall be shored or sloped to the angle of repose where a danger of slides or caveins exists as a result of excavation. (b) Sides of trenches in unstable or soft material, four feet or more in depth, shall be shored, sheeted, braced, sloped, or otherwise supported by means of suffi cient strength to protect the employees working within them. See Tabes P-1. P-2 (following paragraph (g) of this section.! (c) Sides of trenches in hard or com pact soil, including embankments, shall be shored or otherwise supported when the trench is more than 4 feet in depth and 8 feet or more in length. In lieu of shoring, the sides of the trench above the 4-foot level may be sloped to preclude collapse, but shall not be steeper than a 1-foot rise to each %-foot horizontal. When the outside diameter of a pipe is greater than 6 feet, a bench of 4-foot minimum shall be provided at the toe of the sloped portion. (d) Materials used for sheeting and sheet piling, bracing, shoring, and under pinning, shall be in good serviceable con dition, and timbers used shall be sound and free from large or lose knots, and shall be designed and installed so as to be effective to the botton of the excava tion. (e) Additional precautions by way of shoring and bracing shall be taken to prevent slides or cave-ins when excava tions or trenches are made in locations adjacent to backfilled excavations, or where excavations are subjected to vibra tions from railroad or highway traffic, the operation of machinery, or any other source. (f) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes shall be protected by the in stallation of a removeable-typc casing of sufficient strength to resist shifting of the-surrounding earth. Such temporary protection shall be provided for the full depth of that part of each pier hole (1) Sides; slopes,jnd"faces of all ex Ca)- InTocations where-oxygen defl- which is above the bell. A lifeline, suit cavations shall meet-accepted engineer-^. dency-orgaseousjcondltlons are possible, able for instant rescue and securely FEDERAL REGISTER;-VOL-36j NO.-75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17847 7:'.oo RULES AND REGULATIONS fastened to a shoulder harness, shah be Ch) Where employees are required to (i)Bracing or shoring of trenches worn by each employee entering the be in trenches 3 feet deep or more, shall be carried along with the excava shafts. This lifeline shall be Individually manned and separate from any line used to remove materials excavated from the bell footing. (pr> Minimum requirements for trench timbering shall be in accordance with ladders, extending from the floor of the trench excavation to at least 3 feet above the top of the excavation, shall be provided and so located as to provide means of exit without more than 25 tion. <J) Cross braces or trench jacks shall be placed in true horizontal position, be spaced vertically, and be secured to pre vent sliding, falling, or kick-outs. (k) Portable trench boxes or sliding Table P-2. feet of lateral travel. trench shields may be used for the pro Table ? - 1 tection of employees only. Trench boxes or shields shall be designed, constructed, APPROXIMATE ANGLE OF REPOSE FOR SLOPING OF SIDES OF EXCAVATIONS and maintained to meet acceptable engi neering standards. (l) Backfilling and removal of trench supports shall progress together from the bottom of the trench. Jacks or braces shall be released slowly and. In unstable soil, ropes shall be used to pull out the Nc!e Clcys, Sills, Loom* or Non - Homogenous Soil* Require Shoring ond Bracing, The Presence of Ground Water Require* Special Treatment. om jtos > w-W Ji-O jS2 cO 2 *5 a u 6 o U 0 1 s. to 53 Jj ^ 0*0 Zm c v\ 1 eg* < 2. ocov Oo jacks or braces from above after em ployees have cleared the trench. 1518,653 Definitions applicable lo till? suliparL (a) "Accepted engineering require X - ments (or practices)"--Those require ments or practices which are compatible with standards required by a registered architect, a registered professional engi * neer, or other duly licensed or recognized authority. (b) "Angle of repose"--The greatest angle above the horizontal plane at which a material will lie without sliding. (c) "Bank.''--A mass of soil rising above a digginglevel. (d) "Belled excavation''--A part of a shaft or footing excavation, usually near the bottom and bell-shaped; i.e., an en largement of the cross section above. (e) ."Braces (trench)"--The horizon tal members of the shoring system whose Table P-2 ends bear against the uprights or TREN'CJr SIIORINO--VIKIMVM RXQUIREKENTS stringers.' i (f) "Excavation"--Any manmade cav Ska and spacing of mombars ity or depression in the earth's surface, including its sides, walls, or faces, formed Depth of trench Kind or condition of earth Uprights Min. Mar. dim. spae. Stringer* Cross braces* by earth removal and producing unsup Max. spacing ported earth conditions by reasons of Min. Max. Width of trench the excavation. If installed forms or sim ilar structures reduce the depth-to-width dim. spaa. Up to 3tL 3 to 6ft. 6 to 9 it. 9 to 12 ft. Vwt. llorlx. relationship, an excavation may become a trench. (g) "Faces"--See paragraph (k) of rt Inches Foot Inches `inches Inches Inches Incbce Vest Ft this section. 4 3x4 t1o0 Of ITnrd. compact............... 2x6 6 (h) "Hard compact soil"--All earth materials not classified as running or 2ll 4x4 4x6 6x6 4 6 unstable. Likely to crack - 3 4x6 4 ** ** 4 (i) "Kickouts"--Accidental release or Clow failure of a shore or brace. Soft, sandy, or Ailed.... ** shoot ing 4x6 4 4x4 4x8 8x< 6x8 - * (J) "Sheet pile"--A pile, or sheeting, that may form one of a continuous Inter Hydrostatic pressure... H - 6x8 - M M *4 M M locking line, or a row of timber, concrete, 10 Hard........ ...................... 4 . to 16 Llkcly-lo crack..___ ... A 4x8 - M 4 M *4 *4 or steel piles, driven in close contact to provide a tight wall to resist the lateral $ r 4x1 4 4 " 4 H " M pressure of water, adjacent earth, or .Close other materials. So(t7tRody, or filled___ U sheet* toe 4ll M 4x1 *x 8x8 8x8 M (k) "Sides", "Walls", or "Faces"--The vertical or inclined earth surfaces formed Hydrostatic pressure".. . 3x6 ' 8X10 - - M M M M as a result of excavation work. 26 Close (l) "Slope"--The angle with the hori 2l0o All kinds or conditions. M shoot ing 4x12 m 4x12 I X8 8X30 - zontal at which a particular earth mate rial will stand Indefinitely without move Otct ` 20 All kinds or conditions. t - *xt lx)l Nxlt m m ment. (m) "Stringers" (wales)--The hori 'Trench Jncki may.l cuod-ln-lfea of, or In combination Brltfc, croc bnoea. PborlnE' not rwjulttd in aollrt rock; hard.abal, or hart slat. --Where (leslrabla, steel sheet piling and.bracing of eqaal strength may be substituted for voofL zontal members of a shoring system whose sides bear against the uprights or earth. EGS 17848 - - FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 3, NO. 75--SATURDAY, AHtH. 17, 1971 RULES AND REGULATIONS (n> "Trench"--A narrow excavation that will automatically shut oil the spacing shall not exceed that shown on made below the surface of the ground. power whenever the operator removes the layout, and all locking devices shall In general, the depth is greater than the his hands from the equipment handles. be in the closed position. width, but the width of a trench Is not (5) Concrete buggies. Handles of bug (Iv) Devices for attaching the external greater than 15 feet. gies shall not extend beyond the wheels lateral stability bracing shall be securely <o) "Trench jack"--Screw or hydraulic on cither side of the buggy. Installation fastened to the legs of the shoring frames. type jacks used as cross bracing in a of knuckle guards on buggy handles Is (V) All baseplates, shore heads, ex trench shoring system. recommended. tension devices, or adjustment screws (p) "Trench shield''--A shoring sys (C) Pumpcrctc systems. Pumpcrete or shall be in firm contact with the footing tem composed of steel plates and bracing, similar systems using discharge pipes sill and the form. welded or bolted together, which support the walls of a trench from the ground level to the trench bottom and which can be moved along as work progresses. (q) "Unstable soil"--Earth material, other than running, that because of its nature or the influence of related condi tions, cannot be depended upon to re main in place without extra support, such as would be furnished by a system of shoring. shall be provided with pipe supports de signed for 100 percent overload. Com pressed air hose in such systems shall be provided with positive fail-safe joint con nectors to prevent separation of sections when pressurized. (71 Concrete buckets, (i) Concrete buckets equipped with hydraulic or pneu matically operated gates shall have posi tive safety latches or similar safety de vices installed to prevent aggregate and 1818.701 Form*- and .-lioring. (at General provisions. <1) Formwork and shoring shall be designed, erected, supported, braced, and main tained so that it will safely support all vertical and lateral loads that may be imposed upon it during placement of concrete. (2) Drawings or plans showing the Jack layout, formwork, shoring, working (r> "Uprights"--The vertical members loose material from accumulating on the decks, and scaffolding, shall be available of a shoring system. Lop and sides of tire bucket. at the jobsite. (s) "Wales"--See paragraph (m) of (ii) Riding of concrete buckets for any (3) Stripped forms and shoring shall this section. purpose shall be prohibited, and vibrator be removed and stockpiled promptly (t) "Walls"--See paragraph OO of crews shall be kept out from under con after stripping, in all areas in which per this section. crete buckets suspended from cranes or sons are required to work or pass. Pro Subpart Q--Concrete, Concrete Forms and Shoring cableways. truding nails, wire ties, and other form (8) When discharging on a slope, the accessories not necessary to subsequent wheels of ready-mix trucks shall be work shall be pulled, cut. or other means 1318.700 General provisions. Ca) General. All equipment and mate rials used in concrete construction and masonry work shall meet the applicable requirements for design, construction, in spection, testing, maintenance and oper ations as prescribed In ANSI A10.9-1970, Safety Requirements for Concrete Con struction and Masonry Work. (b) Reinforcing steel. (1) Employees placing and tying reinforcing steel in walls, piers, columns, etc., shall be pror vided with, and directed to wear safety belts which arc properly secured, as set forth in Subpart E of this part. (2) Employees shall not be permitted to work above vertically protruding re inforcing steel unless It has been pro tected to eliminate the hazard of im palement. (3) Guying: Reinforcing steel for walls, piers, columns, and similar verti cal structures shall be guyed and sup ported to prevent collapse. (4) Wire mesh rolls: Wire mesh rolls shall be secured at each end to prevent dangerous recoiling action. (c> Bulk concrete handling. Bulk stor age bins, containers, or silos shall have conical or tapered bottoms with mechan ical or pneumatic means of starting the flow of material. (d) Concrete placement--(1) Con crete mixers. Concrete mixers equipped with 1-yard or larger loading skips shall be equipped with a mechanical device to clear the skip of material. (2)' Guardrails. Mixers of 1-yard ca pacity or greater shall be equipped with protective guardrails installed on each side of the skip. blocked and the brakes set to prevent movement. (9) Nozzlcmen applying a cement, sand, and water mixture through a pneu matic hose shall be required to wear pro tective head and face equipment, as pre scribed in Subpart E of this part. (e) Vertical shoring--(1) General re quirements. (i) When temporary stor age of reinforcing rods, material, or equipment on top of formwork becomes necessary, these areas shall be strength ened to meet the intended loads. (ii) The sills for shoring shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settle ment or displacement. (iii) All shoring equipment shall be in spected prior to erection to determine that it is as specified in the shoring lay out. Any equipment found to be dam aged shall not be used for shoring. (iv> Erected shoring equipment shall be inspected immediately prior to, dur ing, and immediately after the place ment of concrete. Any shoring equip ment that is found to be damaged or weakened shall be immediately rein forced or reshored. <v) Rcshoving shall be provided when necessary to safely support slabs and beams after stripping, or where such members are subjected to superimposed loads due to construction work done. (2) Tubular welded frame shoring, (i) Meta] tubular frames used for shoring shall not be loaded beyond the safe work ing load recommended by the manu facturer. (ii) All locking devices on frames and braces shall be in good working order; coupling pins shall align the frame or taken to eliminate the hazard. (4) Imposition of any construction loads on the partially completed struc ture shall not be permitted unless such loading has been considered in the de sign and approved by the engineerarchitect. <b) Vertical slip forms. < 1 s The steel rods or pipe on which the jacks climb or by which the forms are lifted shall be specifically designed for the purpose. Such rods shall be adequately braced where not encased in concrete. (2) Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the vertical loads are distributed equally and do not exceed the capacity of the jacks. (3) Tlie Jacks or other lifting devices shall be provided with mechanical dogs or other automatic holding devices to pro vide protection in case of failure of the power supply or the lifting mechanism. (4) Lifting shall proceed steadily and uniformly and shall not exceed the pre determined safe rate of lift. (5) Lateral and diagonal bracing of the forms shall be provided to prevent excessive distortion of the structure dur ing the jacking operation. (6> During jacking operations, the form structure shall be maintained in line and plumb. (7) All vertical lift forms shall be pro vided with scaffolding or work platforms completely encircling the area of place ment. (c) Tube and coupler shoring. (I) Couplers (clamps) shall not be used if they are deformed, broken, or have defective or missing threads on bolts, or other defects. (2) The material used for the couplers " (3) Bull floats. Handles on bull floats panel legs; pivoted cross braces shall have (clamps) shall be of a structural type shall be constructed of nonconductive their center pivot In place; and all com such as drop-forged steel, malleable material. ponents shall be in & condition similar iron, or structural grade aluminum. Gray (4) Powered concrete trowels. Pow to that of original manufacture, cast iron shall not be used. ered and rotating-type concrete trowel (iii) When checking the erected shor (3) When checking toe erected shor ing machines th'at are manually guided ing frames with the shoring layout, toe ing towers with toe shoring layout, the shall be equipped with a control switch spacing between towers and cross brace spacing between posts shall not exceed FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17849 7.'W2 RULES AND REGULATIONS that shown on the layout, and all Intcr- permanent floors shall be installed a-, of bolted bridging shall be installed to klocking of tubular members and tlght- the erection of structural members pro provide lateral stability during construc "ness of couples shall be checked. gresses, and there shall be not more than tion prior to slacking of hoisting line. (4) All baseplates, shore heads, ex eight stories between the erection floor (il) No load shall be placed on open tension devices, or adjustment screws and the uppermost permanent floor, ex web steel joists until these security re shall be In firm contact with the footing cept where the structural integrity is quirements arc met. sill and the form material and shall be maintained as a result of the design. (d)Tag lines shall be used for con snug against the posts. (2) At no time shall there be more trolling loads. (d) Sin ale post shores. (1) For sta bility, single post shores shall be hori zontally braced In both the longitudinal and transverse directions, and diagonal bracing shall also be installed. Such bracing shall be installed as the shores are being erected. (2) All baseplates or shore heads of single post shores shall be in firm contact with the footing sill and the form mate rials. (3) Whenever single post shores arc used in more than one tier, the layout shall be designed and Inspected by a structural engineer. (4) When fonnwork is at an angle, or sloping, or when the surface shored from is sloping, the shoring shall be designed for such loading. (5) Adjustment of single post shores to rnise formwork shall not be made after concrete is in place. (6) Fabricated single post shores shall not be used if heavily rusted, bent, dented, rewelded, or having broken weld ments or other defects. If they contain timber, they shall not be used if timber is split, cut, has sections removed, is rotted, or otherwise structurally dam aged. (7) All timber and adjusting devices to be used for adjustable timber single post shores shall be inspected' before erection. (8) Timber shall not be used if it is split, cut. has'sections removed, is rotted, or is otherwise structurally damaged. (9) Adjusting devices shall not be used if heavily rusted, bent, dented, rcwelded, or having broken weldments or other defects. (10) All nails used to secure bracing or adjustable timber single post shores shall be driven home and the point of the nail bent over if possible. 1518.702 Definitions applicable t<> this Mibparl. (a) "Bull float"--A tool used to spread out and smooth the concrete. (b) "Formwork" or "falsework"--The than four floors or 48 feet of unfinished bolting or welding above the foundation or uppermost permanently secured floor. (b) Temporary flooring--sJcelton steel construction in tiered buildings. (1) (1) The derrick or erection floor shall be solidly planked over its entire surface except for access openings. Planking shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load, but shall be not less than 2 inches thick full size undressed, and shall be laid tight and secured to prevent movement. (il) On buildings or structures not adaptable to temporary floors, and where scaffolds are not used, safety'nets shall be installed and maintained whenever the potential fall distance exceeds two stories or 25 feet. The nets shall be hung with sufficient clearance to prevent con tacts with the surface of structures below. (iii) Floor- periphery--safety railing. A safety railing of `/t-inch wire rope or equal shall be installed, approximately 42 inches high, around the periphery of all temporary-planked or temporary metal-decked floors of tier buildings and other multifloorcd structures during structural steel assembly. (2) Where erection is being done by means of a crane operating on the ground, a tight and substantial floor shall be maintained within two stories or 25 feet, whichever is less, below and directly under that portion of each tier of beams on which bolting, riveting, welding, or painting is being done. (c) Flooring--other construction. (1) In the erection of a building having double wood floor construction, the rough flooring shall be completed as the building progresses, Including the tier below the one on which floor joists are being installed. (2) For single wood floor or other flooring systems, the floor immediately below the story where the floor joists are being installed shall be kept planked over. 1518.752 Bolling, riveting, fitting-up, ami plumbing-up. fa) General requirements, (l) Con tainers shall be provided for storing or carrying rivets, bolts, and drift pins, and secured against accidental displacement when aloft. (2) Pneumatic hand tools shall be dis connected from the power source, and pressure in hose lines shall be released, before any adjustments or repairs are made. (3) Air line hose sections shall bd tied together except when quick disconnect couplers are used to Join sections. (4) Eye protection shall be provided in accordance with Subpart E of this part. (b) Bolting. (I)-When bolts or drift pins are being knocked out, means shall be provided to keep them from falling. (2) Impact wrenches shall be provided with a locking device for retaining the socket. (c) Riveting. (1) Riveting shall not be done in the vicinity of combustible material unless precautions are taken to prevent fire. (2) When rivet heads are knocked off, or backed out, means shall be provided to keep them from falling. (3) A safety wire shall be properly in stalled on the snap and on the handle of the pneumatic riveting hammer and shall be used at all times. The wire size shall be not less than No., 9 (B&S gauge), leaving the handle and annealed No. 14 on the snap, or equivalent. (d> Plumbing-up. (1) Connections of the equipment used in plumbing-up shall be properly secured. (2) The tumbuckles shall be secured to prevent unwinding while under stress. (3) Plumbing-up guys related equip ment shall be placed so that employees can get at the connection points. (4) Plumbing-up guys shall be re moved only under the supervision of a competent person. (e) Wood planking shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load, but total system of support for freshly placed 1518,751. Structural steel awnilily. shall be not less than 2 inches thick full concrete. Including the mold or sheath ing which contacts the concrete 3S well as all supporting members, hardware, and necessary bracing. (c) "Guy"--A line that steadies a high piece or structure by pulling against an off-center load. (d) "Shore"--A supporting member that resists a compressive force imposed by a load. (e) "Vertical slip forms"--Forms (a) During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting line until the members are secured with not less than two bolts, or the equivalent at each connection and drawn up wrench tight. (b) Open web steel joists shall not be placed on any structural steel frame work unless such framework is safely bolted or welded. size undressed, exterior grade plywood, at least 3,i-inch thick, or equivalent material. (f) Metal decking of sufficient strength shall be laid tight and secured to prevent movement. (g) Planks shall overlap the bearing on each end by a minimum of 12 inches. (h) Wire mesh, exterior plywood, or equivalent, shall be used around columns where planks do not lit tightly. which are jacked vertically and continu ously during placing of the concrete. (c) In steel framing, where bRr joists are utilized, and columns are not framed (I) Provisions shall be made to secure temporary flooring against displacement. In at least two directions with structural (J) All unused openings in floors, tem Subpart R--Steel Erection steel members, a bar joist shall be field- porary or permanent, shall be completely bolted at columns to provide lateral planked over or guarded In accordance 5 1318.750 flooring requirement*. .stability during construction. with Subpart M of this part. (a) Permanent flooring--skeleton steel (1) Where long span Joists or trusses, (k) Employees shall be provided construction in tiered buildings. (1) Th* 40 feet or longer, are used, a center row with safety belts In accordance with FEDERAL REGISTER, VOt. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17850 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7;;d:j 1518.104 when they are working: on sures. However, where environmental equipment used underground shall be float scaffolds. controls have not yet been developed, or certified by the Bureau of Mines,. UB. Subpart S--Tunnels and Shafts, Cais when necessary by the nature of the work Involved (for example, welding, Detriment of the Interior according to Uie Interior according to the Bureau of sons, Cofferdams, and Compressed sand blasting, lead burning), an em Mines publication "Mechanical Equip Air ployee may work for short periods of ment for mines--tests for permissibility IS I 0.1100 Ttimirk and -Inift"". time in concentrations of airborne con and suitability. Part 32, Mobile Diesel taminants which exceed the limit of per Power Equipment for Non-Coal Mines, (a) General. (1) The specific require missible excursions referred to in sub Schedule 24" of March 23. 19C5. ments of this Subpart S, Tunnels, Shafts, divisions tiv) and (v) of this subpara (d) Illumination. <l) Sufficient light Caissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed graph, if such employee wears a respira ing shall be provided, in accordance with Air, shall be complied with as well as the tory protective device approved by the the requirements of Table D-3 of Sub applicable provisions of all other sub Bureau of Mines as protection against part D of this part, to permit safe opera parts of this part. Uie particular hazards involved. tions at the face as well as in the gen (2.' Safe means of access shall be pro (iv) The exposure to airborne con eral tunnel or shaft area and at the vided and maintained to all working taminants of an employee working in a employees' workplace. places. tunnel or shaft shall not exceed the (e) Fire prevention and control--(1) (3) When ladders and stairways are threshold limit vaiucs adopted by the General, (i) The requirements for fire provided in shafts and steep inclines, American Conference of Governmental prevention and protection specified in they shall meet the requirements of Sub Industrial Hygienists, as set forth and Subpart F of this part shall be complied parts L and M of this part. explained in the 1970 edition of with in all tunnel and shaft operations. (4) Access to unattended underground "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne (ii) Signs warning against smoking openings shall be restricted by gates or Contaminants." and open flames shall be- posted so that doors. Unused chutes, manways, or other (v) Employees shall be withdrawn they can be readily seen in areas or openings shall be tightly covered, bulk- from areas in which there is a concentra places where fire or explosion hazards headed, or fenced off, and posted. Con tion of an airborne contaminant which exist. duits, trenches, and manholes sirail meet exceeds the threshold limit value listed (iii) The carrying of matches, lighters, the requirements of Subpart M of this for that contaminant. or other flame-producing smoking ma part. (.vi) Atmospheres in all active areas terials shall be prohibited in all under (5) Subsidence areas that present shall contain at least 20 percent oxygen, ground operations where fire or explo hazards shall be fenced and jwsted. (2) Ventilation. (1) Tunnels shall be sion hazards exist. (6) Each operation shall have a provided with mechanically induced pri (iv) Not more than a 1 day's supply check-in and check-out system that will mary ventilation in all work areas. The of diesel fuel sliall be stored under provide positive identification of every direction of airflow shall be reversible. ground. employee underground. An accurate rec (ii) Ventilation doors, not operated (v) Gasoline or liquefied petroleum ord and location of the employees shall mechanically, shall be designed and in gases shall not be taken, stored, or used be kept on the surface. stalled so that they are self-closing and underground. (b) Emergency provisions. (1) Evac will remain closed regardless of the di (vi) Oil, grease, or fuel stored under uation plans and procedures shall be rection of the air movement. ground shall be kept in tightly sealed developed and made known to the (iii) When there has been a failure of containers in fire-resistant areas, at safe employees. ventilation, and ventilation has been distances from explosives magazines, (2) Emergency hoisting facilities shall restored in a reasonable time, all places electrical installations, and shaft be readily available at shafts more than where flammable gas may have accumu stations. 50 feet in depth, unless hoisting facilities lated shall be examined by a competent (vil) Air that has passed through un are provided that are independent of person and determined to be free of derground oil or fuel-storage areas shall electrical power failures. A boatswain's flammable gas before power is restored not be used to ventilate working areas. chair shall meet the requirements of and work resumed. (viii) Approved fire-resistant hydrau Subpart L of this part. (iv) When the main fan or fans have lic fluids shall be used in hydraulically (3) Bureau of Mines approved self been shut down with all employees out actuated underground machinery and rescuers shall be available near the ad of the adit, tunnel-or shaft, no employee, equipment. vancing face to equip each face em other than those qualified to examine fix) Fires shall not be built under ployee. Such equipment shall be on the the adit, tunnel, or shaft, or other au ground. haulage equipment and in other areas thorized employee, shall go underground (x) Noncombustible barriers shall be where employees might be trapped by until the fans have been started, the Installed below welding or burning op smoke or gas, and shall be maintained work areas examined for gas and other erations in or over a shaft or raise. in good condition. hazards, and declared safe. (xi) Fire extinguishers or equivalent (4) Telephone or other signal commu (v) The.supply of fresh air shall not protection shall be provided at the head nication shall be provided between the be less than 200 cubic feet per minute for nnd tail pulleys or underground belt con work face and the tunnel portal, and each employee underground. The linear veyors and at 300-foot intervals along such systems shall be independent of the velocity of the air flow in the tunnel bore the belt line. tunnel power supply. shall not be less than 30 feet per minute (xii) At tunnel operations, employing (c) Air Quality and Ventilation--(1) in those tunnels where blasting or rock 25 or more employees at one time under Air quality and quantity. (i) Instruments drilling is conducted or where there are ground at least two rescue crews (10 shall be provided to test the atmosphere other conditions that are likely to pro employees divided between shifts) shall quantitatively for carbon monoxide, duce dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases in be trained annually in rescue procedures, nitrogen dioxide, flammable or toxic harmful quantities. in the use, care, and limitations of oxy gases, dusts, mists, and fumes that occur (vi) If 1.5 percent or higher concen gen breathing apparatus, and the use _ in the tunnel or shaft. Tests shall be con tration of flammable gas is detected In and maintenance of firefighting equip-, ducted as frequently as necessary to as air returning from an underground ment. Not less than one crew (5 em sure that the required quality and quan working place or places, the employees ployees) shall be trained at smaller, tity of air is maintained. A record of all shall be withdrawn and the power cut operations. tests shall be maintained and be kept off to the portion of the area endangered (f) Personal protective equipment. available. by such flammable gas until the con Protective clothing or equipment shall <ii> Field-type oxygen analyzers, or centration of such gas Is reduced to I be worn as specified In Subparts D and other suitable devices, shall be used to percent or less. E of this part. test for oxygen deficiency. (vil) Internal combustion engines (g) Noise. (I) Permissible noise ex (iii) Respirators shall not be substi other than mobile diesel shall not be posures shall conform to those specified tuted for environmental control mea used underground. Mobile diesel-powered In Subpart D of this part. -- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17851 (h> Ground support--(J) Tunnel por (0) Bcforo drilling cycle is started, (9) When dumping cars by hand, the tal area. Portals shall be protected and warning shall be given to men working car dumps shall be provided with tic- supported where loose soil or rock or below Jumbo decks. down chains or bumper blocks to prevent fractured material Is encountered. (7) Drills on columns shall be an cars from overturning. (2) Tunnel area. (1) The employer chored firmly before drilling is started (10) Rocker-bottom or bottom-dump shall examine and test the roof, face, and shall be retlghtcned frequently cars shall oe equipped with positive lock and walls of the work area at the start thereafter. ing devices. of each shift and frequently thereafter. (8) The employer shall provide me (11) Equipment which is to be hauled (ii) Loose ground shall be taken down chanical means for lifting drills, roof shall be so loaded and protected as to or supported. Ground conditions along bolts, mine straps, and other unwifeldy prevent sliding or spillage. haulage ways and travelways shall be heavy material to the top decks of jum (12) Parked railcars shall be blocked examined periodically and scaled or bos over 10 feet in height. securely. supported as necessary. (9) The employer shall provide stair (13) Berms, bumper blocks, safety (iii) Torque meters and torque access to jumbo decks wide enough to hooks, or similar means shall be pro wrenches shall be available at tunnels accomodate two persons if the deck is vided to prevent overtravel and over where rock bolts arc used for ground over 10 feet in height. turning at dumping locations. support. Frequent tests shall be made to (10) On jumbo decks over 10 feet in (14) Where necessary, bumper blocks, determine if bolts meet the required height, guardrails which arc removable or the equivalent, shall be provided at all torque. The test frequency shall be de (pipe in sockets with chain handrail), or track dead ends. termined by rock conditions and distance equal, shall be provided on all sides and (15) Supplies, materials, and tools, from vibration sources. (iv) Damaged or dislodged tunnel sup ports. whether steel sets or timber, shall be repaired or replaced. New supports shall be Installed whenever possible be fore removing the damaged supports. (v) All sets, including horseshoe shaped or arched rib steel sets, shall be designed and installed so that the bot toms will have required anchorage to prevent pressures from pushing them inward into the excavation. Lateral brac ing shall be provided between sets to further stabilize the support. (3) Sha/ts. (i) Small diameter shafts, which employees are required to enter, shall be provided with a steel casing, concrete pipe, timber, or other material of required strength to support the sur rounding earth. (ii) The casing and bracing shall be provided the full depth of the shaft, or at least 5 feet into solid rock if possible, and shall extend at least 1 foot above ground level. (iii) All wells or shafts over 5 feet in back platforms. (11) Scaling bars shall be in good condition at all times, and blunted and severely worn bars shall not be used. (12) When Jumbos are being moved, riders will not be allowed on the Jumbo unless they are assisting the driver. (13) Before commencing the drill cycle, the face and lifters shall be ex amined for misfires (residual explosives) and, if found, they shall be removed before drilling commences at the face. Lifters shall not be drilled through blasted rock (muck) or water. (14) Air lines that are buried in the invert shall be identified by signs posted nearby, warning all personnel. (j) Blasting. All blasting and explo- sives-handling operations shall be con ducted in compliance with Subpart U of this part. (k) Haulage. (1) Equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be in spected by a competent person each shift. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is oilier than small handtools, shall not be transported with employees in mantrip cars. (1) Electrical equipment. (1) Electri cal equipment shall conform to the requirements of Subpart K of this hart. (2) Poweriines shall be well separated or insulated from waterlines, telephone lines, and airlines. (3) OU-filled transformers shall not be used underground unless they are located in a fire-resistant enclosure and surrounded by a dike to contain the con tents of the transformers in event of a rupture. (m) Hoisting. (1) Hoisting machines, either powered or hand operated, shall be worm-geared or powered both. ways. The design must be such that when the power is stopped, the load cannot move. (2) Controls for powered hoists shall be of the deadman type with a nonlock ing switch or control. (3) A device to shut off the power shall be installed ahead of the operating control. depth shall be retained with lagging, used. (4) Hand-operated release mecha spiling, or casing. (2) Powered mobile equipment shall nisms, which can permit the load to (iv) In shafts, the employer shall in be provided with adequate brakes. descend faster than the speed rating, spect the walls, ladders, timbers, block (3) Powered mobile haulage equip shall not be used. ing, and wedges of the last set to deter ment shall be provided with audible (5) Hoist machines with cast metal mine if they have loosened following warning devices. Lights shall be pro parts shall not be used. blasting operations. Where found un vided at both ends. (6) Every hoist shall be tested with safe, corrections shall be made before (4) Cab windows shall be of safety, twice the maximum load before being shift operations are started. glass, or equivalent, in good condition, put into operation, and annually there (v) Safety belts shall be worn on skips and shall be kept clean. after. and platforms used in shafts by crews (5) Adequate backstops or brakes (7) All anchorages of hoists shall be when the skip or cage does not conclude shall be installed on inclined conveyor inspected at the beginning of each shift. the opening to within 1 foot of the sides of the shaft, unless guardrails or cages are provided. (1) Drilling. (1) Equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be inspected each shift by a competent person. Equip ment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used. (2) The drilling area shall be In spected for hazards before starting the drilling operation. (3) Employees shall not be allowed on a drill mast while the drill bit is in operation. (4) When a drill is being moved from one drilling area to another, drill steel, tools, and other equipment shall be se drive units to prevent conveyors from running in reverse and creating a hazard to employees. (6) No employee shall be permitted to ride a power-driven chain, belt, or bucket conveyor, unless the conveyor is specifically designed for the transporta tion of employees. (7) The employer shall not permit employees to ride in dippers, shovel buckets, forks, clamshells, or In tlie beds of dump trucks, or on haulage equipment not specifically designed or adapted for the transportation of employees. (8) Electrically powered mobile equip ment shall not be left unattended unless the master switch Is In the oft position, (8) An enclosed covered metal cage shall be used to raise and lower persons in the shaft. The cage shall be designed with a safety factor of 4 and shall be load-tested prior to use. The exterior of the cage shall be free of projections or sharp corners. Only closed shackles shall be used in the cage rigging. (9) If the cage is'equipped with a door, a positive'locking .device shall be installed"to prevent the door from open ing accidentally while the..cage is being lowered "or raised while hoisting or lower ing employees. 1518.801 Caissons. (a) Wherever, in caisson work in cured, and the mast placed in a safe all operating controls are in the neutral which compressed air Is used, and the position. position, and the brakes are set, or other working chamber is less than II feet in (5) Receptacles or racks shall be pro equivalent precautions are taken against length, and jwh'eh such caissons are at vided for drill steel stored on Jumbos. rolling. "any time-suspended -or hung while work- FEDERAL REGISTER, VOt. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 - - EGS 17852 RULES AND REGULATIONS Is In progress so tlmt the bottom of the (2) No employee shall be permitted to (viii) Be equipped with Internal con excavation is more than 9 feet below the enter a compressed air environment until trols which may be overridden by exter deck of the working chamber, a shield he has been examined by the physician nal controls; shall be erected therein for the protection and reported by him to be physically (lx) Be provided with air pressure of the employees. qualified to engage in such work. gauges to show the air pressure within (b) Shafts shall be subjected to a (3i In the event an employee is ab each compartment to observers inside hydrostatic or air-pressure test, at which sent from work for 10 days, or is absent and outside the medical lock. pressure they shall be tight. The shaft shall be stamped on the outside shell about 12 inches from each flange to show the pressure to which they have been subjected. (ci Whenever a shaft is used, it shall be provided, where space permits, with a safe, proper, and suitable staircase for its entire length, including landing plat forms, not more than 20 feet apart. Where this is impracticable, suitable lad ders shall be installed with landing plat forms located about 20 feet apart to break the climb. (d) All caissons, having a diameter or side greater than 10 feet shall be pro vided with a man lock and shaft for the exclusive use of employees. (e) In addition to the gauge in the locks, an accurate gauge shall be main tained on the outer and inner side of each bulkhead. These gauges shall be accessible at all times and kept in ac curate working order. due to sickness or injury, lie shall not re sume work until lie is reexamined by Lire physician, and his physical condition re ported. as provided in this paragraph, to be such as to permit him to work in com pressed air. (4) After an employee lias been em ployed continuously in compressed air for a period designated by the physician, but not to exceed 1 year, lie shall be re examined by the physician to determine if lie is still physically qualified to en gage in compressed air work. (5) Such physician shall at all times keep a complete and full record of ex aminations made by him. The physician shall also keep an accurate record of any decompression illness or other illness or injury incapacitating any employee for work, and of all loss of life that occurs in the operation of a tunnel, caisson, or other compartment in which compressed air is used. (6) Records shall be available for the (x) Be equipped with a manual type sprinkler system that can be activated in side the lock or by the outside lock tender. (xi) Be provided with oxygen lines and fittings leading into external tanks. The lines shall be fitted with check valves to prevent reverse flow. The oxygen sys tem inside the chamber shall be of a closed circuit design and be so designed as to automatically shut off the oxygen supply whenever the fire system is activated. (xii) Be in constant charge of an at tendant under the direct control of the retained physician. The attendant shall be trained in the use of the lock and suit ably instructed regarding steps to be taken in the treatment of employee ex hibiting symptoms compatible with a diagnosis of decompression Illness; (xlil) Be adjacent to an adequate emergency medical facility; (f) In caisson operations where em inspection of the Secretary or his rep (xiv) The medical facility shall be ployees are exposed to compressed air resentatives, and a copy thereof shall equipped with demand-type oxygen in working environments, the requirements be forwarded to the Bureau of Labor halation equipment approved by the U.S. contained in 1518.803 shall be complied Standards within 48 hours following the Bureau of Mines: with. 1518.002 Cofferdams. occurrence of the accident, death, Injury, or decompression illness. It shall state as fully as possible the cause of said (xv) Be capable of being maintained at a temperature, in use, not to exceed 90" F. nor be less than 70" F.; and (a) If overtopping of the cofferdam by high waters is possible, means shall be provided for controlled flooding of the work area. (b) Warning signals for evacuation of employees in case of emergency shall be developed and posted. (c) Cofferdam walkways, bridges, or ramps with at least two means of rapid exit, shall be provided with guardrails as specified in Subpart M of this part. (d) Cofferdams located close to navi gable shipping channels shall be pro tected from vessels in transit, where possible. 1518.803 Compressed air. death or decompression illness, and the place where the injured or sick employee was taken, and such other relative in formation as may be required by the Secretary. (7) A fully equipped first aid station shall be provided at each tunnel project regardless of the number of persons em ployed. An ambulance or transportation suitable for a litter case shall be at each project. (8) Where tunnels are being exca vated from portals more than 5 road miles apart, a first aid station and trans portation facilities shall be provided at each portal. (9) A medical lock shall be established (xvi) Be provided with sources of air, free of oil and carbon monoxide, for normal and emergency use, which are capable of raising the air pressure in the lock from 0 to 75 p.s.i.g. in 5 minutes. (11) Identification badges shall be furnished to all employees, indicating that the wearer is a compressed air worker. A permanent record shall be kept of all identification badges issued. The- badge shall give the employee's name, address of the medical lock, the telephone number of the licensed physi cian for the compressed air project, and contain instructions that in case of emer gency of unknown or doubtful cause or (a) General provisions. (1) There and maintained In immediate working illness, the wearer shall be rushed to the shall be present, at all times, at least one order whenever air pressure in the work medical lock. The badge shall be worn at competent person designated by and rep resenting the employer, who shall be ing chamber is increased above the nor mal atmosphere. all times--off the job, as well as on the job. familiar with this subpart in all respects, (10) The medical lock shall: (c) Telephone and signal communica and responsible for full compliance with (i) Have at least 6 feet of clear head- tion. (1) Effective and reliable means of these and other applicable subparts. room at the center, and be subdivided communication, such as bells, whistles, or (2) Every employee shall be in Into not lass than two compartments; telephones, shall be maintained at all structed in the rules and regulations which concern his safety or the safety of (11) Be readily accessible to employees working under compressed air; times between all the following locations: (i) The working chamber face; others. (b) Medical attendance, examination, (iil) Be kept ready for Immediate use for at least 5 hours subsequent to the (ii) The working chamber side of the man lock, near the door; arid regulations. <1> There shall be re emergence, of any employee from, the (iii) The interior of the man lock; tained one or more licensed physicians familiar with and experienced in the physical requirements and the medical aspects of compressed air work and the treatment of decompression illness. He shall be available at all times while work working chamber: ' - ' ' - (iv) Lock-attendant's station; (iv) Be properly heated, lighteS and, _(v) The.compressor plant; ventilated; . ~ - tvi) The first-aid station; (v) Be maintained in a sanitary con- , (vii). The emergency lock-(lf one is re dition; , quired) ; and ' ' is in progress in order to provide medical (vi) Have a nonshatterable port (vill) The special decompression supervision of employees employed in through which the occupant(s) may be chamber (If one is required). compressed air work. He shall himself kept under constant observation; (U) Signs and. recordsv (.1).. The' time be physically qualified and be willing to (vii) Be .designed for a working pres of decompression shall txf.posted in each enter a- pressurized environment. sure of 75 pAtg.- man-lock as follows:. ~- FEDERAl REGISTER, VOL 36,NO. 75;--SATURDAY, AHtll 17, 1771 t_ '______ -- EGS 17853 7396 RULES AND REGULATIONS Time or Decomtol-ssion roa Tms Lock compression, in accordance with the pro- gauges shall be accessible at all times ...........pounds to______ pound* in_____ cedurcs in this subpart. and shall be kept ir. accurate working minutes. (li) The lock attendant In charge of order. pounds to .........pouudo in--------- a man lock shall bo under the direct su (xil) Man locks shall have an observa minutes. pervision of the appointed physician. Pic tion port at least 4 inches in diameter (Signed by)_________ ____________ shall be stationed at the lock controls on located in such a position that all oc (Superintendent) tlie free air side during the period of cupants of tiie man lock may be ob This form shall bo posted In the Man Lock at all times. compression and decompression and shall remain at the lock control station served from the working chamber and from the free air side of the lock. (2) Any code of signals used shall be conspicuously posted near workplace en trances and such other locations as may whenever there are men in the working chamber or in the man lock. (ill) Except where air pressure in the Cxiii) Adequate ventilation in the lock shall be provided. <xiv> Man locks snail be maintained be necessary to bring them to the atten working chamber Is below 12 p.s.i.g., tion of all employees concerned. each man lock shall be equipped with (3) For each 8-hour shift, a record of automatic controls which, through tailed at a minimum temperature of 70 F. (xv> When locks are not in use and employees arc in the working chamber, employees employed under air pressure programs, cams, or similar apparatus, lock doors shall be kept open to the shall be kept by an employee who shall shall automatically regulate decompres working chamber, where practicable. remain outside the lock near the en sions. It shall also be equipped with man txvi) Provision shall be made to allow trance. Tills record shall show the period ual controls to permit the lock attendant for rescue parties to enter the tunnel if each employee spends in the air cham to override the automatic mechanism in the working force is disabled. ber and the time taken from decompres the event of an emergency, as provided (xvii) A special decompression cham sion. A copy shall be submitted to the in subdivision (viii) of tills subparagraph. ber of sufficient size to accommodate appointed physician after each shift. (iv) A manual control, which can be the entire force of employees being de (el Compression, (1) Every employee used in the event of an emergency, shall compressed at the end of a shift shall going under air pressure for the first be placed Inside the man lock. be provided whenever the regularly es time shall be instructed on how to avoid (v) A clock, thermometer, and con tablished working period requires a total excessive discomfort. (2) During the compression' of em tinuous recording pressure gauge with a 4-hour graph shall be Installed outside time of decompression exceeding 75 minutes. ployees, the pressure shall not be in of each man lock nnd shall be changed (2) Special decompression chamber. creased to more than 3 p.s.i.g. within the prior to each shift's decompression. The (1) The headroom in the special decom first minute. The pressure shall be held chart shall be of sufficient size to reg pression chamber shall be not less than at 3 P-S.l.g. and again at 7 p-s.i.g. suffi ister a legible record of variations in pres a minimum 7 feet and the cubical con ciently long to determine if any employ sure within the man lock and shall be tent shall provide at least 50 cubic feet ees are experiencing discomfort. visible to the lock attendant. A copy of of airspace for each employee. For each (3) After the first minute the pres each graph shall be submitted to the ap occupant, there shall be provided 4 square sure shall be raised uniformly and at a pointed physician after each shift. In feet of free walking area and 3 square rate not to exceed 10 pjs.l. per minute. addition, a pressure gauge, clock, and feet of seating space, exclusive of area re (4) If any employee complains of dis comfort. the pressure shall .be held to thermometer shall also be Installed in each man lock. Additional fittings shall quired for lavatory and toilet facilities. The rated capacity' shall be based on the determine if the symptoms are relieved. be. provided so that test gauges may be stated minimum space per employee and If, after 5 minutes the discomfort does not disappear, the lock attendant shall gradually reduce the pressure until the attached whenever necessary. (vU Except where air pressure is be low 12 p.s.i.g. and there is no danger of shall be posted at the chamber entrance. The posted capacity shall not be exceed ed. except in case of emergency. employee signals that the discomfort has ceased. If he docs not indicate that the discomfort has disappeared, the lock at rapid flooding, all caissons having a working area greater than 150 square feet, and each bulkhead in tunnels of (fl) Each special decompression chamber shall be equipped with the fol lowing: tendant shall reduce the pressure to atmospheric and the employee shall be 14 feet or.more In diameter, or equivalent area, shall have at least two locks in (a) A clock or clocks suitably placed so that the attendant and the chamber released from the lock. Hi) Jh> employee :;h;i!l be subjected in pressure exceeding 50 pounds per square perfect working condition, one of which shall bn used exclusively as a umu lack, the other, as a materials lock. occupants can readily ascertain the Hum; (6.) Treasure gauges which will in inch except in emergency. (vif) Where only a combination inan- dicate to the attendants and to the (f> Decompression. (1) Decompression to nonnal condition shall be in accord ance with the Decompression Tables In Appendix A of this subpart. and-materials lock is required, this sin gle lock shall be of sufficient capacity to hold the employees constituting two suc cessive shifts. (2) In the event it is necessary for an (vill> Emergency locks shall be large employee to be in compressed air more enough to hold an entire heading shift than once In a 24-hour period, the ap and a limit maintained of 12 p.s.i.g. pointed physician shall be responsible for There shall be a chamber available for the establishment of methods and pro-- oxygen- decompression therapy to 28 cedures of decompression applicable to p.s:i.g. . ; repetitive exposures. - - (Lx) The man lock siiall* be large (3) If decanting is necessary, the ap- enough so> that those using, it are not pointed physician shall establish' pro compelled-.'to-be In a cramped (position, cedures before any employee is permitted and shall not have less thah'-5 feet clear chamber occupants the pressure in the chamber; <c> Vnlves to enable the attendant to control the supply and discharge of compressed air into and from the chamber; <d) Valves and pipes, in connection with the air supply and exhaust, ar ranged so 'that the chamber .pressure can be controlled from within and with out; (e) Effective means of oral intercom munication between the attendant, oc cupants of the chamber, and the air compressor plant; and to be decompressed by decanting meth head room at the-center and a minimum (/) An observation port at the en ods. The period of time that the em of 30 cubic feet of air space per occupant. trance to permit observation of the ployees spend at atmospheric pressure (x) Locks on caissons shall be so lo chamber occupants. between the decompression following the cated that the bottom door shall be not (Hi) Seating facilities in special de shift and recomprcsslon shall not exceed -less than 3 feet above the water level sur- compression chambers shall be so ar 5 minutes. _ rounding the caisson onTthe- outside^ range! as to permit a nonnal sitting > k> Man locks and special decompres- (Th<Twa*ter levels whe.rt it is affected by posture without cramping. Seating chambers--n> Man locks,, (1)"Ex- - tides, Ls construed to mean-high-tide.) space, not less than 18 Inches by 24 'cpt in emergency, no'cmployces cm- ~(xi) In -addition tor the "pressure inches- wide, shall be provided per ploy'-rl in compressed air shall be per- -gauge in the locks, an accurate pressure' occupant. milled to pass from the working chamber gauge"shall be maintained on the outer (iv) Adequate toilet and washing fa to atmospheric pressure until after de- and inner side of each bulkhead. These cilities, in a screened or enclosed recess. FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL 34, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIt. 17, T97J EGS 17854 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7:i!)7 shall be provided. Toilet bowls shall (8) Low-pressure air shall be regu metal may be used if it is effectively have a built-in protector on the rim so lated automatically. In addition, man grounded. that an air space is created when the ually operated valves shall be provided (5) Portable lamps shall be equipped seat lid is closed. for emergency conditions. with noncombustible, nonabsorptive. in (v) Fresh and pure drinking water (9) The air intakes for all air com sulating sockets, approved handles, bas shall be available. This may be accom pressors shall be located at a place where ket guards, and approved cords. plished by either piping water into the fumes, exhaust gases, and other air con (6) The use of worn or defective special decompression chamber and taminants will be at a minimum. portable and pendant conductors Is providing drinking fountains, or by pro (10) Gauges indicating the pressure prohibited. viding individual canteens, or by some in tire working chamber shall be installed (k) Sanitation. (1) Sanitary, heatc.d. other sanitary means. Community drink in the compressor building, the lock at lighted, and ventilated dressing rooms ing vessels are prohibited. tendant's station, and at the employer's and drying rooms shall be provided for tvi> No refuse or discarded material Held office. all employees engaged in compressed air of any kind shall be permitted to accu (1) Ventilation ami air Quality. (1) work. Such rooms shall contain suitable mulate, and the chamber shall be kept Exhaust valves and exhaust pipes shall benches and lockers. Bathing accommo clean. bo provided and operated so that the dations (showers at the ratio of one to (vii) Unless the special decompression working chamber shall be well ventilated, 10 employees per shift), equipped with chamber is serving as the man lock to and there shall be no pockets of dead air. running hot and cold water, and suitable atmospheric pressure, the special decom Outlets may be required at intermediate and adequate toilet accommodations, pression chamber shall be situated, where points along tire main low-pressure air shall be provided. One toilet for each 15 practicable, adjacent to the man lock supply line to the heading lo eliminate employees, or fractional part thereof, on the. atmospheric pressure side of the such pockets of dead air. Ventilating air shall be provided. bulkhead. A passageway shall be pro shall be not less than 30 cubic feet per <2i When the toilet bowl' is shut by vided, connecting the special chamber minute. a cover, there should be an air space so ' with the man lock, to permit employees (2) The air in the workplace shall be that the bowl or bucket does not implode in the process of decompression to move analyzed by the employer not less than when pressure is increased. from the man lock to the special chamber once each shift, and records of such tests <3> All parIs of caissons and other without a reduction in the ambient pres shall be kept on file at the place where working compartments shall be kept In sure from that designated for the next the work is in progress. The test results a sanitary condition. stage of decompression. The passageway shall be within the threshold limit values <1) Fire prevention and protection. shall be so arranged as to not Interfere specified In Subpart D of this part, for (1) Firefighting equipment shall be with the normal operation of the man hazardous gases, and within 10 percent available at all times and shall be main lock, nor with the release of the oc of the lower explosive limit of flammable tained in working condition. cupants of tlie special chamber to gases. If these limits are not met, Im (2) While welding or flame-cutting is atmospheric pressure upon the comple mediate action to correct tire situation being done in compressed air, a fire- tion of the decompression procedure. shall be taken by the employer. watch with a fire hose or approved ex (h) Compressor plant and air supply. (3? The temperature of all working tinguisher shall stand by until such op (1) At all times there shall be a thor- chambers which are subjected to air eration is completed. ouglily experienced, competent, and pressure shall, by means of after-coolers (3) Shafts and caissons containing reliable person on duty at the air control or other suitable devices, be maintained flammable material of any kind, either valves as a gauge tender who shall regu at a temperature not to exceed 85" F. above or below ground, shall be provided late the pressure in the working areas. (4) Forced ventilation shall be pro with a waterline and a fire hose con During tunneling operations, one gauge vided during decompression. During the nected thereto, so arranged that all tender may regulate the pressure In not entire decompression period, forced ven points of the shaft or caisson are within more than two headings: Provided. That tilation through chemical or mechanical reach of the hose stream. the gauge and controls are all in one air purifying devices that will ensure (4) Fire hose shall be at least I'/a location. In caisson work, there shall be a gauge tender for each caisson. <2) Tire low' air compressor plant shall be of sufficient capacity to net only permit the work to be done safely, but shall also provide a margin to meet emergencies and repairs. (3) Low air compressor units shall have at least two independent and sepa rate sources of power supply and each shall be capable of operating the entire low air plant and its accessory systems. (4) The capacity, arrangement, and number of compressors shall bc.sufficient to maintain the necessary pressure with out overloading the equipment and to assure maintenance of such pressure.in the working,chamber during .periods of breakdown, repair,, or emergency/ a source of fresh air shall be provided. (0) Whenever heat-producing ma chines (moles, shields) are used in com pressed air tunnel operations, a positive means of removing the heat build-up at the heading shall be provided. (j) Electricity. (D All lighting In compressed-air chambers shall be by electricity exclusively, and two inde pendent electric-lighting systems with independent sources of supply shall be used. The emergency source shall be arranged to become automatically op erative in the event of failure of the regularly used source. (2) The minimum intensity of light on any walkway, ladder, stairway, or working level shall be not less than 10 foot-candles, and In all workplaces the inches In nominal diameter; the water pressure shall at all times bo adequate for efficient operation of tlie type of noz zle used: and the water supply shall be such as to ensure an uninterrupted flow. Fire hose, when not in use, shall be lo cated or guarded to prevent injury thereto. (5) The power house, compressor house, and all buildings housing venti lating equipment, shall be provided with at least one hose connection in the water line, with a fire hose connected thereto. A fire hose shall be maintained within reach of structures of wood over or near shafts. (6) Tunnels shall be provided .with a 2-inch minimum diameter waterline ex tending into tlie working chamber and to within 100 feet of the working face. Such _(5) Switching from one independent- lighting shall at all times be such as source of power supply to the .other, shall -to enable employees to see clearly. line shall have hose outlets with 100 feet of fire hose attached and maintained as be done periodically to ensure.- the work (3) All electrical equipment, and wir follows: One at the working face: one ability of tire apparatus in an emergency.. ing for light and power circuits, shall' immediately inside of the bulkhead of f 6) Duplicate low-pressure air feed comply with requirements of the Na the working chamber: and one immedi lines and regulating valves shall be pro tional Electrical Code for use in damp, ately outside such bulkhead. In addition, vided between the source of air supply hazardous, high temperature, and com hose outlets shall be provided at 200-foot -and,a point beyond the locks with one of. pressed.alr environments. intervals throughout the length of the jthe lines extending to within" -100 -feet, - _ `(4) External parts of lighting fixtures tunnel, and 100 feet of fire hose shall be of the working face. r - - and all other electrical equipment, when attached to the outlet nearest to any lo ~(T) All hlgh-^and" low-pressure jdr' within 8 feet of the floor, shall be con cation. where flammable material is be supply lines shall be equipped wiUfcheck structed of noncombustible, nonabsorp- ing kept or stored or where any flame la valves. - tive,. insulating materials, except that being used. "federal REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 1971 EGS 17855 RULES and regulations r7) In addition to fire iioac protection l>c constructed of noncornbuslIWc mate required by tilts subpart, on every door rial. Standard railings shall be securely of every building not under compressed Installed throughout the length of all air. but used in connection with the com walkways on open sides In accordance pressed air work, there shall be provided with Subpart M of tills part. Where walk at least one approved Are extinguisher of the proper type for the hazard Involved. At least two approved Arc extinguishers shall be provided in the working chamber ns follows: One at the working face and one immediately inside the bulkhead (pressure side). Extinguishers in the working chamber shall use water as tire ways are ramped under safety screens, (lie walkway surface shall be skidproofed by cleats or by equivalent means. (3) Bulkheads used to contain com pressed air shall be tested, where prac ticable, to prove their ability to resist the highest air pressure which may be ex pected to bo used. primary extinguishing agent and shall, 1.1 Ifi.801- lIrfimlionN applicable to tills not use any extinguishing agent which siibparf. could be harmful to tiro employees in the working chamber. The fire extinguisher shall be protected from damage. (S> Highly combustible materials shall not be used or stored in the working chamber. Wood, paper, and similar com bustible material shall not be used In the working chamber in quantities which could cause a fire hazard. The compres sor building shall be constructed of non combustible material. (9) Man locks shall be equipped with a manual type fire extinguisher system that can be activated inside the man lock and also by the outside lock attendant. In addition, a fire hose and portable fire extinguisher shall be provided Inside and outside the man lock. The portable fire extinguisher shall be the dry chemical type. (10) Equipment, fixtures, and furni ture in man locks and special decompres sion chambers shall be constructed of noncombustible materials. Bedding, etc., shall be chemically treated so as to be fire resistant. (11) Head frames shall be constructed of structural steel or open frame-work fireproofed timber. Head houses and other temporary surface buildings or structures within 100 feet of the shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening shall be'bullt of fire-resistant materials. (12) No oil. gasoline, or other combus tible material shall be stored within 100 feet of any shaft, caisson, or tunnel open ing. except that oils may be stored in suitable tanks in isolated fireproof build ings, provided such buildings are not less than 50 feet from any shaft, caisson, or tunnel opening, or any building directly connected thereto. (13) Positive means shall be taken to prevent leaking flammable liquids from flowing into tile areas specifically men tioned in the preceding paragraph. (a) "Bulkhead"--An airtight struc ture separating the working chamber from free air or from another chamber under a lesser pressure than the woking pressure. (b) "Caisson"--A wood, steel, concrete or reinforced concrete, air- and water tight chamber in which it is possible for men to work under air pressure greater than atmospheric pressure to excavate material below water level. (c) "Decanting"--A method used for decompressing under emergency circum stances. In this procedure, the employees are brought to atmospheric pressure with a very high gas tension in the tissues and then immediately recomprcsscd in a sec ond and separate chamber or lock. (d) "Emergency locks"--A lock de signed to hold and permit the quick passage of an entire shift of employees. (e) "High air"--Air pressure used to supply power to pneumatic tools and devices. (f) "Low air"--Air supplied to pres surize working chambers and locks. (g) "Man lock"--A chamber through which men pass from one air pressure environment into another. (h) "Materials lock"--A chamber through which materials and equipment pass from one air pressure environment into another. (i) "Medical lock"--A special cham ber in which employees are treated for decompression illness. It may also be used in preemployment physical examinations to determine the adaptability of the pro spective employee to changes in pressure. (j) "Normal condition"--One during which exposure to compressed air is limited to a single continuous working period followed by a single decompres sion in any given 24-hour period: the total time of exposure to compressed air during the single continuous working (14) All explosives used in connection period Is not interrupted by exposure to with, compressed air work shall be se normal atmospheric pressure, and a sec lected. stored, transported, and used as ond exposure to compressed air does not specified in Subpart IT of this part occur until at least 12 consecutive hours (m) Bulkheads and, safety screens. (1) of exposure to normal atmospheric pres Intermediate bulkheads with locks, or in sure has elapsed since the employee has termediate"safety screens or both, are re been under pressure. quired where there Is the danger of rapid fioodlnjg.- (2) In tunnels 16 feet or more in di ameter, hanging walkways shall be pro (k) "Pressure"--A force acting on a unit area. Usually shown as pounds per square inch. (pA.i.) (l) "Absolute pressure" (p.si.*.)-- The sum of the atmospheric pressure vided from the face to the man lock as and gauge pressure (p-S-l.g.). high In the tunnel as practicable,.with at (m) "Atmospheric pressure"--The .least 6 feet offhead room. Walkways shall. pressure of air at sea level, usually 14.T p.s.l.a. <1 nlino.si>heic), or 0 (n) "Gauge pressure" (p.s.l.g.)--Pres sure measured by a gauge and indicat ing the pressure exceeding atmospheric. (o) "Safety' screen"--An air- and water-tight diaphragm placed across the upper part of a compressed air tun nel between the face and bulkhead, in order to prevent flooding the crown of the tunnel between the safety screen and the bulkhead, thus providing a safe means of refuge and exit from a flooding or flooded tunnel. (p) "Special decompression cham ber"--A chamber to provide greater comfort for employees when the total decompression lime exceeds 75 minutes. (q) "Working chamber"--The space or compartment under air pressure in which the work is being done. Appendix A DECOMPRESSION TABLES 1. Explanation. Tho decompression tables are computed for working chamber pressures from 0 to 14 pounds, and from 14 to 50 pounds per square Inch gauge Inclusive by 2-pound Increments and for exposure times for each pressure extending from one-half to over 8 hours Inclusive. Decompressions will bo conducted by two or more stages witli a maximum of four stages, the latter for a working chamber pressure of 40 pounds per squaro Inch gauge or over. Stage 1 consists of a reduction In ambient pressure ranging from 10 to a maximum of 16 pounds per square Inch, but In no In stance will tho pressure be reduced below 4 pounds at the end of stage 1. This reduction In pressure In stage 1 will always take place at a rate not greater than 5 pounds per minute. Further reduction In prossuro will take place during stage 2 and subsequent stages as required at a slower rate, but In no event at a rate greater than 1 pound per minute. Decompression Table No. 1 Indicates in the body of the table the total decompression time In minutes for various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposure time. Decompression Table No. 2 indicates for tho same various combinations of working chamber pressure and exposuro time the following: a. The number of stages required: b. The reduction In pressure and the ter minal pressure for each required stage; c. The time In minutes through which the reduction In pressure is accomplished for each required stage; d. Tho pressure reduction rate In minutes per pound for each required stage; Important Note: The Pressure Reduction In Each Stage Is Accomplished at a Uni form Rote. Do Not Interpolate Between Values Shown on the Tables. Use the Next Higher Value of Working Chamber Pres sure or Exposure Time Should the Actual Working Chamber Pressure or the Actual Exposure Time, Respectively, Fall Between Those for Which Calculated Values Are Shown In the Body of the Tables. Examples: Example No. l: 4. hours working period at 20 pounds gauge. Decompression Table No. 1: SO pounds for 4 hours, total decompression tlmo. 43 minutes. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 7S--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17856 Decompression Table No. 2: Stage l: Reduce pressilro from 20 pounds to 4 pounds at the uniform rate of 5 pounds per minute. Elapsed time stage 1: l%- Stage 2 (final stage): Re duce pressure at a uniform rate from -4 pounds to 0-pound i;age over a period of 40 minutes. Rate--0.10 pound per minute or 10 minutes per pound. Stage 2 (Huai) elapsed time. 3 minutes. 40 minutes. Total time Example No. 2: 5-hour working period at 24 pounds gage. Decompression Table No. 1: 24 pounds for 5 hours, total decompression time. Decompression Table No, 2: Stage 1: Reduce pressure from 24 pounds to 8 pounds at the uniform rate of 6 pounds per minute. 43 minutes. 117 minutes. Elapsed time stage l: 6 3 minutes. Stage 2: Reduce pressure at a uniform rate from 8 pounds to 4 pounds over a period of 4 min utes. Rate, 1 pound per minute elapsed time, stage 2-------------Transfer men to special decompression cham ber maintaining the 4-pound pressure dur ing the transfer oper ation. 4 minutes. RULES AND REGULATIONS 7399 Singe 3 (Anal stage): In the epoclal dccompresalon chamber, rcduce the pressure at a uniform rate from 4 pound* to 0-pound gag over a period of nominutes. Unto, 0.037 pound per mlnuto or 27.6 minutes per pound. Stage 3 (Anal) elapsed time___ Total time.._________ 110 minutes. ---------------------117 minutes. DEC0tfrKKS5K>K T/.BLZ NO. I--TOTAL DzCOMrilK.'VMOS* TjMJC Work pressure Working poriod hours 0-12___ 14.......... 10.......... IS.......... 20.......... /*> 24.......... 20.......... 28.......... 30.......... 32.......... 34.......... 36.......... . 38.......... . 40.......... . 42.......... . 44.......... 46.......... . 48 ___ 60............ P-S.1-K. M 1 m 2 3 4 i G 7 8 Over 6 ................ ................ .......... ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................ ................. ................. 3 0 7 7 7 0 n 13 15 17 10 21 24 ................ ................. ............... ............... ............... 37 43 44 61 68 3 333 33333 G G G G 0 G C 16 16 7 7 7 7 7 8 7 11 7 17 17 48 33 63 48 63 4S 73 7 8 15 15 43 (53 73 83 103 0 1G 24 38 08 03 103 113 ITS 12 23 27 52 92 117 122 127 137 14 20 34 60 104 126 HI 142 142 23 31 41 08 127 143 163 163 1G6 28 38 62 105 143 1G5 168 178 IBS 35 43 85 126 163 178 103 203 213 30 68 08 151 178 195 218 223 233 44 63 113 170 108 223 233 243 263 40 73 128 178 203 223 238 263 263 40 84 143 183 213 233 248 268 278 66 102 144 180 216 245 200 263 268 64 118 164 190 234 264 264 269 209 74 ue 271 214 244 260 274 280 200 80 144 180 220 260 209 309 Sit 310 04 1U 200 240 279 300 329 . 3 33 62 Uj 113 133 151 1G3 183 3M 226 248 273 278 288 293 m 318 DXCOSfl'JlZflfllOX TABtX NO. 2 (Do not Interpolate, \ue next higher value for condition not computed.) Working chamber pressure Fj.l.g. Working Srrted [ours Decompression daU ..........................-- ................... - ......................... . Pressure reduction Time In Pressure Btago No. PJ.l.g. stage -------------- -- Minutes reduction rate From To Mln/Pound ...................--. Total time decompress Minutes 14............................. H............................ 1.................... m..................... 2.................... 3........................... 4.............................. 5....... l 1 I I 2 ot I 2 I 14 4 40 H4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 14 4 40 H0 40 14 4 40 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 2.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 6 G G G G G 6 G 6 6 6 6 6 C No. 75--Pt. n------8 FEDStAt REGISTER, VOL 36, NO, 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 77, 7977 EGS 17857 100 RULES AND REGULATIONS Working clmmlxT pressure Working period Hours 3....... OverS. 10................ 1.. 1Y- 3.......... 4....... 5............ 0....... 7........... 8....... Over 8. 18....................Y....... 1....... 1M--- 2....... 3........... A....... 6....... C............ 8..... Over 8. 20....................... Y%........ 1....... 1H--- 3. A. &. G. 7. 8. Decompression dnto Pressure reduction Singe No. . PJ.I.g. From To TismtaegeIn Minutes Pressure reduction mle Min/i'ound 1 14 4 A0 I 14 4 40 1 14 4 2 40 1 14 4 .4 0 J 20 4 A0 1 10 4 2 4U 21 r 10 4 40 10 4 2 A0 01 10 4 40 1 H4 40 1 14 4 2 40 14 4 2 40 J J4 4 2 40 1 14 4 2 40 1i 14 4 40 1 JH 4 40 01 18 4 40 1 18 4 2 40 1 18 4 2 40 21 18 4 40 1 IS 4 40 1 18 4 2 40 1 18 A 2 40 1 18 4 40 01 18 4 40 1 18 4 2 40 1 20 4 2 40 1 20 i n 40 1 20 4 2 40 1 20 4 21 40 20 4 2 40 1 20 4 2 40 X 20 4 2 40 1 20 4 2 40 1 20 4 2 40 I 20 4 40 2 A2 14 i* 124 30 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 30 3 4f> 3 45 3 GO 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 6 3 8 3 14 3 4/5 3 GO 3 GO 3 70 3 84 3 4 3 4 3 G 3 12 3 12 3 40 3 60 3 70 3 80 3 100 0.20 1.00 0.20 3.60 0.20 3. GO 0.20 7. !0 0. 20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.(<0 0.20 l.U) 0. 20 1.00 0. 20 i.no 0.20 3.50 0.20 7.50 0.2O 11.25 0.20 11.25 0.20 15. (X) 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0,20 1.26 0.20 2. (X) 0.20 3.60 0. 20 11.25 0.20 16.00 0.20 16.00 0.20 17.60 0.20 21.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.00 0.20 1.26 0.20 3.00 0.20 3.00 0.20 10.00 0.20 16.00 0.20 17.60 a 20 20.00 a 20 26.00 Total time decompress Minutes 0 1G 16 32 7 7 7 7- 7 7 7 7 17 33 48 48 G3 7 7 7 8 11 17 43 63 C3 73 87 7 7 8 16 IS 43 03 73 83 103 FEDERAL REGISTER. VOL 36, NO. 75--5ATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17858 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75-- SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 7-102 RULES AND REGULATIONS Li sa i -1= I Jc; ! !< ii CO OO CO y 5 B s e s assss^sessis S? S I? C< CM CM HS.g gsssiasssssssssssasBaasssgsssaagssssggasssgssssssssssassssssssgssssssgssss eS*c oM/*c>dr*c?'---c>-idc?r4c;cscl^c5foe6o*c:eMO<i'^o,d,?*o*o?ic>tMCi'^5cMc*- -- o-J*ocjc-`ooor-1^90CHoo,os5o<*5f-c5rCMC5'<5c^o<ir^c>5ri COCO hNCOWW It Cl "< W PI w !; !I2-iS3 j-1 ^ 5! is 1 DfiR?.*;--:c`?oc*-?f:'S--'> cCi MCC,r;^?ei~rtcicij^j'tdiiP?S!;rtOcCS rtSOf5Qo- 5ion5ft?coo o-*<co?--,o c,)--`C. co3c'c;50o rtrp5 iflncwo*o*1 QCn*|o" >-oonOc-<'flnorcticp;wo',_w;rt--cirot if si | Si11 s I s2-'SS'fg?.-'SS,*TS-SS'*,gS-'SS'rSa'rSS-riSS''S8'-S8''SS'cffiSil??!,0Sfi,0J??!0SSa'i>S?!'=S-?),0S?!,sSr;0Sg!' &H .cicocir3t^cifocirt^cic}^CMr3HCico-<cico*--iCM<o*-*cieo-`CMco--iCMeo>MCico.-icico-"Ciro-4Cico-*cifo*-icifO*"*cicoi"*cico,*ci<o*-*cicO'--'Cico^eico cn c ,tsit5e.f9l Su Jc* H sc-s a8*CW s_ s CM 1* >* ir <6 C* o2 -m C c M* IS c* cc S fS 2 s 2 3 Oci-C-<5OVir--l >fOcX< Ccc<.OCsC OC4 0-c*i 05co mc -+--o *i.~n-I r--.o< c--Col cCo-mi - O M 2=2 hCSL.'si3f f``*is7--: 8gsagg8Sg8235338Sg8S"sSSr.S5?;SSS?.SS83g855?.!rg8KgSgg8gg8SS?.gS8HS8SS5!SfgSSgfiSS ^c^oc'toicJ -t cToio^oecoio"t^c-oi s'-i ^ ~*c:ssciccoic' n'sc'osrtcioi- rfccoic'^rcios ?cioo nccIoo'-'-J cj --` ' i~` o' ri *c<~`>s'csocric ococ t* 2nj -- *= rcioo tocco ! S 3 sU.2s 7C"* 5/Si ,SSm5grtSg,''r:S"2'-"28',2S:,?!SnK2"?g',SS"SgMr."a|"3g"2:',-,,2?!"Sg!,SB=,2|-"gg:'i'|"S|"5g c A <3 to u C-rt -- oS3 5 Z2. r-i CM CO -- C4 CO r- cMco-HCM<o**ceo -- CM CO CM CO - CM CO i- Cl CO - ` 'CM CO * wcjHWrt- CMCO.-MCICOi-mCICO'- Cl CO ~ Cl co -- c CO "> Cl ts. CM CO M"Cl CO -- Cl co -- Cl -- - "- < CO J ! & * > O 1' m o r M K < f~ CQ o ,i -- - ' r-> ~~CM * ci JM* o -- 'CO EGS 17-860 S3 =ii o 8g RULES AND REGULATIONS 33 sa C C4 1-UC V 3 3 55 eg ^s"Sz*eea: asioSSffissRsasajssssssssssasssssssRssssasassssssssssssKassssssssssrisassfiBs^ ci -''V o`~cf ^o'*-'r5 or|<=^*opjo --' r^^o-^o H o --' je '**' "' j 5> "* * =1'f 2 ^ o'-J ci l- o'--' e-i ~ g 3 wSSrt8SSw3Sgw3Sg"S"S"333wi2S;RwS?3MSSfiw28g"S3Srt223"2g2gg^$fig2S2S85wS3:2 gso^o^o^o^o-rogjo-f o^ei'ro^ci^o^ri^o^^jfC'/jci-ro^rjf o^^-roofjri^o^ctM-c^ci'f o^fifco^^oo-^-poo^^o o *! ^ ci eo ^ ~ ci co ^ ^ M M ^ cl co v ^ M c* w v ** cj ro ^ ^ n w ^ h m co ^.- m oo ^ ^ m m ^ ci eo *** ci -* .-i ci co ** -i c c*j -* ci c> **< -t ci cj *i .-< m * %a < > 4 ( * < * ` .* III ca 4 t ' j ; ; * ; eo : : fc i < i i a > <O 0 * > tJ o VP* --\ : ST rl *-4 ceo#oiclc-eoO ST j 3T --2 3u* o 3 S."I FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO, 75-- SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 --o2 S3* co * 8cl 3Cl 3Cl CSl gei O Cl <5 <Col Cl og a s= 8S88SSc!8S333SS8S8ffi3383i2S838S5S*8S8SSS#|S?SS833SSSS88gSS8g33SSSSS38SS8SKS8SS!S 0,<->iH<`jo'>->'i4<d c?r4`S^cJJ *0 jC>*-i I^C^cScI 0$C OCI f'ScJOf'5 J2 j ""^'^** j2o ^ c5 D 7* ,rty~. S-r'"2"'a"2a3M38S"33gM3Sg"S3g"!jSg"3Sg"RSgf,!8|"S,,:'yro2j;SS?iSreSSS;"Sg3"*5S',i-i-2g s5?*ic5,0jafOSi'oj;;!-.o;-t = .-vo^fO?0;;Sg;,Oj:2,;;:o^5=,=SjTCiSj,o . % siccr,"ipr vficoY? vw ret Tfi ? *ci -cci -rci -cm -cci -rci rci tt< ff' -r-fi -i I yo. i "i a-a ; -t-ijvs'f o * "' i Sc-rS* 3 C 1 - -- t* -. 1'- --* CO OX .......... M l i -i. c - " tr -c o 9L _ EGS 17861 FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 7 5 -- SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 7404 RULES AND REGULATIONS II j: sa 2 s s ssssiriSsiRSSsassssasssssssasss asss o'n>-!<Jd"(!'As`nn j* o* --' *o jj* a*-I c-'' o' *"< o*-' ci-- * "S=3S5i!^238MSSg"S83"5g"23g "SSS 3-r3 S32-S32-S32-S32-S32-S32-332-' 332o ! ai if s ?! 2 : c> n V ' *o s K K Z S' S S i fi s I; S s s S3?-S-,eSS?;S?.3f.5S2?.eS3?.S2Sf,S82?i2S?.?:..S5S?.::-r.i::S:':.5?.J7.7.?.S?.5SSSf,S!aSR2SSI: 3SS ts ri-=-=>! 2-xi-i =i-2'pj <i-r =3 "2?2"2.^gK2S2"2gg22g 5g"2gg"?i2grt22?,"233;'22>.'2r,Z:'-27g53^2Sg:'-2gg!*-25g`,ig.3 g2-r = S = - = ft2-::ft2'r:::52',' = S2"'S2'' = S2','"3S-rCS2- = ?;2- = 3,2--^2- = ^---j;2- = 32',' = 32'ro32-a 5gs-55=-55 = -S = -S=-5=-Sg=-2S=-4!S2-'?S2'-?S2-432"^S-S2-?i-S3-S3S-SS2-' l?l--! . -: i o` CO GS ^s62 cliuU'i. the area onto umcii U:u mate: iai i;,,*K>\v UK/ i*.p ........ m be,. i is dropped shall be completely enclosed be kept closed when not in use. construction, the steel framing may with barricndcs not less .than -12 lnchc3 (c) A substantial gate shall be In left In place during the demolition o'. high and not less than G feet back from stalled in each chute at or near the dis masonry'. Where this is done, all j.'c -i the projected edge of the opening above. charge end. A competent employee shall beams, girders, and similar struciura'. Signs, warning of the hazard of falling be assigned to control the operation of supports shall be cleared of all loose ma materials, shall be posted at each level. the gate, and the backing and loading terial as the masonry demolition pro Removal shall not be permitted in this of trucks. gresses downward. lower area until debris handling ceases (d) When operations are not in prog (g) Walkways or ladders shall he pro above. ress, the area surrounding the discharge vided to enable employees to safely roa. h (11 All floor openings, not used as ma end of a chute shall be securely closed or leave any scaffold or wall. terial drops, shall be covered over with off. (h) Walls, which serve as rctainin:: material substantial enough to support (e) Any chute opening, into which walls to support earth or adjoining struc tlie weight of any load which may be workmen dump debris, shall be protected tures, shall not be demolished until such imposed. Such material shall be prop by a substantial guardrail approximately earth has been properly braced or ad erly secured to prevent its accidental movement. (j) Except for the cutting of holes in floors for chutes, holes through which to drop materials, preparation of storage space, and similar necessary preparatory 42 inches above ihc floor or other surface on which the men stand to dump the ma terial. Any space between the chute and tile edge of openings in the floors through which It passes shall oe solidly covered over. joining structures have been properly underpinned. (1) Walls, which are to serve as re taining walls against which debris will be piled, shall not be so used unless capa ble of safely supporting the Imposed load. work, the demolition of exterior walls (f) Where the material Is dumped 15)8.855 Manual removal of floors. and floor construction shall begin at the top of the structure and proceed down ward. Each story of exterior wall and floor construction shall be removed and dropped into the storage space before commencing the removal of exterior walls and floors In the story next below. (k) Employee entrances to multi story structures being demolished shall be completely protected by sidewalk sheds or canopies, or both, providing pro tection from the face of the building for a minimum of 8 feet. All such canopies shall be at least 2 feet wider than the building entrances or openings (1 foot wider on each side thereof), and shall be capable of sustaining a load of 150 pounds per square foot. 1518.851 Stairs, passageways, and lad ders. (a) Only those stairways, passage ways, and ladders, designated as means of access to the structure of building, shall be used. Other access ways shall be from mechanical equipment or wheel barrows, a securely attached toeboard or bumper, not less than 4 inches thick and 6 inches high, shall be provided at each chute opening. (g) Chutes shall be designed and con structed of such strength as to eliminate failure due to impact of materials or de bris loaded therein. 1518.853 11 e m o v a 1 of materials through floor openings. Any openings cut In a floor for the disposal of materials shall be no larger in size than 25 percent of the aggregate of the total floor area, unless the lateral supports of the removed flooring remain in place. Floors weakened or other wise made unsafe by demolition opera tions shall be shored to carry safely the intended Imposed load from demolition operations. 1518.854 Removal of walls, masonry sections, and chimneys. (a) Openings cut to a floor shall ex tend the full span of the arch between supports. (b) Before demolishing any floor arch, debris and other material shall be re moved from such arch and other ad jacent floor area. Planks not less than 2 Inches by 10 Inches to cross section, full size undressed, shall be provided for, and shall be used by employees to stand on while breaking down floor arches be tween beams. Such planks shall be so located as to provide a safe support for the workmen should the arch between the beams collapse. The open space be tween planks shall not exceed 16 inches. (c) Safe walkways, not less than 18 inches wide, formed of planks not less than 2 inches thick if wood, or of equiv alent strength if metal, shall be pro vided and used by workmen when necessary to enable them to reach any point without walking upon exposed beams. entirely closed off at all times. (a) Masonry walls, or other sections (d) Stringers of ample strength shall (b) All stairs, passageways, ladders and incidental equipment thereto, which are covered by this section, shall be periodically inspected and maintained in a clean safe condition. .(c) In a multistory building, when a stairwell is being used, it shall be prop erly illuminated by either natural or artificial means, and completely and "substantially covered over at a point not less than two floors below the floor on which work is being performed, and ac cess to the floor where the work is in progress shall be through a properly lighted, protected, and separate pas sageway. 1518.852 Chutes. (a) No material shall be dropped to _ony point lying outside the exterior walls of the structure,"tinless the area is effec tively protected. Jb) .All materials chutes, or sections thereof,, at- an angle-of more -than .45* from the horizontal.-shall b.e entirely en closed, except-for openings equipped with closures at or about floor level for the insertion of materials. The openings shall of masonry, shall not be permitted to fall upon the floors' 'of the building to such masses as to exceed the safe carrying capacities of the floors. (b) No wall section, which Is more than one story to height, shall be per mitted to stand alone without lateral bracing, unless such wall was originally designed and constructed to stand with out such lateral support, and is in a con dition safe enough to be self-supporting. All walls shall be left in n stable condi tion at the end of each shift. (c) Employees shall not be permitted to work on the top of a wall when weather conditions constitute a hazard ed) Structural or load-supporting members on any floor shall not be cut or removed until all stories above such a floor have been demolished and re moved. This provision shall not prohibit the cutting of floor beams for the dispos al of materials or for the Installation of equipment, provided that the require ments of 1518.853 and 1518.855 are met. _ (e) Floor openings within 10 feet of any wall being demolished shall be be installed to support the flooring planks, and the ends of such stringers shall be supported by floor beams or gird ers, and not by floor arches alone. (e) Planks shall be laid together over solid bearings with the ends overlapping at least 1 foot. (f) When floor arches are being re moved, employees shall not be allowed in the area directly underneath, and such an area shall be barricaded to pre vent access to it. (g) Demolition of floor arches shall not be started until they, nml the sur rounding floor area for a distance of 20 feet, have been cleared of debris and any other unnecessary materials. 1518.856 Removal of walls, floors, ami materia! with equipment. (a) Mechanical equipment shall not be used on floors or working surfaces un less such floors or surfaces are of suf ficient strength to support the imposed load. (b) Floor openings shall have curbs or stop-logs to prevent equipment from running over the edge. (c) Mechanical equipment used shall not exceed 48 Inches in height measured planked solid, except when employees meet the requirements specified in Sub along the wall of the chute. At all stories are kept out of the area below. parts N and O of this part. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL T 7, 1977 EGS 17863 710 RULES AND REGULATIONS 1.'iUI.fi."7 Stontgc. (a) The storage of waste material and debris on any floor shall not exceed the allowable floor loads. (b) In buildings having wooden floor construction, the flooring boards may be removed from not more than one floor above grade to provide storage space for debris, provided falling material is not permitted to endanger the stability of the structure. (c) When wood floor beams serve to brace interior walls or free-standing ex terior walis, such beams shall be left in place until other equivalent support can be installed to replace them. (d) Floor arches, to an elevation of not more than 25 feet above grade, may be removed to provide storage area for debris: Provided, That such removal does not endanger the stability of the structure. (e) Storage space into which material is dumped shall be blocked off, except for openings necessary for the removal of material. Such openings shall be kept closed at all times when material is not being removed. 151(1.858 Itcmoval of stool construc tion. (a) When floor arches have been re moved, planking in accordance with 1518.855(b) shall be provided for the workers engaged in razing the steel framing. (b) Cranes, derricks, and other hoist ing equipment used shall meet the re quirements specified in Subpart N of this part. (c) Steel construction shall be dis mantled column length by column length, and tier by tier (columns may be in two-story- lengths).. (d) Any structural member being dis membered shall not be overstressed. 1518.859 Mechanical demolition. (a) No workers shall be permitted in any area, which can be adversely affected by demolition operations, when balling or clamming is being performed. Only those workers necessary for the perform ance of the operations shall be permitted in this area at any other time. (b) The weight of the demolition ball shall not exceed 50 percent of the crane's rated load, based on the length of the boom and the maximum angle of opera tion at which the demolition ball will be used, or it shall not exceed 25 percent of the nominal breaking strength of the line by which it is suspended, which ever results in a lesser value. (c) The crane boom and loadline shall be as short as possible. (d) The ball shall be attached to the -loadline with a swivel-type connection to prevent twisting of the loadline, and shall be-attached by positive means in such manner that the weight cannot become accidentally disconnected. (e) When pulling over walls or por tions thereof with a demolition ball or clamshell bucket, or by attachment of a rope, all-.stccf members affected shall have been previously cut free. (f) All roof cornices or other such ornamental stonework shall be removed prior to pulling walls over. (g) During demolition, continuing in spections by a competent person shall be made as the work progresses to detect hazards resulting from weakened or deteriorated floors, or walls, or loosened material. No employee shall be permitted to work where such hazards exist until they are corrected by shoring, bracing, or other effective means. 1518.860 Selective demolition by explosives. Selective demolition by explosives shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable sections of Subpart U of this part. Subporf U--Blasting and the Use of Explosives 1518.900 General provisions. (a) The employer shall permit only authorized and qualified persons to han dle and use explosives. (b) Smoking, firearms, matches, open flame lamps, and other fires, flame or heat producing devices and sparks shall be prohibited In or near explosive maga zines or while explosives are being han dled, transported or used. (c) No person shall be allowed to han dle or use explosives while under the in fluence of intoxicating liquors, narcotics, or other dangerous drugs. (d) All explosives shall be accounted for at all times. Explosives not being used shall be kept in a locked magazine, unavailable to persons not authorized to handle them. The employer shall main tain an inventory and use record of all explosives. Appropriate authorities shall be notified of any loss, theft, or unauthor ized entry into a magazine. (e) No explosives or blasting agents shall be abandoned. (f) No fire shall be fought where the fire is in imminent danger of contact with explosives. All employees shall be re moved to a safe area and the fire area guarded against intruders. (g) Original containers, or Class n magazines, shall be used for taking deto nators and other explosives from storage magazines to the blasting area. (h) When blasting Is done in con gested areas or in proximity to a struc ture, railway, or highway, or any other Installation that may be damaged, the blaster shall take special precautions in the loading, delaying, initiation, and confinement of each blast with mats or other methods so as to control the throw of fragments, and thus prevent bodily injury to employees. (i) Employees authorized to prepare explosive charges or conduct blasting op erations shall use every reasonable pre caution including, bat not limited to, visual and audible warning signals, flags, or barricades, to ensure employee safety. (j) Insofar as possible, blasting opera tions above ground shall be conducted between sunup and sundown. (k) Due precautions shall be taken to prevent accidental discharge of electric blasting caps from current Induced byradar. radio transmitters, lightning, ad jacent powerlines, dust storms, or other sources of extraneous electricity. These precautions shall include: (1) Detonators shall be short-circuited in holes which have been primed and shunted until -wired into the blasting circuit. (2) The suspension of all blasting op erations and removal of persons from the blasting area during the approach and progress of an electric storm: (3) The posting of signs warning against the use of mobile radio transmit ters on all roads within 1,000 feet of the blasting operations. Signs shall have 4-inch white letters on a red background, with the words, "Blasting Area--Radio Transmitting Prohibited." (4) Ensuring that mobile radio trans mitters which are less than 100 feet away from electric blasting caps, in other than original containers, shall be de energized and effectively locked: (5) Compliance with the recommen dations of The Institute of the Makers of Explosiv.es with regard to blasting in the vicinity of radio transmitters as stip ulated in Radio Frequency Energy--A Potential Hazard in the Use of Electric Blasting Caps, IME Publication No. 20, March 1968. (l) Empty boxes and paper and fiber packing materials, which have previ ously contained high explosives, shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be destroyed by burning at an approved location. (m) Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies that are obviously de teriorated or damaged shall not be used. (n) Delivery and issue of explosives shall only be made by and to authorized persons and Into authorized magazines or approved temporary storage or han dling areas. (o) Blasting operations in the prox imity of overhead power lines, com munication lines, utility services, or other services and structures shall not be car ried on until the operators and/or owners have been notified and measures for safe control have been taken. (p) The use of black powder shall be prohibited. (q) All loading and fifing shall be di rected and supervised by competent per sons thoroughly experienced in this field. (r) All blasts shall be fired electrically with an electric blasting machine or properly designed electric power source, except as provided in 1518.906 (a) and (r). 1518.901 Blaster qualifications. (a) A blaster shall be able to under stand and give written and oral orders. (b) A blaster shall be in good physical condition and not be addicted to nar cotics, intoxicants, or similar types of drugs. (c) A blaster shall be qualified, by reason of training, knowledge, or experi ence, in the field of transporting, storing, handling, and use of explosives, and have a working knowledge of State and local FEDERAL REGISTER, VOl. 36, HO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17864 RULES AND REGULATIONS 7-107 laws and regulations which pertain to in the use of the extinguisher on his (q) Explosives or blasting agents, not explosives. vehicle. In original containers, shall be placed in (d) Blasters shall be required to fur (j) Motor vehicles or conveyances a suitable container when transported nish satisfactory evidence of competency carrying explosives, blasting agents, or manually. in handling explosives and performing blasting supplies, shall not be taken in (r) Detonators, primers, and other in a safe manner the type of blasting side a garage or shop for repairs or explosives shall be carried in separate that will be required. servicing. containers when transported manually (e) The blaster shall be knowledgeable (k) No motor vehicle transporting and competent in the use of each type of explosives shall be loft unattended. blasting method used. 1518.903 Underground irnn.'.porlalion 1518.904- .Storage of explosives am! blasting agents. fa) Explosives and related materials 1518.902 Surface traii'-iiorlntion of explosives. (a' Transportation of explosives shall meet the provisions of Department of Transportation regulations contained In 14 CFR Part 603, Air Transportation; 46 CPR Parts 146-149, Water Carriers: 49 CFR Parts 171-179, Highways and Rail ways: 49 CFR Part 180. Pipelines; and 49 CPR Parts 290-297, Motor Carriers. Cb) Motor vehicles or conveyances transporting explosives shall only be driven by, and be in the charge of. a licensed driver who is physically fit. He shall be familiar with the local, State, and Federal regulation governing the transportation of explosives. (cl No person shall smoke, or carry matches or any other flame-producing device, nor shall firearms or loaded car tridges be carried while in or near a motor vehicle or conveyance transporting explosives. (d) Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies shall not be transported with other materials or cargoes. Blast ing caps (including electric) shall not be transported, in the same vehicle with of explosives. (a) All explosives or blasting agents in transit underground shall be taken to the place of use or storage without delay. (b) The quantity of explosives or blasting agents taken to an underground loading area shall not exceed the amount estimated to be necessary for the blast. (c) Explosives in transit shall not be left unattended. (d) The hoist operator shall be noti fied before explosives or blasting agents are transported In a shaft conveyance. (c) Trucks used for the transporta tion of explosives underground shall have the electrical system checked weekly to detect any failures which may constitute an electrical hazard. A written record of such Inspections shall be kept on file. (f) The installation of auxiliary lights on truck beds, which are powered by the truck's electrical system, shall be prohibited. (g) Explosives and blasting agents shall be hoisted, lowered, or conveyed in shall be stored in approved facilities re quired under the applicable provisions of the Internal Revonue Service regula tions contained in 26 CPR 181, Com merce in Explosives. (b> Blasting caps, electric blasting caps, detonating primers, and primed cartridges shall not be stored in the same magazine with other explosives or blast ing agents. (c) Smoking and open (lathes shall not be permitted within 50 feet of explosives and detonator storage magazine. (d) No explosives or blasting agents shall be permanently stored in any underground operation until the opera tion has been developed to the point where at least two modes of exit have been provided. (e) Permanent underground storage magazines shall be at least 300 feet from any shaft, adit, or active underground working area. (f) Permanent underground maga zines containing detonators shall not be located closer than 50 feet to any maga zine containing other explosives or blast ing agents. other explosives. a powder car. No other materials, sup 1518.905 Loading of explosives or (e) Vehicles used for transporting ex plies, or equipment shall be transported blasting agents. plosives shall be strong enough to carry the load without difficulty, and shall be in good mechanical condition. (f) When explosives are transported by a vehicle with an open body, a Class II magazine or original manufacturer's container shall be securely mounted on the bed to contain the cargo. (g) All vehicles used for the trans portation of explosives shall have tight floors and any exposed .spark-producing metal on the-inside of the body shall be covered with wood, or other nonsparking material, to prevent contact with con tainers of explosives. (h) Every motor vehicle or conveyance used for transporting explosives shall be marked or placarded on both sides, the front, and the rear with the word "Ex plosives" in red letters, not less than 4 inches in height, on white background. In addition to such marking or placard ing, the motor vehicle or conveyance may display, in such a manner that it will be readily visible from all directions, a red flag 18 Inches by 30 inches, with the word "Explosives" painted, stamped, or sewed thereon, in white letters, at least 6 inches in height. <i) Each vehicle used for transporta tion of explosives shall be equipped with a fully cliarged fire extinguisher, in good condition. An Underwriters Laboratory- approved extinguisher of not less than in the same conveyance at the same time. (h) No one. except the operator, his helper, and the powderman, shall be permitted to ride on a conveyance trans porting explosives and blasting agents. (i) No person shall ride in any shaft conveyance transporting explosives and blasting agents. (j) No explosives or blasting agents shall be transported on any locomotive. At least two car lengths shall separate the locomotive from the powder car. (a) Procedures that permit safe and efficient loading shall be established be fore loading is started. (b) All drill holes shall be sufficiently large to admit freely the Insertion of tire cartridges of explosives. (c) Tamping shall be done only with wood rods or plastic tamping poles with out exposed metal parts, but nonsparking metal connectors may be used for Jointed poles. Violent tamping shall be avoided. The primer shall never be tamped. (k) No explosives or blasting agents (d) No holes shall be loaded except shall be transported on a man haul trip. those to be fired In the next round of (l) The car or conveyance containing blasting. After loading, all remaining ex explosives or blasting agents shall be plosives and detonators shall be Immedi pulled, not pushed, whenever possible. ately returned to an authorized maga (m) The powder car or conveyance zine. especially built for the purpose of trans (e) Drilling shall not be started until porting explosives or blasting agents shall all remaining butts of old holes are ex bear a reflectorized sign on each side amined for unexploded charges, and If with the word "Explosives" in letters, not less than 4 Inches In height; upon a background of sharply contrasting color.* (n) Compartments for transporting detonatora and explosives in the same car or conveyance shall be physically separated by a distance of 24 Inches or by a solid partition at least 6 Inches thick, (o) Detonators and other explosives shall not be transported at the same time In any shaft conveyance. (p) Explosives, blasting agents, ctr any are found, they shall be refired be fore work proceeds. (f) No person shall be allowed to deepen drill holes which have contained explosives or blasting agents. (g) No explosives or blasting agents shall be left unattended at the blast site. (h) Machines and all tools not used for loading explosives into bore holes shall be removed from the immediate location of holes before explosives are delivered. Equipment shall not be oper ated within 50 feet of loaded holes. 10-A3C rating will meet the minimum blasting supplies shall not be transported a) No activity of any nature other requirement. Tho driver shall bo trained with other materials. than that which Is required for loading FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL 17, 1971 EGS 17865 holes with explosives shall be permitted blasting cap manufacturer's recommen ground. If neither of these requirement:; in a blast area. dations, or on approved contractor or his can be satisfied, a nonelectric .system (J> Powcrlincs and portable electric designated representative. shatl be used. cables for equipment, being used shall be (e) When firing a circuit of electric (s) In electrical firing, only the man kept a safe distance from explosives or blasting caps, care must be exercised to making leading wire connections shall blasting agents being loaded into drill ensure that an adequate quantity of fire tlie shot. All connections shall be holes. Cables in the proximity of the delivered current is available, in ac made from the bore hole back to the blast area shall be deenergized and cordance with the manufacturer's source of firing current, and the leading locked out by .the blaster. recommendations. wires shall remain shorted and not be k> Holes shall be checked prior to (f) Connecting wires and lead wires connected to the blasting machine or loading to determine depth and shall be insulated single solid wires of other source of current until the charge conditions. Where a hole lias been loaded sufficient current-carrying capacity. is to be fired. wiLh explosives but the explosives have failed to detonate, there shall be no drill ing within 50 feet of the hole. il) When loading a long line of holes (g) Bus wires shall be solid single wires of sufficient current-carrying capacity. Hi' When firing electrically, the in (t) After firing an electric blast from a blasting machine, the leading wires shall be immediately disconnected from the machine and short-circuited. with more than one loading crew, the crews shall be separated by practical distance consistent with efficient opera tion and supervision of crews. (m> No explosive shall be loaded or used underground in the presence of combustible gases or combustible dusts. (n) No explosives other than those in Fume Class 1, as set forth by the In stitute of Makers of Explosives, shall be used; however, explosives complying with the requirements of Fume Class 2 and Fume Class 3 may be used if ade quate ventilation has been provided. to) All blast holes in open work shall bo stemmed to the collar or to a point which will confine the charge. (p) Warning signs, indicating a blast area, shall be maintained at all ap proaches to the blast area. The warning sign lettering shall not be less than 4 inches in height on a contrasting back ground. (q) A bore hole shall never be sprung when it is adjacent to or near a hole that is loaded. Flashlight batteries shall not be used for springing holes. (r' Drill holes which have been sprung or chambered, and which are not water-filled, shall be allowed to cool before explosives are loaded. (s) No loaded holes shall be left un attended or unprotected. (tl The blaster shall keep an ac curate, up-to-date record of explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies used in a blast and shall keep an ac curate running inventory of all explosives sulation on all firing lines shall be ade quate and in good condition. (i) A power circuit used for firing electric blasting caps shall not be grounded. <j) In underground operations when firing from a power circuit, a safety switch shall be placed in the permanent firing line at Intervals. This switch shall be made so it can be locked only in the ''Off" position and shall be provided with a short-circuiting arrangement of the firing lines to the cap circuit. (k) In underground operations there shull be a "lightning" gap of at least 5 feet in the firing system ahead of the main firing switch; that is, between this switch and the source of power. This gap shall be bridged by a flexible jumper cord just before firing the blast. 0) When firing from a power circuit, the firing switch shall be locked in the open or "Oil" position at all times, ex cept when firing. It shall be so designed that the firing lines to the cap circuit are automatically short-circuited when tile switch is in the "Oil" position. Keys to this switch shall be entrusted only to the blaster. (m) Blasting machines shall be in good condition and the efficiency of the machine shall be tested periodically to make certain that it can deliver power at its rated capacity. (n) When firing with blasting ma chines, the connections shall be made os recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps used. 1513.903 Use of detonating cord. (a) Care shall be taken to select a detonating cord consistent with the type and physical condition of the bore hole and stemming and the type of explosives used. (b) Detonating cord shall be handled and used with the same respect and care given other explosives. (c) The line of detonating cord ex tending out of a bore hole or from a charge shall be cut from the supply spool before loading the remainder of the bore hole or placing additional charges. (d) Detonating cord shall be handled and used with care to avoid damaging or severing the cord during and after loading and hooking-up. (e) Detonating cord connections shall be competent and positive in accordance with approved and recommended meth ods. Knot-type or other cord-to-cord connections shall be made only with detonating cord in which the explosive core is dry. (f) All detonating cord trunklines and branchlincs shall be free of loops, sharp kinks, or angles that direct the cord back toward the oncoming line of detonation. (g) All detonating cord connections shall be inspected before firing the blast. th) When detonating cord millisec ond-delay connectors or short-intervaldelay electric blasting caps are used with detonating cord, the practice shall con form strictly to the manufacturer's recommendations. and blasting agents stored on the opera (o) The number of electric blasting (i) When connecting a blasting cap of tion. I.IKl.OOf* Initiation of rspioMve charge*--electric blasting. (a) Electric blasting caps shall not.be used where sources of extraneous elec tricity make the use of electric blasting caps dangerous. Blasting cap leg wires shall be kept short-circuited (shunted) until they arc connected into the circuit for firing. (b> Before adopting any system of caps connected to a blasting machine shall not be in excess of its rated capac ity. Furthermore, in primary blasting, a series circuit shall contain no more caps than the limits recommended by the manufacturer of the electric blasting caps in use. (p) The blaster shall be in charge of the blasting machines, and no other per son shall connect the leading wires to the machine. (q) Blasters, when testing circuits to an electric blasting cap to detonating cord, the cap shall be taped or otherwise attached securely along the side or the end of the detonating cord, with the end of the cap containing the explosive clinrge pointed in the direction in which the detonation is to proceed. (j) Detonators for firing the trunk line shall not be brought to the loading area nor attached to the detonating cord until everything else is in readiness for tlie blast. electrical firing, the blaster shall conduct a thorough survey for extraneous cur charged holes, shall use only blasting galvanometers equipped with a silver 1518.909 Firing die blat. rents. and all dangerous currents shall chloride cell especially designed for this (a) A code of blasting signals equiva be eliminated before any holes are loaded. purpose. lent to Table 0-1, shall be posted on one (Ci In any single blast using electric (r) Whenever the possibility exists or more conspicuous places at the opera blasting caps, all caps shall be of the that a leading line or blasting wire might tion. and all employees shall be required same style or function, and of the same be thrown over a live powe'rline by the to familiarize themselves with the code manufacture. force of an explosion, care shall be taken and conform to it. Danger signs shall <d' Electric blasting shall be carried to see that the total length of wires are be placed at suitable locations. out by using blasting circuits or power kept too short to hit the lines, or that (b) Before a blast is fired, a loud __ circuits in accordance with the electric the wires are securely anchored to the warning signal shall be given by the FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL EGS 17866 RULES AND REGULATIONS bluster in charge, who has made certain that all surplus explosives are in a safe place and all employees, vehicles, and equipment are at a safe distance, or under sufficient cover. (c) Flagmen shall be safely stationed on highways which pass through the danger zone so as to slop traffic during blasting operations. (d) It shall be the duty of (he blaster to fix the time of blasting. (e) Before firing an underground blast, warning shall be given, and all possible entries into the blasting area, and any entrances to any working place where a drift, raise, or other opening is about to hole through, shall be carefully guarded. The blaster shall make sure that all employees arc out of the blast area before firing a blast. 3318.910 Inspection after hlu.sting. (a) Immediately after the blast has been fired, the firing line shall be dis connected from the blasting machine, or where power switches are used, they shall be locked open or in the oft position. (b) Sufficient time shall be allowed, not less than 15 minutes in tunnels, for the smoke and fumes to leave the blasted area before returning to the shot. An inspection of the area and the surround ing rubble shall be made by the blaster to determine if all charges have been exploded before employees are allowed to return to the operation, and in tunnels, after the muck pile has been wetted down. 1318.911 Misfires. (b) Loading tubes and casings of dlssimilarmetals shall not be used because of possible electric transient currents from galvanic action of the metals and water. <c) Only water-resistant blasting caps and detonating cords shall be used for all marine blasting. Loading shall be done through a nonsparkling metal loading tube when tube is necessary. fd) No blast shall be fired while any vessel under way is closer than 1,500 feet to the blasting area. Those on board vessels or craft moored or anchored within 1.500 feet shall be notified before a blast is fi, ed. <e) No blast shall be fired while any swimming or diving operations are in progress in the vicinity of the blasting area. If such operations are in progress, signals and arrangements shall be agreed upon to assure that no blast shall be fired while any person is in the water. (f) Blasting flags shall be displayed. fg) The storage and handling of ex plosives aboard vessels used in under water blasting operations shall be ac cording to provisions outlined herein on handling and storing explosives. (h) When more tlian one charge is placed under water, a float device shall be attached to an element of each charge in such manner that it will be released by the firing. Misfires shall be handled in accordance with the requirements of I 1518.911. 1518.913 Blasting in excavation work under compressed air. if) The explosives suitable for use in wet holes shall be water-resistant and shall be Fume Class 1. (g)When tunnel excavation in rock face is approaching mixed face, and when tunnel excavation is In mixed face, blasting shall be performed with light charges and with light burden on each hole. Advance drilling shall be per formed as tunnel excavation in rock face approaches mixed face, to determine the general nature and extent of rock cover and the remaining distance ahead to soft ground as excavation advances. 1518.91-T- Definitions nppHrahtr to this (a) "American Table of Distances" false known as Quantity Distance Tables) means American Table of Dis tances for Storage of Explosives as re vised and approved by the Institute of the Makers of Explosives, June 5, 1904. <b) "Approved storage facility"--A facility for the storage of explosive ma terials conforming to the requirements of this part and covered by a license or permit issued under authority of the Internal Revenue Service. (See 2G CFR, Part 181). . (c) "Blast area"--The area in which explosives loading and blasting opera tions are being conducted. (d) "Blaster"--The person or persons authorized to use explosives for blasting purposes and meeting the qualifications contained in 1518.901. (e) "Blasting agent"--A blasting agent is any material or mixture con <a) If a misfire is found, the blaster shall provide proper safeguards for ex cluding all employees from the danger zone. (b) No other work shall be done ex cept that necessary to remove the hazard of the misfire and only those employees necessary to do the work shall remain in the danger zone. (c) No attempt shall be made to ex tract explosives from any charged or misfired hole; a new primer shall be put in and the hole reblastcd. If retir ing of the misfired hole presents a haz ard, the explosives may be removed by washing out with water or, where the misfire is under water, blown out with air. (d) If there are any misfires while using cap and f\tse, all employees shall remain away from the charge for at least I hour. Misfires shall be handled under the direction of the person in charge of the blasting. All wires shall be carefully traced and a search made for unexploded charges. (e) No drilling, digging, or picking shall be permitted until all missed holes have been detonated or the authorized (a) Detonators and explosives shall not be stored or kept in tunnels, shafts, or caissons. Detonators and explosives for each.round shall be taken directly from the magazines to the blasting zone and immediately loaded. Detonators and explosives left over after loading a round shall be removed from the working chamber before the connecting wires are connected up. (b) When detonators or explosives are bought into an air lock, no employee except the powderman, blaster, lock tender and the employees necessary for carrying, shall be permitted to enter the air lock. No other material, supplies, or equipment shall be locked through with the explosives. (c> Detonators and explosives shall be taken separately into pressure working chambers. (d) The blaster or powderman shall be responsible for the receipt, unloading, storage, and on-site transportation of explosives and detonators. (e) All metal pipes, rails, air locks, and steel tunnel lining shall be electri cally bonded together and grounded at sisting of a fuel and oxidizer used for blasting, but not classified an explosive and in which none of the ingredients is classified as an explosive provided the furnished (mixed) product cannot be detonated with a No. 8 test blasting cap when confined. A common blasting agent presently in use is a mixture of am monium nitrate (NH.NOi) and carbo naceous combustibles, such as fuel oil or coal, and may cither be procured, pre mised and packaged from explosives companies or mixed in the field. (f) "Blasting cap".--A -metallic tube closed at one end, containing a charge of one or more detonating compounds, and designed for and capable of detona tion from the sparks or flame from a safety fuse inserted and crimped into the open end. Cg) "Block holing"--The breaking of boulders by firing a charge of explosives that has been loaded in a drill hole. <h) "Conveyance"--Any unit for transporting explosives or blasting agents, including but not limited to trucks, trailers, rail cars, barges, and vessels. '- representative has approved that rvork or near the portal or shaft, and such (i>- "Detonating cord"--A. .flexible, can proceed. pipes and rails shall be cross-bonded cord containing a center. ,core- of high 1518.912 Undcrwnte.r blasting. together at not less than 1,000-foot inter explosives which when detonated, 'will: (a) A blaster shall conduct all blast vals throughout the length of the tunneL have sufficient strength to detonate other ing operations, and no shot shall ae In addition, each low air supply pipe cap-sensitive explosives with- which it is ~ fired without his approval. shall be grounded at its delivery end. in contact. FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, APRIL-17, 1971 ~" - EGS 17867" 7410 RULES AND REGULATIONS fj> "Detonator"--Blasting caps, elec tric blasting caps, delay electric blasting caps, and nonelectric delay blasting caps. (lc) "Electric blasting cap"--A blast ing cap designed for and capable of deto nation by means of an electric current. (1) "Electric blasting circuitry"-- (1) Bus wire. An expendable wire, used in parallel or scries, in parallel circuits, to which are connected the leg wires of electric blasting caps. i.2) Connecting wire. An insulated expendable wire used between electric blasting caps and the leading wires or between the bus wire and the leading wires. (3) Leading wire. An Insulated wire used between the electric power source and the electric blasting cap circuit. (4) Permanent blasting wire. A per manently mounted insulated wire used between the electric power source and the electric blasting cap circuit. <m) "Electric delay .blasting caps"-- Caps designed to detonate at a prede termined period of time after energy is applied to the ignition system. <n) "Explosives"--<1) Any chemical comi>oundt mixture, or device, the pri mary or common purpose of which is to function by explosion; that is, with sub stantially instantaneous release of gas and heat, unless such compound, mix ture or device is otherwise specifically classified by the U.S. Department of Transportation. (2) All materia! which is classified as Class A, Class B. and Class C explosives by the U.S. Department of Transporta tion. (3) Classification of explosives by the U.S. Department of Transportation is as follows; Class A Explosives. Possessing detonating hazard, such as dynamite, nitroglycerin, picric acid. lead w/.ldc. fulminate of mercury, black powder, blasting caps, and detonating primers. Class B Explosives. Possessing flammable hazard, such as propellant explosives. Includ ing some smokeless propellants. Class O Explosives. Include certain types of manufactured articles which contain Class A or Class 3 explosives, or both, as components, hut In restricted quantities, (oi "Fuse lighters"--Special devices for the purpose of igniting safety fuse. (p) "Magazine--Any building or structure, other than an explosives manufacturing building, used for the storage of explosives. (q) "Misfire"--An explosive charge which failed to detonate. (r) "Mud-capping" (sometimes known as bulldozing, adobe blasting, or dobying). The blasting of boulders by placing a qunntity of explosives against a rock, boulder, or other object without con fining the explosives in a drill hole. (s) "Nonelectric delay blasting cap"-- A blasting cap with an integral delay element in conjunction with and capable of being detonated by a detonation im pulse or signal from miniaturized deto nating cord. (t> "Primary blasting"--The blasting operation by which the original rock formation is dislodged from its natural location. <u> "Primer"--A cartridge or con tainer of explosives into which a deto nator or detonating cord is inserted or attached. (v; "Safety fuse"--A flexible cord containing an internal burning medium by which fire is conveyed at a continuous and uniform rate for the purpose of firing blasting caps. . (w) "Secondary blasting"--The re duction of oversize material by the use of explosives to the dimension required for handling, including mudeapping and blockholing. <x) "Stemming"--A suitable inert in combustible material or device used to confine or separate explosives in a drill hole, or to cover explosives in mud eapping. (y) "Springing"--The creation of a pocket in the bottom of a drill hole by the use of a moderate quantity of ex plosives in order that larger quantities or explosives may be inserted therein. (z) "Water gels, or slurry explo sives"--A wide variety of materials used for blasting. TIiCy all contain substantial proportions of water and high propor tions of ammonium nitrate, some of which is In solution in the water. Two broad classes of water gels are: (1) Those which are sensitized by a material classed as an explosive, such as TNT or smoke less powder, and (2V those which contain no ingredient classified as an explosive; these are sensitized with metals such as aluminum or with other fuels. Water gels may be prctnlxed at an explosives plant or mixed at the site immediately before delivery into the bore hole. Subparf V--Power Distribution and Transmission Lines [Reserved! Subpart W--Recording and Reporting Work injury Frequency and Severity Data and Accident Costs [Re served! Subpart X--Effective Dates 1513.1030 Effective dates (general). Except where different effective dates are specifically provided in 5 1518.1051, the safety and health standards pub lished in Subparts C through U of this part shall become effective on April 24, 1971, for all Federal and federally assisted advertised contracts subject thereto which are advertised after that date and on April 27, 1971, for all such negotiated contracts for which negotia tions begin after that date. 1518.1051 EOTcctivc da tes (spec! fie). (a) With respect to standards con cerning brakes and fenders prescribed in 5 1518.602, the- rules contained therein specify the applicable effective dates (b) (I) To the extent that the stand ards in Subparf; C of this part apply to light residential construction, their ap plication is delayed until August 15,1971, which Is 120 days following the publica tion of the standards in the Federal Register. (2) For the purpose of this paragraph, the term "light residential construction" is limited to the construction of homes and apartments which do not exceed three stories in height, and which do not have an elevator. (3) Interested persons are encouraged to petition within the 60-day period fol lowing publication of this part, for the issuance, amendment, or repeal of par ticular safety or health standards as they relate to light residential construc tion which would facilitate adjustments to the safety or health standards as a whole in such construction, or which would offer alternative standards that would not prejudice the safety or health of laborers or mechanics employed therein. Signed at Washington, D.C.. this I2lh day of April 1971. J. D. Hodgson. Secretary of Labor. [TO Doc.71-6317 Filed 4-10-71:8:45 tail FEDEKAL REGISTER, VOL 36, NO. 75--SATURDAY, ARM. T7, TY71 EGS 17868 Bullatin T-2:10 Irauad Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature--Efficiency 4-Inch Pipe Bulletin F-2:ll Issued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 4Vfc-lnch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWENS-ILLINOIS \ GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Pipe Temp. F. 130 180 230 280 330 380 Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 50 100 150 200 250 300 TVnnVn^oa Heat KAYLO Insul. Inches Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % T.itt- Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F, % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat * Heat Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % per F. . % tin. Lin. Ft. Ft. Bare 1 IVz 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 121 130 281 180 476 230 708 280 977 330 1298 380 29.5 92 75.6 61.2 103 78.2 94.1 113 80.2 129 124 81.8 166 134 83.0 203 144 84.4 21.6 88 82.1 44.5 95 84.2 68.3 102 85.7 93.3 109 86.8 119 116 87.8 146 123 88.8 17.5 86 85.5 35.9 91 87.2 55.2 97 88.4 75.0 102 89.4 96.0 107 90.2 118 113 90.9 15.0 85 87.6 30.7 89 89.1 47.1 93 90.1 64.0 97 91.0 81.6 102 91.6 100 106 92.3 55.8 94 92.1 70.9 97 92.7 86.8 101 93.3 50.5 92 92.9 64.3 95 93.4 78.9 98 93.9 46.4 90 93.4 59.2 93 93.9 72.2 95 94.4 42.6 89 94.0 54.2 91 94.5 66.2 93 94.9 40.1 88 94.3 51.0 90 94.8 62.0 92 95.2 50- _10O - -150 200 ^Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. 250 300 EGS 18171 Bulletin F-2:ll Issued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss - Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 472-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 430 480 530 580* 630* 680 Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 350 400* 450 500* 550* 600 Thickness Heat KAYLO Insul. Inches Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. F. % Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Isin Ft Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. T.iTL % Ft. Bare 1 H/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 1666 430 2090 480 2577 530 3137 580 3766 630 4481 680 243 154 85.4 283 164 86.5 326 174 87.3 369 184 88.2 174 130 89.6 203 137 90.3 233 144 91.0 264 151 91.6 296 158 92.1 328 165 92.7 140 118 91.6 163 123 92.2 187 128 92.7 212 134 93.2 237 139 93.7 263 145 94.1 119 110 92.9 138 114 93.4 158 119 93.9 179 123 94.3 201 127 94.7 222 131 95.1. 103 104 93.8 120 108 94.3 138 111 94.6 156 115 95.0 174 118 95.4 193 122 95.7 93.5 101 94.4 109 104 94.8 125 107 95.1 141 110 95.5 158 113 95.8 175 116 96.1 85.8 98 94.8 100 100 95.2 115 103 95.5 129 106 95.9 145 108 96.1 161 111 96.4 78.6 95 95.3 91.6 97 95.6 105 100 95.9 119 102 96.2 133 104 96.5 147 107 96.7 74.0 94 95.6 85.9 96 95.9 98.0 98 96.2 112 100 96.4 124 102 96.7 138 104 96.9 300 3SO 400 4s0 500 550 600 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18172 Bulletin F-2:ll Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 4V2-lnch pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Pipe Temp. F. 730" 780 830 880 930 980* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 650 700 750 800 850* 900* TVnrlrnocci Heat KAYLO Insul. Inches Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Elfper F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. * Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Ft. Bare ll/2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 5277 730 6164 780 7157 830 8258 880 9482 930 10834 980 361 172 93.2 396 179 93.6 431 186 94.0 290 150 94.5 317 155 94.9 345 161 95.2 374 166 95.5 404 172 95.7 434 177 96.0 245 136 95.4 269 140 9S.6 292 145 95.9 317 149 96.2 342 154 96.4 368 158 96.6 213 125 96.0 233 129 96.2 254 133 96.5 275 137 96.7 297 140 96.9 319 144 97.1 193 119 96.3 211 122 96.6 230 125 96.8 248 128 97.0 269 132 97.2 288 135 97.3 177 114 96.6 194 117 96.9 211 119 97.1 228 122 97.2 247 125 97.4 265 128 97.6 162 109 96.9 177 113 97.1 193 114 97.3 209 116 97.5 226 119 97.6 243 121 97.8 152 106 97.1 167 108 97.4 181 110 97.5 197 112 97.6 212 115 97.8 228 117 97.9 600 6SO 700 750 800 850 900 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18173 Bulletin F-2:ll Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 472-Inch Pipe I .......'hr-.:-.fc-ll 900 930 1000 1050 1100 1150- 1200 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. GS 18174 Bulletin F-2:12 isiued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature --Efficiency 5-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-ILLINOIS I KAYLOGLASS COMPANY HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18175  Bulletin F-2:12 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 5-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 430 480 530 580 630* 680* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 350 400 450 500* 550 600* KAYLO Insul. Inches Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eft. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp, EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp; EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Bare 1 ll/2 2 2Vz 3 3V2 4 41/2 5 1842 430 2312 480 2853 530 3472 580 4172 630 4965 680 224 142 87.8 262 151 88.7 297 158 89.6 342 168 90.2 170 123 90.8 199 131 91,4 228 137 92.0 258 143 92.6 288 150 93.1 320 156 93.6 140 11s 92.4 164 119 92.9 187 124 93.4 212 129 93.9 238 134 94.3 262 139 94.7 119 108 93.5 139 111 94.0 159 116 94.4 .180 119 94.8 202 123 95.2 224 127 95.5 106 103 94.2 124 106 94.6 142 110 95.0 160 113 95.4 179 116 95.7 199 120 96.0 96.6 100 94.8 113 103 95.1 129 106 95.5 145 108 93.8 163 111 96.1 181 114 96.4 87.6 97 93.2 102 99 95.6 117 102 95.9 132 104 96.2 148 107 96.5 164 109 96.7 81.6 93 9S.6 95.0 97 95.9 109 99 96.2 123 101 96.5 138 104 96.7 153 106 96.9 77.0 93 95.8 89.4 95 96.1 102 97 96.4 116 99 96.7 130 101 96.9 144 103 97.1 300 350 400 450 500 550 600:: Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F -EGS- 18476' Bulletin F-2:12 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 5-lncH Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWE NS-UUNOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Pipe Temp. F. 730 780 830 880 930 980* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 650 700 750 800 850* 900* Thickness Heat KAYLO Insul. Inches Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Suit. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Heat Heat Heat - Lo3S Surf. "Loss Surf. [Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. Btu. Temp. EH. Btu. Temp. EH. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % per F. % per F. % per F. % Lin. Lin. Lin. "Lin. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Bare Wz 2 2Vz 3 3l/z 4 4y2 5 5848 730 6834 780 7937 830 9161 880 10519 930 12022 980 354 162 93.9 387 168 94.3 420 175 94.7 290 144 95.0 318 149 95.3 346 154 95.6 374 160 95.9 405 165 96.1 435 170 96.4 246 131 95.8 269 135 96.1 293 139 96.3 318 144 96.5 343 148 96.7 368 155 97.0 218 123 96.3 240 127 96.5 260 130 96.7 282 134 96.9 307 138 97.1 328 141 97.3 199 117 96.6 218 120 96.8 237 123 97.0 256 127 97.2 278 130 97.4 298 133 97-.S 181 112 96.9 197 114 97.1 215 117 97.3 233 120 97.5 252 123 97.6 271 125 97.7 168 108 97.1 184 111 97.3 200 113 97.5 217 115 97.6 234 118 97.8 252 120 97.9 158 105 97.3 174 108 97.5 189 110 97.6 205 112 97.8 221 114 97.9 237 116 98.0 600 650 700 - 750 _ ' *00 Temperature Difference, Pipe to~Air, E. Tl- EGS 18177 Bulletin F-2:12 Isiued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 5-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. EGS 18178 Bulletin J-2:I3 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 6-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS EGS 18179 Bulletin F-2:13 Iwuad Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 6-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Bulletin F-2:13 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 6-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-ILLINOIS I KAYLOGLASS COMPANY HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Pipe Temp. F. 730 780 830 880 930 980 Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 650 700 750 800 850 900 TMr^nrussn Heat KAYLO Insul. Inches Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat * Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Bare 1 iy2 2 21/z 3 3l/2 4 41/2 5 6920 730 8075 780 9395 830 10848 880 12461 930 14248 980 412 166 94.0 328 146 95.3 287 134 98.9 249 12S 96.4 222 118 96.8 202 113 97.1 189 110 97.3 178 107 97.4 452 172 94.4 359 150 95.6 308 138 96.2 272 129 96.6 243 121 97.0 222 116 97.2 207 112 97.4 194 109 97.6 494 179 94.7 392 156 95.8 336 142 96.4 298 133 96.8 264 124 97.2 242 119 97.4 225 114 97.6 210 111 97.8 424 161 96.1 364 147 96.6 322 136 97.0 286 127 97.4 262 122 97.6 244 117 92.B 229 113 97.9 459 166 96.3 392 151 96.9 348 140 97.2 310 131 97.5 283 124 97.7 263 119 97.9 247 116 98.0 491 171 96.6 424 155 97.0 374 144 97.4 332 134 97.7 304 127 97.9 283 122 98.0 266 118 98.1 600 650 700 750 800 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. 850 900 EGS 18181 Bulletin F-2:13 Ittuod Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 6-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Bulletin F-2-.14 Issued Not. 1, 1947 Page i KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 7-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-lltlNOI'GLASS COMPANY KAYLO H EAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Bulletin F-2:14 I**ud Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 7-Inch Pip Bulletin F-2:14 Issued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature --Efficiency 7-Inch Pipe A OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS EGS 18185 Bulletin F-2:14 Issued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 7-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 1030* 1080* 1130* 1180* 1230* 1280* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 950* 1000* 1050* 1100* 1150* 1200* Thickness Heat KAYLO Insul. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. F. Inches Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. t F. % Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. pe*r F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat .Heat Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % per F. % Lin, Lin. Ft. Ft. 18616 1030 22698 1080 23833 1130 26820 1180 30082 1230 33631 1280 S91 179 96.8 S03 162 97.3 432 147 97.7 392 138 97.9 359 132 98.1 333 126 96.2 311 122 98.3 630 184 97.2 338 166 97.6 461 1S1 98.0 417 142 98.2 383 133 98.3 353 129 98.4 333 124 98.3 674 189 97.2 573 171 97.6 492 155 97.9 443 143 98.1 408 138 98.3 378 132 98.4 353 127 98.3 714 194 97.3 610 175 97.7 321 158 98.1 471 148 98.2 433 141 98.4 402 134 98.3 377 129 96.6 759 200 97.3 646 180 97.9 355 162 98.2 300 1S2 98.3 462 144 98.3 427 137 98.6 400 132 98.7 802 205 97.6 684 184 98.0 586 166 98.3 529 153 96.41 486 147 98.6 4S1 140 98.7 423 134 98.8 900 950 1000 1050 UOO 1150 1200 Temperature Difference, Pip* to Air, F. _EGS 1-8186 Bulletin F-2:1S Iuued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 8-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-ILLINOIS \ GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS 0 50 300 Bulletin F-2:1S Isaued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 8-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. EGS 18188 Bulletin F-2:13 Issued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature--Efficiency 8-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS EGS 18189 Boilatia F-2:15 bsued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Hoat Loss -- Surfaca Temparatura -- Efflciancy 8-Inch Pip Ambient still air 8QF. Pipe Temp. F. 1030* 1080* 1130* 1180* 1230* 1280* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 950* 1000* 1050* 1100* 1150* 1200* Thickness H*at KAYLO InsuL Inches Lom Sail Btu. Trap. E* F. Ft 20990 1030 Heat Lost Sait Btu. Tap. Eft per F. % Liu. Ft. Heat Lom Suit Bta. Temp. Eft Ex F. % Ft. Heat Lom Sait Bta. Temp. Eft pet 1. % fin. Ft Heat Lom Sait Btu. Trap. Eft i* F. Ft. Heal Lom Sait Btu. Trap. Eft. E F. % Ft. 23801 1080 26888 1130 30261 1180 33944 1230 3795S 1280 6S1 181 96.9 S3S 160 97.4 474 149 97.7 428 140 96.0 392 133 98.1 362 128 98.3 339 123 98.4 69S 186 97.1 S72 164 97.6 SOS 1S2 97.9 4S6 143 98.1 419 136 98.2 387 130 98.4 362 129 96.8 744 191 97.2 610 169 97.7 839 186 98.0 486 147 98.2 448 139 98.3 412 133 98.S 386 -128 98.6 788 197 97.4 . 838 202 97.S 680 173 97.9 571 160 98.1 317 ISO 98.3 178 98.0 606 164 98.2 S46 184 98.4 474 142- 98.4 ' 603 143 98.3 438 136 98.8 463 139 98.6 .409- 138' 98.6 438- 133 98.7 886 208 97.7 727 182 98.1 642 168 98.3 579 157 98.5 832 148 98.6 491 141 98.7 488 136 98.8 900 990 1000 1090 1100 1190 1200 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18190 Bulletin F-2:16 Issued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 9-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-llllNOI i I KAYLOGLASS COMPANY HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Pipe Temp. F. 130 180* 230* 280* 330* 380* Temp. Diff. Pipe 50* 100* 150* 200* 250* 300* to Air F. Thirdmafla Heat rAiUlVilTidAU Insul. Inches Lots Surf. Btn. Temp. EH. por F. % Lin* Ft. Heat Low Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Low Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. F. % Ft. Heat Low Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. F. % Ft. Heat Low Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. F. % Ft. Heat Low Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. ESL F. % Ft. Bare 2 2l/z 3 31/2 4 4i/2 5 222 130 32.9 87 85.2 25.7 85 88.4 22.2 84 90.0 516 180 67.4 94 86.9 52.9 91 89.7 45.5 89 91.2 876 230 104 102 88.1 81.0 96 90.8 69.8 93 92.0 1306 280 142 108 89.1 110 100 91.6 94.9 97 92.7 83.8 94 93.6 75.6 92 94.2 69.1 91 94.7 64.1 90 9S.1 59.9 89 9S.4 1812 330* 2406 380 181 114 90.0 141 10S 92.2 121 101 93.3 107 98 94.1 96.0 95 94.7 88.0 94 95.1 81.4 92 95.5 76.3 91 95.8 222 121 90.8 172 111 92.9 148 105 93.8 131 101 94.6 118 98 95.1 108 96 95.5 99.8 95 95.9 94.3 93 96.1 100 ISO 200 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18191 Bulletin F-2:16 I**u*d Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 9-Inch Pipe Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18192 Bulletin F-2:16 Inued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 9-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. r OWENS' ILLINOIS I KAYLOGLASS COMPANY HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Bulletin F-2:16 bmd Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Lose--Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 9-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Bulletin F-2:17 Iwiod Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 10-Inch Pipe A OWENS ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Bulletin F-2:17 Iuued Not. 1/ 1947 FAGS 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 10-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 430* 480* 530 580* 630* 680s Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 350* 400* 450* 500* 550* 600* Thickness Heat KAYLO InsuL Inches Lou Suit. Btu. Temp. EH. . F. % Ft. Heat Lots Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. EL F. % Ft.. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. ffi F. % Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. EL F. % Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. e. F. % Ft. Bare ll/2 2 2% 3 3ya 4 41/2 5 3433 430 4318 480 5241 530 6512 580 7841 630 9350 680 281 127 91.8 229 117 93.3 196 111 94.3 173 106 95.0 154 102 95.5 140 100 95.9 130 98 96.2 121 96 96.3 328 133 92.4 267 122 93.8 228 113 94.7 200 110 95.4 179 106 95.9 163 103 96.2 151 100 96.5 141 98 96.7 376 139 92.8 425 146 93.5 306 128 94.2 346 133 94.7 261 119 93.0 230 114 95.6 206 109 96.1 294 124 95.5 259 117 96.0 232 112 96.4 187 106 96.4' 212 109 96.7 173 103 96.7 195 103 97.0 161 101 96.9 182 103 97.2 475 152 93.9 388 138 95.1 330 128 95.8 291 121 96.3 260 116 96.7 237 111 97.0 219 108 97.2 203 105 97.4 530 159 94.3 430 143 95.4 366 133 96.1 322 125 96.6 288 119 96.9 263 114 97.2 243 111 97.4 226 108 97.6 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18196 Bulletin F-2:17 Iuued Mot. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 10-Inch Pipe A OWENS U 11 N o i ' GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS 600 630 700 750 (00 150 900 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18197 Bulletin F-2:17 luued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 10-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. EGS 18198 BulUta F-2:18 Inud Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 12-Inch Pipe A O W { N I l l fj l G l A S S t. I; M r* KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18199 Bulletin 7-2:18 Iuuad Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 12-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. EGS 18200 Bulletin F-2:18 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature --Efficiency 12>liich Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Bulletin F-2:18 famed Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 12-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Bulletin F-2:19 lirued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 14-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWENS IlllNor. GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS EGS 18203 Bulletin F-2:19 Iwusd Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 14-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. EGS 18204 Bulletin F-2:19 Issued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 14-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18205 Bulletin F-2.-19 Iuued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 14-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 1030 1080 950* 1000* 1130 1180 1050 1100 1230 1150 1280 1200 Thickness Heat KAYLO InsuL Inches Lou Suit. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Suit. Btu. Temp. Eft. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Suit. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft; Bare 1 Wz 2 2Vz 3 31/2 4 4t/2 5 33619 1030 38143 1080 43115 1130 48557 1180 54496 1230 60967 1280 1009 190 97.0 841 172 97.5 726 158 97.8 645 148 98.1 584 141 98.3 535 134 96.4 494 129 96.5 1076 195 97.2 896 176 97.6 777 163 98.0 690 152 98.2 624 144 98.4 570 137 98.5 527 132 98.6 1148 201 97.4 959 181 97.8 829 167 98.1 735 156 98.3 665 148 98.5 609 141 98.6 563 135 98.7 1220 207 97.5 1020 186 97.9 881 171 98.2 780 159 98.4 707 151 98.5 647 144 98.7 g/ie SoO 138 98.8 1295 213 97.6 1078 191 98.0 935 176 98.3 830 164 98.5 749 154 98.6 685 147 98.7 634 141 98.8 1368 219 97.8 1142 196 98.1 989 180 98.4 877 168 98.6 793 158 98.7 725 150 98.8 009 144 98.9 900 950 1000 1050 110O Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. 1150 1200 EGS 18206 Bulletin F-2:20 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 16-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. 1 OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18207 Bulletin F-2:20 Issued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 16-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Bulletin E-2:20 Issued Nov, 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 16-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWENS ILLINOIS G I A S S COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Bulletin F-2:20 Issued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature--Efficiency 16-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 1030 1080* 1130* 1180* 1230* 1280 Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 950* 1000* 1050* 1100 1150 1200 Thickness Heat KAYLO Insul. Inches Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per "F. % Lin. Ft. Bare 1 1% 2 21/2 3 3V2 4 41/2 5 38289 1030 43451 1080 49120 1130 55330 1180 62108 1230 69493 1280 1130 191 97.0 94S 173 97.S 815 160 97.9 720 ISO 98.1 650 142 98.3 594 136 98.4 548 130 98.6 1209 197 97.2 1007 178 97.7 870 164 98.0 770 154 98.2 694 145 98.4 633 139 98.3 585 133 98.7 1288 203 97.4 1076 183 97.8 929 169 98.1 820 157 98.3 742 149 98.S 676 142 98.6 624 136 98.7 1370 209 97.5 1143 188 97.9 989 173 98.2 871 162 98.4 789 153 98.6 719 145 98.7 664 139 98.8 1452 21S 97.7 1211 193 98.1 1048 178 98.3 924 165 98.5 836 156 98.6 762 148 98.8 704 142 98.9 1538 221 97.8 1281 198 98.2 1106 182 98.4 978 169 98.6 881 160 98.7 804 152 98.8 742 145- 98.9 900 950 1000" 1050 1100 Temperature Difference, Pipe-to'-AIr, F.' 1150 1200 EGS 18210 Bullatin F-2:21 Iiud Not. 1,1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 18-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWFNMIUMOIS GLASS COMPAMV \ KAYLO f HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS L EGS 18211 Bulletin F-2:21 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 18-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 430* 480* 530* 580* 630* 680* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 350 400 450 500 550 600 Thickness Heat KAYLO Insul. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eft. per F. % Inches Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. Ssr F. % n. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. psr Term. p. E%H. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per "F. % Lin. Ft. 5600 430 652 151 88.3 473 13J3 91.6 376 122 93.3 314 114 94.4 272 109 95.1 240 10S 95.7 7059 480 765 162 89.2 553 140 92.2 436 127 93.8 366 119 94.8 316 113 95.5 280 109 96.0 8741 530 10672 580 12876 630 15374 680 875 170 90.0 993 180 90.7 633 147 92.8 717 155 93.3 805 163 93.7 895 169 94.2 503 133 94.3 570 139 94.7 635 145 95.1 709 151 95.4 420 124 95.2 364 118 95.8 320 113 96.3 474 129 95.6 410 122 96.2 362 116 96.6 531 134 95.9 460 126 96.4 405 120 96.9 589 139 96.2 509 130 96.7 450 124 97.1 -30O 350-- 400'-'' 450 500 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. ' 550 600 EGS 18212 Bulletin F-2:21 Issued Nov. I, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 18-Inch Pipe r OWENS ILLINOIS I KAYLOGLASS COMPANY HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18213 Bulletin -2:21 Inued Nor. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 18-Inch Pipe Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18214 Bulletin F-2:22 Inuad Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 20-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Bulletin F-2:22 Issued Not. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature - Efficiency 20-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. Bulletin F-2:22 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 20-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Pipe Temp. F. 730 780 830 880* 930 980- Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 650 700 750 800 850 900 Thickness Heat KAYLO Lasul. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Inches Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per "F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. ppeer F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. . % Ft. 27429 31742 36536 930 41848 980 1295 192 95.3 1020 170 96.3 176 96.5. 160 97.1 149 97.5 140 97.8 1193 182 96.7 998 165 97.3 855 153 97.7 755 144 97,9 679 137 98.r 617 131 98.3 568 126 98.4 1289 188 96.9 1070 170 97.4 923 158 97.8 812 148 98.1 729 140 98.3 664 134 98.4 610 129 98.5 600 650 700 750 <00 .50. 900 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, Fr EGS 18217 Bulletin F-2:22' Issued Hot. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 20-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 1030* 1080 1130* 1180* 1230* 1280* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 950* 1000* 1050* 1100* 1150* 1200* 1 Thickness Heat KAYLO Insul. Inches Loss Suit. Btu, Temp* EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat iHeat Loss Surf. Toss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % per F. % Liu. Lis. Ft. Ft. Heat Heat Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. | Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % per % Lis. 1 Lin. Ft Ft. Bare j Wz 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 1 47711 1030 54161 1080 61241 1130 69003 1180 77477 1230 86704 1280 1 1379 194 97.1 1148 175 97.6 983 162 97.9 870 152 98.2 783 144 98.4 712 138 98.5 653 132 98.6 1480 200 97.3 1225 181 97.7 1053 167 98.1 929 156 98.3 835 147 98.5 760 141 98.6 COO 135 98.7 1571 206 97.4 1310 186 97.9 1123 171 98.2 990 160 98.4 890 151 98.3 810 144 98.7 745 138 98.8 1673 212 97.6 1389 191 97.9 1198 176 98.3 1052 164- 98.3 946 1SS 98.6 861 147 98.7 792 141 98.8 1775 218 97.7 1474 196 98.1 1268 180 98.4 1116 168 98.6 1003 159 98.7 914 151 98.8 840 144 98.9 1879 224 97.8 1594 201 98.2 1340 185 98.3 1181 172 98.6 1060 162 98.8 963 154 98.9 888 147 99.0 _ Tempeiahire'Differenc#, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18218 Bulletin F-2.*23 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss - Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 22-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWENS -ILLINOIS 1 GLASS COMP ANY KAYLO f HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS L. $ \ EGS 18219 Bulletin F-2.-23 Issued Not. 1, 1347 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature--Efficiency 22-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 430 480 530" 580* 630 680* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F: 350 400* 450* 500* 550 600 Thickness Heat KAYLO Insul. Inches Loss Surf. Btu. temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. Lin. % Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lose Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. %' Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. Lin. % Ft. Bare 1 W2 2 21/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 6773 430 8539 480 10584 530 12935 580 15608 630 18642 680 786 153 88.4 924 162 89.2 1043 171 90.1 1196 182 90.7 570 134 91.6 664 141 92.2 761 148 92.8 862 156 93.3 965 163 93.8 1073 171 94.2 450 123 93.4 525 129 93.9 601 134 94.3 682 141 94.7 761 146 95.1 849 153 95.4 375 115 94.5 324 110 95.2 285 106 95.8 436 120 94.9 378 114 95.6 332 110 96.1 501 125 95.3 434 119 95.9 381 114 96.4 566 130 95.6 487 123 96.2 430 117 96.7 63S 135 95.9 S48 127 96.5 481 121 96.9 703 140 96.2 606 132 96.7 533 125 97.1 256 103 96.2 232 100 96.6 214 99 96.8 298 106 96.S 270 103 96.8 249 101 97.1 341 110 96.8 310 107 97.1 286 104 97.3 386 113 97.0 351 110 97.3 323 107 97.5 431 116 97.2 392 113 97.S 361 no 97.7 479 120 97.4 435 116 97.7 401.- 112 97.8 300 350 400 -450 500 550 600 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18220 Bulletin F-2:23 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature --Efficiency 22-Inch Pipe OWENS-ILUNOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18221 Bulletin F-2:23 Iuued Not. 1, 1947 PAGS 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 22>lnch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 1030* 1080 1130* 1180* 1230* 1280* Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F.' 950* 1000- 1050* 1100* 1150* 1200- Thickness Heat KAYLO InsuL Lou Surf. Btu. Temp, EH. per F. Inches Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lilt. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. p>eer F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. p*e>r F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Lou Surf. Btu. Temp. EH. per F. % Lin. Ft. 52353 1030 59439 1080 67224 1130 75746 1180 85051 1230 95196 1280 1503 195 97.1 1252 177'97.6 1072 163 97.9 945 153 98.2 847 145 98.4 771 138 98.5 709 133 98.6 1615 201 97.3 1334 182 97.8 1146 168 98.1 1010 157 98.3 905 149 98.5 822 142 98.6 756 136 98.7 1712 207 97.4 1428 187 97.9 1222 172 98.2 1076 161 98.4 965 152 98.6 877 145 98.7 807 139 98.8 1828 213 97.6 1S14 192 98.0 1300 177 98.3 1142 165 98.5 1025 156 98.6 933 148 98.8 858 142 98.9 1935 219 97.7 i608 197 98.1 1378 181 98.4 1211 169 98.6 1085 159 98.7 990 152 98.8 910 145 98.9 2048 22S 97.8 1697 203 98.2 1457 186 98.5 1281 173 98.7 1150 163 98.8 1045 155 98.9 960 148 99.0 900 950 1000 1050 1100 1150 1200 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, T. EGS 18222 Bulletin F-2:24 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 1 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss -- Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 24-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. A OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY \ KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Pipe Temp. F. 130 . 180 230 280 330 380 Temp. Diff. Pipe 50 100 150 200 250 300 to Air F. KAYLO Insul. Inches Heat Heat Heat Heat Heat Heat Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp Eff. Btu. Temp Eff. Btu. Temp EH. Btu, Temp Eff. Btu. Temp EH. Btu. Temp.EH. per F. Lin, % per F. ' % per F. Lin. Lin. % per F. Lin. % per F. Lin. % per F. Lin. % Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Bare 1 H/2 2 2l/2 3 31/2 4 41/2 5 522 130 105 92 79.9 76.6 88 85.3 61.0 87 88.3 51.0 85 90.2 1213 180 215 103 82.3 158 96 87.0 125 93 89.7 104 90 91.4 2060 230 335 113 83.7 243 104 88.2 192 99 90.7 160 95 92.2 3078 280 455 123 85.2 331 111 89.2 262 105 91.5 218 100 92.9 188 97 93.9 166 95 94.6 149 93 95.2 136 92 95.6 125 91 95.9 4285 330 582 133 86.4 423 119 90.1 334 111 92.2 278 105 93.5 240 102 94.4 212 99 95.0 189 97 95.6 172 95 96.0 158 93 96.3 5706 380 718 143 87.4 519 127 90.9 410 117 92.8 341 110 94.0 294 106 94.8 259 103 95.5 231 100 96.0 211 98 96.3 194 96 96.6 0 50 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS -18223 Bulletin F-2:24 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 2 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature-- Efficiency 24-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. C D Bulletin F-2:24 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 3 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature -- Efficiency 24-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. OWENS-ILLINOIS GLASS COMPANY KAYLO HEAT INSULATING PRODUCTS Bulletin' F-2:24 Issued Nov. 1, 1947 PAGE 4 KAYLO PIPE INSULATION Heat Loss --Surface Temperature --Efficiency 24-Inch Pipe Ambient still air 80F. Pipe Temp. F. 1030 1080 1130 1180 1230 1280 Temp. Diff. Pipe to Air F. 950 1000 1050 1100 n50 1200 Thickness KAYLO Insul. Inches Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. per F. Lin. Ft. Eff. % Heat Heat Loss Surf. Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % per F. % Lin. Lin. Ft. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. % Lin. Ft. Heat Loss Surf. Btu. Temp. Eff. per F. Lin. % Ft. Bare 1 iy2 2 21/2 3 31/a 4 4% 5 57042 1030 64771 1080 73263 1130 82564 1180 92722 1230 103784 1280 1628 196 97.2 1350 177 97.6 1156 164 98.0 1019 154 98.2 915 146 98.4 830 139 98.5 762 134 98.7 1745 202 97.3 1442 182 97.8 1237 168 98.1 1089 158 98.3 976 149 98.5 885 142 98.6 813 .137 98.7 1858 208 97.5 1539 188 97.9 1319 173 98.2 11S9 162 98.4 1037 153 98.6 944 146 98.7 866 140 98.8 1979 214 97.6 1632 193 98.0 1402 178 98.3 1232 166 98.5 1105 157 98.7 1004 149 98.8 922 143 98.9 2097 220 97.7 1737 198 98.1 1484 182 98.4 1306 170 98.6 1170 161 98.7 1064 153 98.9 978 146 98.9 2219 226 97.9 1835 204 98.2 1573 187 98.5 1383 174 98.7 1240 164 98.8 1127 156 98.9 1032 149 99.0 fianaiESGRBBBBnisBiraagBiaiiOiBaiiiSBissaRSiBffiffiieilli&Sigsi^agSiiSi^^^graesi rs 900 950 1:000. 1050 1100 1150 1200 Temperature Difference, Pipe to Air, F. EGS 18226 Bulletin F-2:25 Issued Deo. 1, 1947 AREAS OF FLANGED FITTINGS* TABLE 1. Areas Expressed in Equivalent Lineal Feet of Pipe. oi; GLASS COMPANY -- TABLE II. Areas Expressed in Square Feet. Pipe Size in Inches 1" U/4" Wz" 2" 21/2" 3" 31/2" 4" 41/2" 5" 6" 7" - 8" - 9"' - 10" . 12" - 14" 16" FLANGED COUPLING Square Feet 125# 250# .32 .38 .48 .67 .84 .95 1.12 1.34 1.47 1.62 1.82 2.17 2.41 - 3.00 3.434.41 5.39 6.69 .44 .51 .73 .85 1.11 1.48 1.64 1.91 2.04 2.18 2.78 3.46 3.77 4.44 5.20 6.71 - 8.30 10.05 90 ELL LONG RADIUS ELL TEE Square Feet 125# 250# Square Feet 125# 250# Square Feet 125# 250# .79 .96 1.17 1.65 2.09 2.38 2.98 3.53 3.95 4.44 5.13 6.17 6.98 8.71 10.18 13.08 16.38 20.17 1.02 1.10 1.33 2.01 2.57 3.49 3.96 4.64 5.02 5.47 6.99 8.62 9.76 11.44 13.58 17.73 22.31 27.18 .89 1.08 1.34 1.84 2.32 2.68 3.28 3.96 4.43 5.00 5.99 7.38 8.56 10.57 12.35 16.35 20.17 25.41 1.08 1.34 1.87 2.16 2.76 3.74 4.28 4.99 5.46 6.02 7.76 9.73 11.09 13.17 15.60 18.76 25.70 31.73 1.24 1.48 1.82 2.54 3.21 3.66 4.48 5.41 6.07 6.81 7.84 9.37 10.55 13.18 15.41 19.67 24.81 30.32 - 1.58 1.93 2.68 3.09 4.05 5.33 6.04 7.07 7.72 8.52 10.64 12.33 14.74 17.23 20.41 26.65 33.63 40.94 Values shown are for oast iron fittings. 125# cast iron fittings equal 150# steel fittings. 250# cast iron fittings eaual 300# steel fittings. CROSS Square Feet 125# 250# 1.62 1.94 2.38 3.32 4.19 4.77 5.83 7.03 7.87 8.82 10.08 12.00 13.44 16.78 19.58 24.87 31.48 38.34 2.07 2.53 3.54 4.06 5.17 6.95 7.89 9.24 10.07 10.97 13.75 16.83 18.97 22.10 26.26 34.11 43.15 52.35 EGS 18227 Bulletin F-2:26 Issued Ian. 1, 1948 PAGE I PROPERTIES OF SATURATED STEAM (Lbs./ S'q. In.) Temp. F * Specific Volume of Sat. Vapor (Cu. Ft./Lb.) Total Heat Content of Sat. Vapor (Btu/Lb.) Total Latent Heat of Vaporization (Btu/Lb.) Absolute Pressure (Lbs./ Sq. In.) P x 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 n 12 13 14 14.696 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 62 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 30 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 - 96 98 100 t sat. 101.8 126.1 141.5 153.0 162.2 170.1 176.8 182.9 188.3 193.2 197.7 202.0 205.9 209.6 212.0 213.0 216.3 219.4 222.4 225.2 228.0 230.6 233.1 235.5 237.8 240.1 242.2 244.4 246.4 248.4 250.3 254.0 257.6 260.9 264.2 267.2 270.2 273.1 275.8 278.4 281.0 283.5 285.9 288.2 290.5 292.7 294.8 296.9 299.0 301.0 302.9 304.8 306.7 308.5 310.3 312.0 313.7 315.4 317.1 318.7 320.3 321.8 323.4 324.9 326.4 327.8 v sat. 333.9 173.96 118.86 90.74 73.61 62.05 53.70 47.39 42.44 38.45 35.17 32.42 30.08 28.06 26.82 26.31 24.76 23.40 22.18 21.08 20.095 19.197 18.380 17.630 16.941 16.306 15.718 15.172 14.664 14.190 13.745 12.940 12.226 11.587 11,015 10.497 10.027 9.599 9.207 8.846 8.514 8.206 7.919 7.653 7.405 7.172 6.955 6.749 6.556 6.375 6.203 6.041 5.887 S.741 5.602 S.470 5.343 5.222 5.107 4.997 4.892 4.791 4.694 4.602 4.512 4.426 hsat. 1105.0 1115.6 1122.0 1126.8 1130.6 1133.7 1136.4 1138.9 1141.0 1143.0 1144.8 1146.4 1147.9 1149.3 1150.2 1150.6 1151.8 1152.9 1154.0 11SS.0 ' 1156.0 1156.9 1157.8 1158.6 1159.5 1160.2 1161.0 1161.7 1162.4 1163.1 1163.7 1165.0 1166.1 1167.2 1168.3 1169.2 1170.2 1171.1 1171.9 1172.7 1173.5 1174.3 1175.0 1175.7 1176.4 1177.0 1177.6 1178.2 1178.8 1179.4 1179.9 1180.5 1181.0 1181.5 1182.0 1182.4 1182.9 1183.4 1183.8 1184.2 1184.6 1185.0 1185.4 1185.8 1186.2 1186.6 *The last line gives the critical values. r 1035.3 1021.6 1012.7 1005.9 1000.4 99S.8 991.7 988.1 984.8 981.8 979.1 976.5 974.1 971.8 970.2 969.6 967.4 965.4 963.5 961.7 959.9 958.2 956.6 955.0 953.4 9S1.9 950.4 949.0 947.7 946.3 945.0 942.5 940.0 937.7 935.5 933.3 931.2 929.2 927.2 925.4 923.5 921.7 920.0 918.3 916.6 915.0 913.4 911.9 910.4 908.9 907.4 906.0 904.6 903.2 901.9 900.5 899.2 897.9 896.7 895.4 894.2 893.0 891.8 890.6 889.4 883.2 P 102 104 106 108 110 115 120 125 130 135 14U 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 320 340 350 360 380 400 420 440 450 460 480 500 SSO 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3226* Temp. F t sat. 329.3 330.7 332.1 333.4 334.8 338.1 341.3 344.3 347.3 350.2 353.0 355.8 3S8.4 361.0 363.5 366.0 368.4 370.8 373.1 375.3 377.5 379.7 381.8 385.9 389.9 393.7 397.4 401.0 404.4 407.8 411.1 414.2 417.3 423.3 429.0 431.7 434.4 439.6 444.6 449.4 454.0 456.3 458.5 462.8 467.0 476.9 486.2 503.0 518.2 531.9 544.6 556.3 567.1 577.3 587.0 596.1 604.7 620.9 635.6 649.2 661.9 673.8 684.9 695.2 704.9 706.1 Specific Total Heat Volume of Content of Sat. Vapor Sat. Vapor (Cu.Ft./Lb.) (Btu/Lb.) Total Latent Heat ot Vaporization (Btu/Lb.) v sai. h sat. r 4.344 4.265 4.189 4.115 4.044 3.878 3.725 3.587 3.451 3.329 3.216 3.110 3.010 2.917 2.830 2.748 2.671 2.598 2.529 2.463 2.401 2.342 2.285 2.180 2.084 1.9964 1.9156 1.8410 1.7723 1.7083 1.6490 1.5934 1.5414 1.4469 1.3630 1.3245 1.2881 1.2208 1.1601 1.1047 1.0540 1.0303 1.0077 0.9653 0.9261 0.8405 0.7677 0.6527 0.5653 0.4969 0.4419 0.3960 0.3582 0.3259 0.2983 0.2741 0.2528 0.2167 0.1875 0.1623 0.1404 0.1205 0.1021 0.0844 0.0601 0.0522 1186.9 1187.3 1187.6 1188.0 1188.3 1189.1 1189.8 1190.5 1191.2 . 1191.8 1192.4 1193.0 1193.5 1194.0 1194.5 1195.0 1195.4 1195.9 1196.3 1196.7 1197.0 1197:4 1197.8 1198.4 1199.0 1199.6 1200.1 1200.5 1201.0 1201.4 1201.8 1202.1 1202.4 1203.0 1203.4 1203.6 1203.7 1203.9 1204.1 1204.1 1204.1 1204.1 1204.0 1203.9 1203.7 1203.1 1202.1 1199.7 1196.7 1193.3 1189.6 1185.6 1181.4 1177.0 1172.4 1167.6 1162.7 1151.8 1139.0 1123.8 1105.8 1084.5 1058.9 1025.6 962.9 925.0 887.1 886.0 884.9 883.8 882.7 880.0 877.4 874.9 872.4 870.0 867.7 865.3 863.1 860.8 858.7 856.5 854.4 852.3 850.3 848.2 846.3 844.3 842.4 838.6 835.0 831.4 827.9 824.5 821.2 818.0 814.7 811.6 808.5 802.5 796.6 793.7 790.9 785.3 779.8 774.5 769.3 766.7 764il 759.0 754.0 741.7 729.8 706.8 684.9 663.8 643.S 623.9 604.9 586.3 568.1 550.2 532.6 497.2 460.0 420.0 376.4 327.8 272.3 202.5 75.9 0.0 EGS 18228 Bulletin F-2:26 Issued lan. 1, 1948 PAGE 2 PROPERTIES OF SUPERHEATED STEAM v=Volume of Superheated Vapor, Cu. Ft./Lb. h=Total Heat Content of Superheated Vapor, Btu/Lb. Abs. Press. Lbs./ Sq. In. (Sat. Temp.) 14.696 V (212.00) h 20 V (227.96) h 40 V (267.24) h 60 V (292.71) h . 80 (312.03) b 100 V (327.83) h 120 V (341.26) h 140 V (353.03) h 160 V (363.55) h 180 (373.08) h 200 V (381.82) h 220 V (389.89) h 540 V (397.40) h 260 V (404.43) h 280 V (411.06) b 300 V (417.33) h 350 T (431.71) b 400 (444.58) h 450 (456.27) b tyy) (466.99) sso (476.92) T b V b 600 V (486.17) b 700 (503.04) b 800 T (518.18) b 900 (531.95) b 1000 V (544.58) b 1100 (556.28) b 1200 (567.14) b 1400 r (586.96) h 1600 T (604.74) b 1800 (620.86) 2000 (635.61) T b b Sat. Sat. Water Steam 350 0.02 180.0 0.02 196.1 0.017 235.9 0.017 262.0 0.018 281.9 0.018 298.3 0.018 312.4 0.018 324.7 0.018 335.9 0.018 346.0 0.018 35S.3 0.019 364.0 0.0186 372.1 0.0187 379.8 0.0188 387.0 0.0189 393.9 0.0191 409.8 0.0194 424.2 0.0196 437.4 0.0198 449.7 0.0200 461.3 0.0202 472.3 0.0206 492.9 0.0209 511.8 0.0213 529.5 0.0217 546.0 0.0222 561.7 0.0226 576.5 0.0235 604.3 0.0244 630,2 0.0254 654.7 0.0265 679.0 26.82 1150.2 20,10 1156.0 10.497 1169.2 7.172 1177.0 5.470 1182.4 4.426 1186.6 3.725 1189.8 3.216 1192.4 2.830 1194.5 2.529 1196.3 2.285 1197.8 2.084 1199.0 1.9156 1200.1 1.7723 1201.0 1.6490 1201.8 1.5414 1202.4 1.3245 1203.6 1.1601 1204.1 1.0303 1204.1 0.9261 1203.7 0.8402 1203.0 0.7677 1202.1 0.6527 1199.7 0.5653 1196.7 0.4969 1193.3 0.4419 1189.6 0.3960 1185.6 0.3S82 1181.4 0.2983 1X72.4 0.2528 1162.7 0.2167 1151.8 0.1875 1139.0 32.59 1215.6 23.90 1214.8 11.843 1211.3 7.821 1207.7 5.806 1203.8 4.594 1199.7 3.781 1195.2 400 34.65 1239.0 2S.43 1238.3 12.623 1235.6 8.353 1232.8 6.217 1229.9 4.934 1226.9 4.077 1223.8 3.465 1220.5 3.005 1217.1 2.646 1213.5 2.358 1209.8 2.122 1205.9 1.9250 1201.9 Temperature--Degrees Fahrenheit 450 500 550 600 700 800 900 1000 36.70 1262.4 26.94 1261.9 13.392 1259.7 8.878 1257.4 6.618 1255.2 5.263 1252.8 4.359 1250.4 3.713 1247.9 3.227 1245.4 2.849 1242.7 2.547 1240.0 2.299 1237.3 2.092 1234.4 1.9165 1231.5 1.7655 1228.4 1.6347 1225.3 1.3712 1217.1 1.1726 1208.3 38.75 1286.0 28.45 1285.5 14.161 1283.7 9.398 1281.9 7.015 1280.0 5.585 1278.0 4.632 1276.1 3.951 1274.1 3.440 1272.1 3.041 1270.0 2.722 1267.9 2.462 1265.7 2.244 1263.5 2.060 1261.3 1.9019 1259.0 1.7648 1256.7 1.4899 1250.7 1.2828 1244.3 1.1204 1237.6 0.9905 1230.5 0.8823 1222.8 0.7922 1214.7 40.79 1309.7 29.95 1309.3 14.922 1307.8 9.911 1306.2 7.406 1304.7 5.903 1303.0 4.899 1301.4 4.182 1299.7 3.645 1298.0 3026 1296.3 2.692 1294.6 2.617 1292.9 2.389 1291.1 2.195 1289.3 2.030 1287.5 1.8863 1285.6 1.5981 1280.9 1.3817 1276.0 1.2127 1271.0 1.0775 1265.8 0.9658 1260.3 0.8728 1254.6 0.7251 1242.4 0.6128 1228.8 0.5234 1213.6 0.4495 1196 5 42.83 1333.7 31.46 1333.4 15.682 1332.0 10.423 1330.7 7.793 1329.3 6.21S 1327.9 5.162 1326.5 4.410 1325.1 3.846 1323.7 3.407 1322.2 3.056 1320.8 2.769 1319.3 2.529 1317.8 2.327 1316.3 2.153 1314.8 2.002 1313.3 1.7003 1309.4 1.4740 1305.5 1.2972 1301.5 1.1558 1297.3 1.0398 1293.1 0.9431 1288.7 0.7905 1279.7 0.6750 1270.1 0.5844 1259.8 0.5111 1248.7 0.4500 1236.6 0.398S 1223.4 0.3144 1192.4 46.91 1332.4 34.46 1382.1 17.190 1331.2 11.435 1380.2 8.558 1379.2 6.831 1378.2 5.680 1377.2 4.857 1376.2 4.240 1375.2 3.760 1374.2 3.376 1373.1 3.062 1372.1 2.800 1371.0 2.579 1370.0 2.389 1368.9 2.224 1367.8 1.8945 1365.1 1.6472 1362.3 1.4548 1359.4 1.3009 1356.6 1.1746 1353.6 1.0694 1350.6 0.9038 1344.5 0.7791 1338.2 0.6821 1331.7 0.6040 1324.9 0.5401 1317.9 0.4865 1310.6 0.4021 1295.2 0.3384 1278.6 0.2880 1260.6 0.2468 1240.7 50.97 1432.1 37.44 1432.0 18.686 1431.3 12.436 1430.6 9.313 1429.9 7.439 1429.2 6.189 1428.5 5.297 1427.8 4.627 1427.1 4.105 1426.3 3.688 1425.6 3.347 1424.8 3.063 1424.1 2.823 1423.3 2.617 1422.5 2.438 1421.7 2.080 1419.8 1.8119 1417.7 1.6032 1415.7 1.4365 1413.6 1.2996 1411.5 1.1855 1409.3 1.0063 1404.9 0.8723 1400.4 0.767S 1395.8 0.6837 1391.0 0.6152 1386.1 0.5578 1381.1 0.4678 1370.8 0.4002 1360.0 0.3472 1348.7 0.3047 1337.0 55.03 1482.9 40.43 1482.8 20.18 1482.3 13.439 1481.8 10.067 1481.3 8.044 1480.7 6.693 1480.2 5.728 1479.7 5,006 1479.1 4.444 1478.5 3.995 1478.0 3.628 1477.4 3.321 1476.8 3.062 1476.3 2.839 1475.7 2.646 147S.1 2.260 1473.6 1.9704 1472.1 1.7455 1470.6 1.5655 1469.1 1.4181 1467.6 1.2953 1466.1 1.1029 1463.0 0.9577 1459.9 0.84S1 1456.8 0.7547 1453.6 0.6810 1450.4 0.6195 1447.2 0.5229 1440.8 0.4503 1434.3 0.3938 1427.8 0.3486 1421.1 S9.09 1534.9 43.42 153^.8 21.68 1534.4 14.440 ,1533.9 10.817 1533.5 8.644 1533,1 7.196 1532,7 6.161 1532.2 5.385 1531.8 4.782 1531.4 4.299 1S31.0 3.903 1530.6 3.574 1S30.2 3.295 1529.7 3.056 1529.3 2.849 1528.9 2.435 1527.9 2.125 1526.8 1.8834 1525.8 1.6903 1524.8 1.5321 1523.8 1.4003 1522.8 1.1929 1520.8 1.0374 1518.8 0.9166 1516.8 0.8199 1514.8 0.7408 1512.8 0.6750 1510.8 0.5712 1506.9 0.4935 1502.9 0.4330 1498.8 0.3847 1494.7 EGS 18229